Author: davenkross2026

  • 06/01/2026 – AI Insiders Series – New #1 AI model FULL Walkthrough

    What is happening everyone? It is Luke Maguire here. Let me know if you can hear me. Okay, let me go ahead and I’ll change our screen up right now. And give me one second here. We’ll change this over to Where are we here?

    Awesome, awesome, awesome. Let me know in the questions section if you can hear me. Okay. Say hello. Hey. Awesome. Good to see you, Ken. How are we, Jeff? Uh, everyone in here today. Let’s How many have we got in so far? Awesome. We got a heap of people in. People are now flooding on their way in now. Awesome. Good to see you. Uh, Mars, how are you, August? Good to see you. Cool, cool, cool. Now, this is going to be a different type of webinar. I am looking forward to this. In fact, there’s going to be a lot of firsts for me in this webinar, things that I’ve never done before. Um, and things that I’ve just learned how to do this week and also things that a week ago I never thought I’d be able to do potentially ever really. I um or at least for not um a couple more years and except you know the world is crazy. We got AI that is just taking over the space. So who here came on onto this um my emails and actually went through and watched this video. Can I just get a can you can I can you raise your hand in the chat? There should be a raise hand button up the top. you can hit hit that one and we can go from there. Now, I’m sure some of you probably scanned that QR code as well before we started. Um, I’ll share why why I did that in a minute as well. If you’ve been on the recent webinars, you would know why. I’m just going to go ahead quickly and get this other link up for me. Uh, where are we here? Um, cool. Heaps of you guys watched that um that that video, but um and put it and write and put a number two in the box if you did not watch that video. Number two in the box if you did not watch that video. Um and I can just uh give you guys a quick little little rundown here. One second.

    I’m just taking a photo of uh that link on the screen. If you ever need to go to a link that’s on uh that’s on the screen, all you need to do is you take a photo. You can then hold down in your photos on the on your phone. You can hold down on the link with your thumb and it will actually pop up as an actual link that you can click on.

    Let’s go here.

    come sound. Just chucking some eye drops in here, too.

    But yeah, so if you did watch this video, you would have first probably noticed it’s edited a lot different than my usual looms. Now, I’m in two minds about it, right? I’m in two minds about this type of video. I do definitely like the quality in terms of how um

    you can actually record as good as your camera can really record actually and I’ve got a really good camera but um but unfortunately Loom does not let me record at 4K. So, if you’ve seen this video, you would have you may or may not have noticed, but these are little things that I’ve been um starting trying to do more of um just across my business is to just kind of like up the game that little bit more in um in different ways. Let me just zoom in here quickly. By the way, this entire page fully created by um by Claude and um I hit play here. I’ll mute I’ll mute myself.

    But this um this side by side angle, what do you guys think? Do you like it? Right. Um, and in fact, what I can actually do if you guys scanned that link at the start, um, and if you didn’t, what I’ll do is I’ll get you a another QR code in just a second. And we’re just waiting for a few more people to come in because what we got, what we’re sharing today is massive. Um, cool. So, what I’m going to do,

    collapse that

    and pull.

    Now, what I’ll do is I’m going to get I’m just going to change this screen over here real quick. Do me a favor, guys. Scan something else.

    Go ahead and give this one a little scan.

    And let me see if I can even share my phone phone here as well. Um because this is something I I’ll share more of this like in in the actual session. But what I’ll do now is create a poll. New poll.

    So there’s no way to connect

    and you need to go in login.

    Where are we here? Do you like the new

    um

    data? Do you like your new webinar set up?

    Do you like the new video recording format? Yes. And then no. And then I can launch this. I’ll push this one live.

    There we go. That should have hopefully come up now on your phone. If you scan that, you can now have a vote. And you can see everyone else’s votes coming in here, too. All right. And you can see how many people in the top left have scanned that. And now we’re engaging. If you want to jump in, oh, boom. Now we’re getting engagement as a group. I can start to give away prizes on how well you guys are engaging on the webinars, right? And um this I made, remember, as a random idea on the a webinar maybe a week and a half ago, right? So, let’s see where we’re at now.

    So, we got bronze now. We can keep on going, I think.

    Now, how do I get That’s the thing, though. I haven’t figured out how to get Oh, there we go. how to get round absolutely everything just yet.

    There you go.

    And how do we get Okay, so I’ve got We got 20 votes that have come in. Let’s have a go chat. Can I change it up? What if I have to re This is what I mean. This might be a little bug that we’ve just found here right now.

    Um,

    let me see if I just stop sharing the screen real quick.

    And I don’t want this to close the webinar if I click out of this. Okay. All right. Allow share. And remember with the brand new goto webinar here again, right? So let me go live hole

    if you have and

    I’ll pause that this I’ll pause this video in the background here too. I’m just going to say, how do I get the bronze pop up to disappear? And um I’ll give you a little surprise. Now, the reason why I’m building this tool out more and more is I’m going to give it to you guys as a essentially a free tool that you guys can sell, give away, do things with um because I’ve never seen a tool for webinars that actually um that actually let you do some of the engagements that you get that and and things that you can’t do inside a go to webinar. Right? So, I was just trying to show that little bit there. But then the bronze uh thing popped up. And I’m just going to jump back to our main view here now because we got a bunch more people in and we got started with the main um content today. But we got 20 20 people said they liked it and no one said they didn’t. Right. So, that’s pretty um that’s pretty cool. I think so. Anyway, um and what some other things we’ve added into that tool, I’ll show you later today. We might even add add one or two more features into it today. Um because really the capabilities of what we can now do in the AI space. It’s like, you know, it’s it it’s really how far you can think of, right? You can if you can think of it, um you can probably do it now. Um, wait. Here we go. I got um if I changed it back now, it would it would show you this. I’ll just show it just to uh as a piece of mind that you can see all the engagements from people coming in and whatnot still. And

    some other new features we’ve added into this uh like some prizes we’re going to do today. I’ve done a a um a wheel of fortune style um uh prize that we’re going to do later where it’ll be randomly chosen from who’s the most engaged, who’s the most um who’s been uh commenting the most. There’s going to be an at random prize. I don’t know if you guys can see on your on your on your um actual phone, but um there’s a little drawing. There’s a little chat option down the bottom where you guys have been chatting. Well, um that that will allow you to actually chat um and draw with each other. I’m going to go ahead here and just say uh

    and I can probably even just show you my phone here and I’ll I’ll mirror it so you can get a real good look. Um share something else. Here we go. Look at this. So, this is what you what I see on my side of this app. And this again all built um I have to unlock my phone to connect. It says

    lock your phone to connect.

    Here we go. So, this is what I see on my side. Oh, wait. It doesn’t let me actually use it by the looks of it. Um, which is quite frustrating. But um

    but that’s all good. If it doesn’t want to um

    try again, we we’ll try one more time here. If it doesn’t work, there’s another way I can do it later on in this session. But I can’t like my phone’s locked. But you can see here this whole dashboard down the bottom. It has the giveaway, the chat board, the reveal for when I want to reveal the prizes. Um, we’ve got the I can add new polls and and push new things to you guys that will all happen live engaging on your actual um builds, which is pretty pretty cool. And there’s a pre-flight test, which means again you can trial things before they actually go live. Um, and yeah, but I’ll show I’ll show a bit more of this later. Now, this was built on the actual old Claude in the old chat GPT. So, who here has been using Chat GPG, the old version 5.5, which isn’t that old. It’s a couple of weeks old. And a couple of weeks ago, it became the number one uh AI tool out of any, right? It was the first time in over a year that it dethroned Claude and it became the number one uh goto tool which um which was a long time coming right you know Chad GPT over the years had spent so much money investing in um their product and Claude like a private company still had the upper hand on them somehow. It was, you know, it was it’s actually quite amazing that they were able um to do it for so long. And um yeah, it was it was really really amazing. So what happened after that? Um well, over the past couple of weeks, everyone thought Tat’s back in uh the in in in the limelight again. They’re going to stay there. They’re a bigger company. They’ve spent billions of dollars on these insane data centers all around um all around the country, right? And it was um it was not expected that they were going to be knocked off the top so quickly and by quite a bit to be fair. Um, it also kind of like gives like the the um I don’t know how you like you could say like it gives the the reasoning you know like heaps of people have been leaving Claude just to go and use chat GPT over the past few weeks and now chat GPT is now like going to be coming like not what’s not the best anymore. So people are going to be leaving chat GPT and going to go come come over to the next best one which I’m going to reveal again. And I’m going to show you what what it actually is in just a minute. Um, but I’ve got a proper proper presentation for today to share with you guys. But, um, uh, I wanted to just, yeah, just briefly go over this. But this is the thing that people do. They hop from one tool to the other to the other and they do bits and pieces of work on each and they don’t it it it they spread their context of what they’re doing across all these different LLM tools and they end up not getting anything um substantial ever built. And that’s kind of like one of the main um main problems that you’ll see with um with I guess the space of AI is that it will become very prominent if you have if it hasn’t already how easy it is just to create stuff for the sake of it. Right? Put a one in the box if you face this at all. If you faced that that problem yet that it’s just really easy to build stuff purely for the sake of it. Right. Right. me in the chat if that’s you. Um, and I know it’s definitely me, right? You can buy stuff um out of like, you know, you build stuff and buy new tools all the time, right? Um, Wade says here, “I like Manis until I kept wiping out my entire files.”

    True. Yeah. And Oh, and Ann, don’t worry. I’ve got Ann says, “How can I scan the QR code when I’m logged into the webinar?” Um, don’t worry, Ann. I’ll um that’s for people that are watching on a desktop. Right. I’ve got an actual um like obviously if you only have one device, then it’s not going to be something that you can watch and do. Un unless you actually take the webinar and have it um float on top of the actual um uh software that we’ve got here. But um just just watch the webinar today. You don’t need to use that yet, but I but I’ll give you the link so you can play around with it afterwards as long as you understand what it kind of does and that it was just a bit of fun that we literally were speaking randomly on a webinar a week ago and then we built it live and I just wanted to show you a bit of an update since then. Um, so yeah, it’s pretty pretty crazy. So, um, yeah. So, that but that’s that’s kind of like one of the main problems that everyone’s kind of facing that I’ve seen and everyone will face if you haven’t uh yet. So, what I’ll actually do is I’ll pull up a little document here. Let’s just um call this one. We’re not going to we’re Today’s going to be a lot of just action. We’re going to be building things. It’s not going to be too much note takingaking or whatnot, but I wanted to just have this here just in case. Um, so June’s uh June the 2nd, right? June second. No, June 1st and it is the AI insider training new number one GPT or new number one AI tool outperforms every other one in all areas. So important important reminder

    make sure that when you are building software and you’re using AI tools that you have a clear goal in mind of what you’re trying to achieve from the start. not just with um the actual session that you or or the or the time you’re sitting down to build, but have a long-term plan of what tools do you like the most and do you want to actually get better at? Because um there’s this is the same I’ve seen this this same thing happen as well. uh when it comes to uh let me actually and and uh um when it comes to people doing video editing or photo um photo editing and videography there’s so many different pe um video video um editing tools there’s different image tools like Photoshop Canva there’s so you know they all will end up doing the same thing in the end uh but if you’re going to stick to any like if you’re going to start one try to stick to it if it’s they um if it’s something that that has depth to it because just by using these different tools you get better instantly. So I remember when I moved originally from chat GPT to claude I was like oh do I want to do this? Is this this like chat GBT surely is the best? So, I don’t really know if I want to go to a whole new platform, right? And uh at first when I did it, it was a bit of a it was a bit frustrating cuz my chat GPT knew me so much better. Um but slowly but surely, I then couldn’t believe I didn’t actually use it sooner. And um that’s why you guys have seen me over the past couple of weeks, I’ve been using every AI tool I can think of. Um, let me see if I can even show you an example. Um, let me even show you my desktop here. What is share? Let’s go. Share something else screens

    here.

    So, I’ve got Claude down here. I have got chat GPT. Let’s go. I’ve got Gemini here. I’ve got Manis. All right. Um, let me actually just quickly show you like this. Um,

    right. All right, we got that. We’ve got um

    code X should be here somewhere. I might have closed it. Code X.

    And

    I’ve got to update the codeex, which I’m going to do here right now. Let’s just quickly go update. Always important to update it, especially with

    a brand new feature with Codeex. They copied it from Claude. You can actually now use use Codeex on your mobile device on the fly. So, you don’t need to be actually at the physical computer anymore. Um,

    and you know, they all look so much they all look like the exact same thing in some ways, right? Like it’s not they’re not that different. Um, here’s a chat yesterday. Here was a um a snake that was in uh our garage. So, um, anyone that likes or doesn’t like snakes, then, um, you like you would would have loved or hated to have come home to see this. Um, it’s not a brown snake, by the way, guys. It’s actually, uh, well, I don’t think it is. Like, they can look a bit like this, but this is just a green uh, this is this is just a tree python. But, um, yeah, lovely little surprise. Um,

    so the yeah, the whole reason I’m just I’m just showing this with you real quickly now is because I’ve tried to do the work so you guys don’t have to. And when and when I say to you guys that I’m like in the trenches with this. I am in the trenches with so many subscriptions to so many different tools and services and offers and different things. And today as well, I’ll show you the actual um build quality of what different tools created and different examples uh as well as sharing with you why uh the number one new king is just at a whole another level, right? Um, and I cuz I wanted to share it, show you uh, yeah, how how it performs and give you actual proof, not just these milestones that they they show you on these tests that they do, but I wanted to show show you like the output from all of these different platforms. And, you know, um, that t that takes a bit of time and it costs a bit of money to do, but I’m more than happy to do it for you guys. And what so what I want to do now, we’ve got everyone in here. I’m going to go ahead and I’m going to jump back over into our slide into our deck here. I actually created some um slides for today. Let me even see if I can actually um I’m going to share this quickly here with you. And I had different AI tools create these slides as well. Um, and to see which ones did the best. Share something else.

    Cool.

    And I’m just going to see if I can if I can pull them up here. Slides.

    Well, we got some good examples. That’s funny. Um, yeah, I got some funny things to share with you as well. Like I tried to go crazy on builds of the just the most random things you would never think of um building. But um and you know first and foremost, you know, just to just to get the cat out of out of the bag here, who is the number one AI tool? Well, it is who knows it. You’ve probably already seen it if you’ve watched the video. It is the brand new Claude 4.8. um which is the new king in town again basically right but this isn’t your normal update right so before we get into talking about the update and what what’s in what comes with it we want to also be aware of uh what Claude has been doing over the past um little bit of time right and I and I mentioned this in the video I’m just going to touch on it real quick. But um over the past couple of years, Claude has had the ability to invest a lot of money. And you know what I’m actually going to do? This is another little surprise that I’m going to share with you here. Let me see if I can um let me just ask a question into Google here. I’ll ask it to Claude. Um cuz I want to show this show you this on the webcam. If I am showing my webcam, it’s on OBS. Do I share

    or another one?

    Um, so this would be pretty cool to share with you guys here. But, um,

    what I can do now is I’ve been using um, my claude and chat GBT actually today. um to set up a bit of more of a streaming setup. And now Claude’s decided it’s wanting to take its time here. So, I’m just going to actually just just wing it and hopefully it looks all right. Uh there we go. There.

    Um,

    what screen

    with

    here we go. One sec.

    Okay, now I’m going to share my camera. Oh, there we go. This should this should work. Let’s say

    now

    let’s see if it wants to wants to be nice to me today or not.

    I don’t know if you guys can see my webcam right now. Can you if you can let me know in the chat? Uh let me know in the chat if you can see me. All right. Um put a one in the box if you can. Oh, awesome. So now look at this. Look at this background. I don’t know if you can see if it’s um what the what the quality is like, but it should give you guys a little preview of uh the agent 72 uh new office setup that I’ve just moved into. aka green screening in a very very messy room.

    But very strange it didn’t go ahead and actually share with me what it’s actually um sharing. Again, this new goto webinar, there’s always going to be new interesting little faults that it’ll that it’ll share and won’t share, I guess. Um but happy that you guys can see something. I I don’t know if it’s the close-up one. The icon is up or not the video. Okay. So, nothing’s nothing’s up for you guys. That’s all right. What if I go start here

    studio

    start um to to click start streaming on OBS to share my webcam on Zoom maybe even though this is go to webinar

    Start virtual camera. Okay, there we go. That’s fine. There we are.

    And hopefully now I’ll turn that off again and we’ll chuck it back on.

    Star virtual camera. Otherwise, what I’ll do is I’ll I’ll share my screen again real quick.

    Hopefully, there’s something now you can see, but if there’s not, I’m just going to leave it and we can completely skip out of it. But if you can see me now, let me know.

    Hey, there I am. There I am. Can you see the background and everything? the agent background. Hopefully you can um Hey, there we go. Agent 72.

    Hey, there we go. Cool. I know that that just took way too long to do. I apologize for that, but I’ve never done it before, and I wanted to just share with you a bunch of new things, including this this background. Uh it’s um I haven’t even messed with the with the lighting on me yet, but I’m sure I could uh and make this look even better. But um what a what a really cool just unique way that I just start changing things up and do some like interesting recordings I can uh start to create, you know. It’s really up to me how what I decided to do from here. But um yeah, I thought I thought that was that was really really cool. Now anyway, since we’re here, since you can hear me, you can see me now. Um

    people say they can’t see. So, what what I’ll just do, I’m going to I’ll screenshot this out here just so you can at least um see what it would what it would look like for me over here. Anyway, um

    that’s what it’s looking like. Hopefully, you guys can see something like that. If you can, great. If you can’t, I’ll um I’ll change it around later so you’ll be able to still see me pop up uh with the with the big green background on, right? Um

    and I know I haven’t shared um yeah, some people say they can only see Google searches, too. So, that’s all good. What I’ll what I’ll even do cuz if I shade it straight from the camera, it just would have it’s just going to um it’s just going to mess up doing that. So, I’ll um

    Oh, what if I go like this spotlight me? Can you see now? You can see me in the top right corner, right?

    Hey, I can see myself in the top right. And um hopefully most people can as well.

    That’s better than um than where we had it before. Anyway, so as we’re learning, we’ll play around with different things and um and go from there. Spotlight settings. Oh, there we go. Now I’ve uh virtual camera.

    And now it’s mirrored. I don’t want to mirror it.

    Okay, way better.

    Way, way, way better.

    And look now, even if I turn this off, this should make it go just you should just be able to see me. Then if I go turn off that sharing option,

    can you see me still? Maybe, maybe not.

    Uh, hopefully you can do a thumbs up if you can. Yeah, poor can. Laura can. Everyone can still see me by the looks of it.

    All right, cool. So,

    let’s just talk here for a second then. Right. So, we’ve got this crazy new update, uh, Claude 4.8 that just come in after a couple of weeks of just being, uh, taken over by Chat GPT. Chad GPT, you would have seen in in my last emails, they’ve just spent hundreds of billions of dollars on buying Nvidia uh graphics chips, right? This is what AI centers run on these in special uh chips that are completely sold out uh everywhere. Um and if you haven’t noticed, so many tech products are getting sold out more and more every single day. um that because AI is needing so many tools. I think Sony the other day they stopped selling SD cards. You know, like the little I might even have one here somewhere, but u the little camera cards, the tiny little ones that go in inside your camera. Sony doesn’t make them anymore.

    Um if you’ve seen the prices of some of these online, they’re going crazy. So, it’s a um it’s something that you Yeah. Um we’re going to see more more industries that aren’t able to actually facilitate building their products anymore. Even Apple the other day, they’re not selling their low their their bottom end model of the Apple um the the Mac Mini, right? I’ve got I’ve got a Mac Mini, but the base model of the Mac Mini because they can’t get enough parts for it. There’s the waiting list was already huge and they’ve now said they’re not going to make it anymore. So, um, CHP was smart with that. They bought so much resourcing power in the past because they knew they were going to grow into it. Whereas Claude, they went a bit more like mom and pop style, like we have this amount of much money now. We’re going to slowly grow and we’re going to invest when we can and we’ll build it and build it. And then they got stuck recently where the release of of over 4.7 came out and people were really impressed. Um, but within a handful of days, Chat GPT came out with their 5.5 model, which just beat uh Opus’ or Claude’s 4.7 um in pretty much every way possible. Also, Claude users were finding that, you know, Claude was the 4.7 model was making mistakes. It wasn’t doing as well um as they thought it would do. like it it had this new type of attitude. It was a bit rude. Did anyone experience uh the last claude over the past few weeks being a bit rude to you and a bit not as friendly or nice? Like it’s it’s hard to explain unless you’ve experienced it, right? And because it’s these AI tools that we use, they really are personalities. They really um work with you as a companion. And that’s why Cloyd has always had this little edge over Chat GPT with having a much more personalized model to work with that people really liked and it sounds a lot more human and um not so AI if that’s a word. Um so but then Chad GPT came out with all of this new resources computing power and let you do so much more with the amount of tokens that they would give you. So with with your subscription, you get tokens. You can then do X amount of work before your tokens are all used up. And the higher the model that you’re using, the more tokens that it uses. People on Claude were finding that they were just having all of their daily usage just wiped out instantly. Um whereas on Chat GPT, you could just keep on going and going and going, it seemed. And um and it looked like Chad GBD had this absolute home run win that it was going to be hard for Claude to come back. Uh I actually was thinking, wow, maybe this might be the, you know, the death of Claude. A lot of people were actually thinking it um for a bit there as well. Um but as we know, the AI space moves fast. Um so fast in fact that like days like today with what you’re going to learn in a minute, it makes everything else obsolete. Well, not everything, but a lot of things are now obsolete with what you’ve learned in AI in the past. And what you do now is going to uh give you this edge over um literally the entire industry that hasn’t caught on to this yet. And many won’t catch on to it because um they just that that they just have a way of doing things, right? And um and people don’t like changing from what they know works. Uh but whenever I’ve seen anyone stick to a one strategy in online marketing for too long um they end up being not relevant or their marketing becomes not relevant uh at some point in time. You know like a Facebook ad strategy that works now won’t work in a year’s time most likely. Um and that’s because these tools change, develop and they grow and people aren’t um this I think sometimes we think or look at look at marketing as like do this everyone will like this ad forever and keep buying. It’s not exactly like that, right? As I’m sure we all know, but let’s so let’s say that’s where things were at. Then Elon Musk came in and and did and saved the day. Elon Musk and Anthropic and they came through with a partnership that was for um it was a I think it was like 1.5 billion a month. I think it was 1.25 25 billion um a month to use uh the the computing capacity from uh Elon’s AI giant computer which is called Colossus and Colossus 2. You know, trust Elon to call it something like that. And so right now that is what Claude is running on. Not only that though, it released the brand new update the other day. Opus 4.8, but now we’ve also got um Claude um um Claude’s got his new model um they keeps on rumoring and talking about secretly behind the scenes and um been marketing it for months now, right? And it’s called Mythos, right? Mythos is uh essentially going to be what Claude considers its flagship like ultimate going to absolutely destroy every other tools um model. Then I’ll pull my screen up here again just to give you the uh little insight on this here. Wait, there we go. Not videos. Let’s go to share screen. Here we go. and

    anthrop here we go anthropic to offer EU access to its advanced model mythos right here.

    So this has just happened right in the in the past handful of hours. It’s extending its access to its most advanced model to EU after weeks of talks. The E um or to the to the EU to the European Union. Um the blockers seek permission from the US administration in order to gain access. Um,

    so essentially what had happened is when Anthropic first released it, it gave it to a bunch of um a bunch of

    um huge companies in America like Apple, Microsoft, and whatnot. And it it was so Anthropic realized this is so powerful. This tool, they made it out like it could hack anything. It could do undo anyone’s code. It could create anything anything you could think of, it would do uh instantly basically. And they were so worried about just giving it to anyone that they actually locked it down to only be able to handle security threats. They gave it to a bunch of companies like Apple, Microsoft, I think it was 50 of America’s biggest companies. And uh some of the things it found were absolutely insane. In Microsoft, for example, they found a Windows exploit that had been there for decades, and it was a massive one. No human had ever found it over the past 30 plus years, but Mythos did day one. And this is the type of like AI computing by the sounds of it is that where new discoveries, cures, um solutions to things are going to be get ma made and solved all the time. And it’s why it’s also so important for you to be on this journey and be a part of this now. Because if you can access these tools when everyone else can, who knows what you might discover or create or stumble upon just by getting creative and using it, thinking outside the box. It’s pretty crazy, right? So, um,

    so it looks like this. So, UK banks were also blocked from access to mythos. Now, open AI is coming in trying to like sign them up for some type of deal here. It’s like it’s this crazy um I I don’t want to say um like AI war, but it’s like this inter like you know they’re battling each other. They’re stealing each other’s stuff. Um people are leaving one company going to the other. Um but it’s it’s um yeah right now uh this mythos model is what they’ve been pushing now it’s not available yet but I am really confident in the next 2 3 weeks probably and I can’t tell the future but everything’s kind of teasing that way that that’s what’s coming up and what’s even like cooler and what what you’ll often see um that Anthropic does and these AI tools do right before a new update’s coming out, you’ll see a huge improvement in whatever model is currently out right now. And I it’s like they they release some key features or maybe even all of them at times to test how the release is going to go to get any bugs and problems and issues out of the way for when they actually drop the actual official one. So, right now, Opus 4.8 has just come out, and it is what we’re going to be covering today. Uh, I know um many of you might have might have been using it already. You might have tried it out, but if you haven’t, uh, it is exciting, but put a one in the box for me if you have never uh used Claude before or write me in the chat box. If you’ve never used claw before, don’t worry because again the whole goal of this and what the you know one of the most important things that I’m I’m going to be sharing through this is that you don’t need to know any code at all. You don’t need prior experience. You don’t need

    to know frameworks. You don’t need to know anything. And because we’re on a webinar, this is just a single session right now. I’m going to go through just kind of the some core things that that that uh are released in Opus 4.8 like what have they done, give you some real examples um of how it could be used and actually then jump in and show you real use cases and we’ll do some things live here today. Uh and we’ll have fun with it and and we’ll get really creative. Um but we’re going to move fast. All right? If that sounds good for you, can I get a can I get a hell yeah in the chat box and get some fives fives in there so I know you guys are ready cuz I’m ready too. Um, and again, we’re going to go through the uh what’s in it first and then when we jump into Claude, I will show you how to use it if you’ve never used it before. If you haven’t been in there in a little bit, uh, it’s updated. It’s changed quite a bit. Um, but let’s go through the basics. Let’s go through the slide deck. Basically, I did I did some slides here for you guys and then I just got a basic um um document here that I might end up just jumping over to, right? But I’m trying to be a bit more professional for you guys in these sessions, right? Um normally I don’t have much prepared. But uh in terms of me, it’s just me chatting. But I wanted to, you know, for such a event, let’s just go through this a little bit here. Um, so I’ll change my spotlight over to um where are we here? And

    I’ll check myself.

    Where are is that better?

    Adjust the big spotlight. All

    right, that’ll do.

    Cool. I’ll make it small. Or you know what? What I’ll do is I’ll give you guys full screen in case you guys are recording this or you don’t or you might want to use any of this in um in the replay. So, I’ll chuck my camera off for a second. Okay, cool. now.

    Oh, that’s better.

    Cool. Now, I’ll bring this up.

    All right.

    Moving over here, I’m going to go and we’ll go to slideshow presenter view.

    Get out of that. Now, I’m going to rush through this kind of fast, right? Because we might have just covered some of those things just now. Um,

    so

    Let’s see. Here we go. Next 45 minutes, we’re going to go through what’s changed, go through some live builds, and then we’re going to go over the 72 uh the agent 72, which is going to start next week. We’ll touch on that at the end of it. Um, but this shift of the new core changed everything. It instantly became the number one AI model on the planet. It beats everything else on the in in the AI space including uh CHV 5.5. It does the heavy lifting for non-coders. This is a huge um advancement uh that it really takes over all of the nittygritty uh things that we would have had to have done in the past and that you know you would need to know bits and pieces of code on how things would work and where things would save to and what specific words mean. It’s a lot less like that now almost non-existent and I and I I teach you guys how to make it completely non-existent. Um so cord 4.8 today number one globally it’s the same price it has not gone up in price it has just got so much more power now this is the first time we have seen this happen with no price increase in so many updates every update not just with claude but with chat GPT as well the price has gone up slightly over so many of the previous updates I can’t remember the last time there wasn’t a price increase now it has stopped at the same price it just gives you more capacity number one globally. Um uh on the intelligence index it got a 61.4 uh ahead of Gibb 5.5. Again it will help you build anything apps, automations, websites, AI employees, ideas and finished products from scratch. Uh I’ve also taken an interest this week in trying getting Claude uh and trying to get other AI tools too as well to actually start working with tools that you already own. maybe a JB Zoo purchase that you’ve picked up. I’ve been using like using Cord with my own software tools like URL fam advert mate uh and having it work directly in those tools as well without API access which I’ll talk about what that means later. Um here’s basically a graph of uh Opus 4.8 8 compared to um TJD 5.5 and then Gemini 3.1 with the math score it showed up to 96.7% um

    which again previously it was 69 uh um.3 I believe it was which is Um,

    yeah. Wild, right? So, this is the model that that that wins. And again, if you look at all the other other models, it wins those as well. Um, now one of the biggest changes that comes with it is something called the effort dial or effort. This is a selection that you make inside of the GP inside of the uh software or the site or depending on where you you’re going to be using uh Claude. I like to use it on the desktop. I highly recommend you use the desktop uh version as well because it gives you every everything that it can bake into the software. Whereas if you get the online version, if you just go to the website, it doesn’t include everything. Um and just as if you use it on the mobile it doesn’t include everything or if you use it in terminal doesn’t include everything but the desktop download it does. So um so there yeah so there essentially no um no setup uh for the effort dial. It’s on every single uh every single plan that you purchase as well. effort menu is going to be there and it’s now essentially how AI or how Claude is going to decide how it works. And it essentially has a um low effort, medium effort, like lots of effort, extremely high effort, and you then select what you want depending on how hard or complex the the task might be. Now, um I I’m just going to give you guys the defaults of where to set it to. Um which you can then even try you can test and play around with things too, but I’m sure you’ll probably come to the same uh conclusions. Um there’s also now the ability to choose the speed of how fast you want the AI to work. Um which again, pretty crazy that’s even an option. And but the faster you you you have it work, it doesn’t necessarily not do as good of a job cuz it’s rushing. It’s not rushing actually. It just uh charges you more tokens to get that job done faster. So we’ll we’ll I’ll show you that today as well. Um, and think of these two levers kind of like a um like a um like like if you were giving yourself a coffee and you then need to like focus and lock in and have a coffee, you turn these little dials up and then you do a power hour of coding, then you can turn it back down um and have it just work on a more relaxed level um for basic tasks. Now, the key here as well is if you’ve got a really basic task, but you put it up to a very high effort, it’s going to overthink things. All right. Um,

    one of the biggest updates it comes with though is something called advanced workflows. Now this advanced workflows um sorry about the um messy um text overlapping but um it essentially um is going to let you take uh one prompt and or even multiple prompts, but you can actually launch not just tens or or tens of agents with with you, right? So, you might have seen in the past, I’ve taught you guys and um if you launch a product or if you say if you’re doing some work on on a project, but then the next thing you need to do is like a logo design and whatnot. I’ve showed you guys how you can spawn another agent or another AI to talk to and and have that go out and do that task while you’re working on task B with another AI agent. Right? And then I’ve shown you how to how to launch like three or four agents at a time. and we’ll do that today as well. Now though, with this update, you can not only actually I’m going to turn my camera off for this because it’s just ridiculous. Um there not only can you now uh launch more than one, right? You can if you if you if you needed to, you can launch hundreds of agents at once to even thousands of agents at once for a single project. So, you give it a giant complex job and say, I want you to go out and and spawn as many agents as you can that will efficiently go out and tackle all of this work. And then it’s going to go out and do that exact thing and have agents all working on individual pieces of that job without stepping on each other’s code or each other’s feet coming together. And then there might be a bunch of agents that are there that are then going to orchestrate the connection of all those little bits of work that the other ones have done that they’re going to funnel up in a hierarchal system uh to then uh until it gets back to your um the agent you’re directly talking with in it in the chat window and it will then give you the good news that the product’s done or what it needs next or anything like that. Now again, this is all done without you needing to know what to spawn and which agents to build and which what needs to get uh started in what order, right? Um especially with what we’re going to go through today. But it’s crazy, right? Just think of that. Um it now also stops bad builds from happening. It’s four times less likely to fail or make mistakes.

    Again, four times less likely to make mistakes or just leave a problem in the code or a hidden floor. I had this happen yesterday to me. Um, not yesterday, sorry. um couple of days ago, 3 days ago where I with with that actual app with that product that I was got you guys to scan before with that tool. We started building it last week in Opus 4.7 and then yesterday or the day before I had to um go a couple days ago I had to update it and with with some new features I wanted to add into it and it totally built it in the worst way possible originally against the way I asked it to. I asked it to build each uh feature as like a standalone product in itself and then and then connect them together. But it didn’t. It had all this code interwining apparently like and again I’m not a coder or a developer but I could read I’ve I’ve got my claude to talk to me in like layman’s terms or speak to me like a baby basically and uh it basically had had it so you know it was all tangled and messed up and had had to go and rebuild everything using this 4.8 model but it wasn’t that bad because it had I could use all of those extra agents. Um, also it will flag uncertainty. It now will tell you if there’s if it’s unsure about something uh or if it’s confused rather than just saying, “Oh, I’m buffering.” Or rather than just not responding at all and just hanging out, right? Put a one in the box if you’ve used Claude or or any AI tool. And sometimes it just doesn’t respond to you. It’ll say, “Yeah, that sounds great. Um, things are looking great uh on that on that PowerPoint.” But then it’s like, “What PowerPoint? it hasn’t sent it to you, right? Um I’m sure you might have seen that one. So then um there’s also fewer um broken builds as well. Um

    so yeah, with fewer broken builds, there’s less clean up, more products get finished, things get pushed to the finish line because sometimes if something starts to not work, problems start to happen and or and you get over it. You change projects. uh you got it’s all too hard, right? The goal here is to finish and get things out. And again, it’s now faster. It’s cheaper. Um and again, 2.5 times faster than before. Three times cheaper than in the past as well. Uh text got better, the bills got smaller. Um

    now this is uh what what the online space is saying about it. The smartest builders are already moving hard on this. So this has come in like a wrecking ball for people because it’s given us the ability to now do things at such a grand level and and have these big ideas now be able to be things that we can actually talk to court about and just say go and it can then go and do it with a whole army of of uh um agents that can build these anything that you’re thinking out. any project big and and not just software and um and apps and video games and review sites and you know ecom stores like I’m talking like automations. So like now when this video finishes, Claude’s going to actually download this video from GoTo Webinar. It’s going to upload it to Loom. It’s going to get the transcript from it. It’s going to then um take learn what this video is about. It’ll create a replay page like the one that you saw before with the with the interactive background and everything and it will then uh go into my autoresponder and actually draft me a basic email uh for this without me having to do that manually. I’ll then go in and I’ll change the email up a bit cuz I I like to send personal emails to you guys. But um even the designs of my emails lately, I’m sure you guys have seen they’re like a bit more there are colors and buttons and all this stuff because of this. And it saves me hours every single day. And I want to and I’ll share with you some some uh student um results because I’ve had a very small group of you guys been working with me in this um kind of uh process too with the 4.7 model. But this is now this is why everything’s changing here with 4.8 eight and why you’re here at the best time possible. Um, and so what can it build is kind of what we we want to focus on now, right? And I’m sure you guys are ready for it. Um, before I do that though, I want to just show you. Not that here. Um, there was one or two things here that I wanted to share. Dynamic workflows. I talked about ultra code. This is something that it’s included that I I haven’t seen anyone actually showcase. I’ve never seen anyone showcase this online. I couldn’t find a single video of it being used. And I only found out how to actually get to it just before this video. But um why don’t we go in and actually go through some actual examples here of um of actually using it. Right. So here’s five use cases of what you know you could do. Um like imagine this. Create a 100 sales pages in one session. One prompt becomes a folder of finished source specific landing pages. Each selfch checked by its own agent. Audit my entire funnel. Point to a whole site. agent fans out and finds out every broken link, every slow page, every missing pixel report back and of what they fixed. Affiliate the the affiliate swipe army 50 promotional emails in one go each written in a different affiliate persona. Uh one target per voice competitor tear down feed it 20 competitor URLs or even just ask it to find 20 competitor URLs. Uh and then how the agents go out and analyze it on pricing the synthesis and positional gap effort. Um the honesty flex feed it a flawed plan and watch it push back instead of agreeing. Audiences remember the moment AI told the presenter the assumption was flaky. Right now here’s a here’s a here’s a real truth here that I I I’ll share with you guys that was from yesterday. Um, I don’t know if you can read this here, right? But it says I I actually had uh launched something called a called I created something called the council. I’ll share it with you guys if you want in a minute. And I was trying to choose between two different product names. I was getting really stuck. So I launched a council of experts. I had a I chose what my council was going to be. It was going to be a devil’s advocate that would agree with nothing. it was always going to fight any argument. If you said it was sunny, it’s going to say it’s rainy. Um, if it’s brown, it’s then orange, right? Like, you know, it’s ne they’ll never agree. There’s going to be a marketing expert, a linguistics and um vocab uh expert, a someone from my target market, my exact target audience, uh a completely random uh non-bias uh member of the public. They were going to be the five people that would then I would ask the questions to of which product name they like the most out of the four. Um, and then I would do a second uh round of voting where what would happen is each person would then have to go in and review the other person’s answers over that. They get ask questions and then it goes like a round table where they all basically have to work with each person until it comes down to a final vote of which one’s the best. I’ve did that all in cord and it cost a lot of tokens the first time, right? And then it it forgot something. It it took something out of context. Um and it said why why don’t we do this again? I think it’s a really good idea we run this again because um that changes everything what you just said. So let’s uh change this up now and we’ll do it one more time. And then I did but then it’s it did something wrong and then it used 500,000 tokens which is is it sounds a lot. It’s like I don’t know like because it’s on my subscription it doesn’t cost me anything but like I might run out quicker for the month or for the day, right? Um but if I was paying for that um it might be 10 bucks or something. Um but it’s a really big um deal and I’ll I’ll show you an example in a minute. But here uh when I shared it, it said um it said I said, “Did you just waste this amount of tokens?” and it said yes. Um that that one’s on me, not you. Um so yeah, it’s probably the moment that it failed to do it right. Um and then some other examples there. So rather than continuing to share this, who wants to jump straight into Claude and let’s build some stuff, right? Write me in the chat box. Let me know if you have any questions so far. Let me go ahead and I’ll turn I’ll pause this for a second. Where are we? Here. Um

    uh here here are some cool builds that our audience did. But again, yeah, if you can describe it, you can build it. Let me go and I’ll pause this. port sharing. I’ll turn my camera off. I always get weird with cameras on for too long because I feel like it’s going to crash. My or my internet’s going to do something weird at some point. Um, let’s say optimize for video. Wait, let me

    There we go. Like this.

    Now I’m going to pull up Claude

    and Won’t be a second.

    Let me even try to see if I can put this on the bottom

    actually.

    Just rearranging that. That looks good.

    Okay. Share.

    All right, we’re going to open up this screen here.

    Um, can you guys see my screen right now? Let me just go ahead and check your questions real quick.

    Um, Theodore says he’s got something partially built. help me complete it. Please let me know what it is. What is it that you’ve built? And who here has something that they want me to build now as well? Who’s got an idea? Cuz these are going to be the things as well that you might not know what it is that you want to build, right? You might have no idea like right what do I even build right

    now. So just one last time here. Put a put us put a number eight in the box if this is the first time that you’ve ever seen Claude. This is Claude here. I’ve got it looking um it’s I’ve got it on the dark mode, which is why it might be a bit of a weird color scheme for you. Let me just um move some things over here.

    Let me

    minimize it so it doesn’t seem so busy. Share screen. Yeah. So, I’ve got the I’ve got the screen shared,

    right? Oh, am I not showing it? Thank you guys. If it doesn’t say like here, oh, have I got to pause still? Maybe. Share. Resume sharing.

    There we go. Thanks, guys.

    That better. This is Claude here.

    There we go. And what I’ll even do is I’ll go down here into my settings. And where is this cheeky guy?

    Um,

    let me see if I can find him real quick.

    There was this little um

    He’s he’s around here somewhere, but you can get this little um little pet that it’ll that jumps around your screen with you, but I think I’ve taken him off now. He’s on um Claude actually, not Claude, sorry. Um uh chat GPT actually copied this as well. Also in chat GPT if I went into settings

    it says oh it’s it’s such a big thing as well isn’t it? It’s such a big um

    big section here that I’m not even going to bother trying to find it in all of that one. But maybe maybe it was Codeex that did it. Last one I’ll try.

    Um,

    yeah. No, I’m not even going to bother unless it’s under appearance pets. There you go. Look at this. This is my little guy Dewey. I don’t know where he is now, but if I select say CD, where’s he going to pop up? somewhere.

    Oh, let’s see. Oh, there it is. Wake Pet.

    There he is on the left over here.

    So, that’s my little chat JVT. And he and he’ll talk to me and tell me when things are up and he’ll help me finish jobs and whatnot, but he Yeah, I’m going to get rid of him for now. But there’s one of those inside of Claude as well. But here’s Claude. So, let me know if this is the first time you’ve ever seen inside of Claude. Um, if so, super simple to run through. Um,

    and it kind of it gets it gets broken down into three main sections. Right. Right here we got Claude chat up on the left. Then there’s Claude cowork in the middle. No, I’ll just try to make these all new tasks so it doesn’t look as um intense for the first time. And because it’s not intense, anything here is so simple. I’m going to close all of these, do a bit of cleanup work for you guys. And seriously, what you see here, these three tabs are going to do 99.9% of things for you uh from complete scratch. Now, here is what I’ve done in the past. Uh I who a lot of you were a part of my agent masterass, which was meant to be a week long uh intensive um on Claude and it ended up going for like two and a bit weeks. I could have kept on going and it was really really really indepth. Um now we’ve already moved into newer models and stuff. The fundamentals are still still all relevant but I realized at the end of the day for many people they don’t want to know the the real indepthness of things and you know like you just want to get results make some more money automate tasks and how can you do that as fast as possible? what’s the most amount of result you can get for the minimal amount of input. And that’s what’s kind of led me to kind of the way I’m going to be teaching on these webinars to make them shorter. But also in the agent 72 um uh you could call it a master class, but it’s more than that. It’s essentially uh 72 hours or 3 days uh to create think of create build and launch your own build, right? your own AI product uh or or key automation automation solution or anything that you want to create think of a build um that’s what we’re going to be doing next week. So what I’m talk when I teach this here now just know that um if uh if if you like if you feel like you want to be learning more about this you can be a part of that which I highly recommend. Here we are. First and foremost, this page here, chat, you can speak to your AI agent here like, “Hey there, how are you?”

    And this is where Claude will speak back to you. This is one agent. You work with it and it speaks back to you and then you speak back to it just like you would in chat GPT, right? Um, now down here in the bottom right, you can see Opus 4.8 extra. Now, if I click on that, we see this effort tab, right? We see this effort tab. Now, if I move this back to high, all right, then it’s still going to be a high level of effort, but depending on what I want it to do, uh I see right now I don’t need it to have a complex task to think of cuz I’m just having a chat with it, right? I could even have it be low or medium. Now then there’s also the max option here, but it says here it’s going to use a lot of tokens and it will take uh um a lot long longer to respond and use it sparingly for for just to give you guys a straight up answer from the start for pretty much everything. Um just with general work and general talking to it using the high level of effort is perfect. You don’t need to vary from this really until you’re building things that are going to be quite um demanding or or might need a quite a bit a bit of work and even then it’s probably going to be be like overkill with some of these higher levels. Right? So this here I would use Claude essentially just a chat option just for design work for mapping things out and for planning uh any type of uh offer build concept deal and because a lot of the times this is where you can just have it be created. This is also where on the left hand side there’s something called projects. projects here um is where you can then like if you have a new app idea or see right now I’ve got my own personal website I’m trying to build out um and before for example I asked it to analyze um top marketers brands and sites for email uh list growth and it’s going to it’s going to go I said do some deep research on top internet marketers and their personal brands and have a look at their site, see how they sell, see how it’s all set up on their on their businesses. And that’s why I changed it down here to Opus 4.8 extra. Right, I hit enter and then I left it and it started going out and doing all of this. I didn’t have to do anything. It created files for me. it came back um comment to DM as they’re saying this is this is like the way to go at the minute to get big open rates by the looks of it. Um

    so free community trust is a trust layer not a side project. Spy tools you asked about like meta libraries and stuff. uh my pick for the order we build. Um so he recommends that we do a quiz to comm community link plus content feed into go high level. Um comment DM free video series. Um everything funnels into go high level where your six quiz tags already do the segmenting. So here’s a bit bit of an idea it of what it decided to create right now. Um in another chat window I asked it to go out and actually um discover like look at actual marketers that look at their own websites and how they made the creative created things. Right? This example is just one chat though in that project. So, I’ve got other chats here saying um this one I did something like create me a draft website where I just told it just go create me the website use Canva and it did a pretty rough job with just it as it had a lot of stuff that it still needed. I think I don’t know what it built this was this is with an old model as well. I build software that helps online.

    All right, so this is like a pretty plain and not that exciting. And that’s with one of the much older models, though. I’m sure if I asked it now, it would do a better job. But just to give you um I’ll share um a variant. Let me actually just quickly show you. This is Manis, by the way. This is a um where is it? how to create

    this was a personal brand website that I had Manis built with their highest model. Manis again is owned by Meta or Facebook. Um, I’ve see with the new Claude, there’s a lot of in the in the new chord, they’ve taken this this kind of angle of um you tell Manis what you want, and it just goes out and builds you what what it thinks is going to be the best. If you haven’t told it what you want exactly, it will go out and build what it thinks uh you you would want. Um, and I gave it a much better prompt here, right? So I said um actually I asked all of these different places. I said can you go go create me a a profile a website with a high quality personal site. uh use many highend uh key points from animated sections, friendly user interface section to sell my products, places where people can join a community, draft out the entire everything and um get an idea of the flow from competitors. And they built this which is you know better, nicer, right?

    Just for like a little one shot little picture like one example. Still, we can do so much better than this. Like so so much better, right? And maybe we’ll do that in a minute with an example. Now, that’s what we’re doing here in projects. So, I’ve got all these different projects down here of things that I want to actually create. This is also where I just do I pin my most important jobs and tasks that I’ve been working on. uh where I’m trying to research things, the research stage um at a base level, right? And because what you can do here as well under settings, if I go to connectors and customize, I can connect directly

    uh into so many different tools that that’s just some of them actually. Let me go and

    show you like this whole list. And this is what this is a big difference with Claude as well compared to other AI tools. Connect directly with Claude to connect all of these different tools and platforms here. Uh I can link directly with and then like see Uber. I could even order an Uber directly from my uh chat or I could have it go in and get my whole Uber Eats history and work out how many calories I’ve eaten over the past week from what restaurants for example, you know, as creative as if as you want to get. You could even take your accounting data and then go and feed that u as well and pull your PayPal and Stripe information and then go have that be uh built into a visual uh animation uh even a story book of your spending habits or your wife’s spending habits or husbands that and then how with actual legitimate numbers uh you could turn this around to have an extra 10 grand a right? You just think as crazy as you can. That’s the goal here. I want you guys to think big. And again, it just goes on and on and on for as long as you can think. That that’s just connectors. There’s then plugins. Um, and then there skills. Now, I’m not going to touch any of that today. I just wanted to let you know that they are there. That means when I’m back here, I can say, “Hey, can you create me in in Canva a um a banner image with my face on it? Can you go uh into um uh like Loom or YouTube for me and add this here and do or can you go to YouTube and download the top 100 videos trending under AI right now? Now, if I hit new chat as well, it’ll just come down as a new um recent chat. So, these are all individual chats that I’m having with it to do different things. Here is the email that I just sent you guys before that I had it build directly

    inside here. You guys probably remember this, right? This is what I just built before and now it’s directly in here. That’s chat. All right. Then we’ve got So, I use again this for research. And what we’ll even do, let’s let’s have it let’s do one quick example. I’ll say, “Hey, there can you create

    a really clean um breakdown table visually in Canva uh showing what Claude chat is great at and best for,

    what what Claude Cowork is best and great for, and what Claude code is best at and great for. Uh, also mention what they’re not as good for and what one of the other options might be. Right. So, we’re going to hit that and go. Now, again, with Chat, it’s just one agent, you talking to it back and forth. Co-work, this is where you can get it to do tasks for you. So, if you want daily automations, if you want it to go out into your go high level account and look at any of your new incoming sales and then go and reach out to um brand new members with taking that maybe even taking that email and adding that email over into um your autoresponder or even just to email directly via Gmail or even to you know anything you can think of right um you could do that here now in go high level you can actually um set up those automations directly inside but this is just another way you can now do things and because of the 4.8 8 upgrade, it can do things that prior, you know, it just wouldn’t even attempt. So, in the past, if you didn’t have API access, as in like it didn’t connect directly with that with a specific tool, it wouldn’t use it. Now, it will actually go in on its own will uh like with just with login details, just with the username and password, and it will actually go in and manually just do whatever it is um it can like that it needs to do. Like I had to go into my JV Zoo yesterday and export um my entire sales from the first year I ever did marketing online and it’s crazy some of the stuff that it’s finding for me now. Now, here’s a quick example of something that I could do I could set up right now. I could say, “Hey there, Claude. What I want you to do every single night at 300 a.m. I want you to uh do a bit of research uh of what different tasks and jobs I’m doing and come up with just one key solution or uh software build that solves one key problem that I am facing in my business. This could be anything from a tool that goes out and um comments on blogs uh where people are looking for help for something where my software solves it and does 10 comments a day. That compounding over week by week by week will then result in traffic overall. And another example might be something like going onto Instagram and analyzing my three top competitors or the three most viral posts of the week and then plan me a script that I can then do whatever it might be. Or actually or a third example which might be um that you go and get my last 3 months um of customer data and find me the best performing or the or my best customers that have purchased the most and or attended the most webinars and then grant them uh a $500 coupon that you will send to them in their inbox saying, “Thank you.” Right? That then I’ll say, “Whatever it is, surprise me every morning at 9:00 a.m. Uh, please do this as a complete oneshot.” Um, and again, do not have the software engage or send or talk to any person, but set the tools up so that I can have them run daily when I granted access. Uh, I’m looking forward to the first surprise. Boom.

    Now, that’s horribly written. I actually just spoke it out and then it turned it into text. But I could have that go now. Boom. And it will go out and it can set that up. Now,

    that’s like that’s so powerful. And that that’s what changes this completely. And the reason I actually use this as an example is because um in a different project, let me see if I can show you this here. I had um I’ve been playing around with something called um Hermes agent and it actually this is kind of like open core I guess in a way. It’s something that I haven’t shared publicly because um you know there are like people talk about the safety problems and I want to actually know something completely inside and out before I actually share it with anyone. Um but this is look this is what it did. Um and this has so many more problems and whatnot than normally. Um let me see here.

    I just want to make sure this doesn’t share any API details or anything. I don’t think it does here. Um,

    look at this.

    Now, I’m going to go ahead and get rid of Sorry. I’m just going to share with you what that said. It said here um it it built me a win back engine um where it went through my actual JVZoo buyer history and then it would go and find buyers who bought once and then that went quiet. Um

    and why they went quiet, did they not actually get an email from me? Did they go to junk? Did they never hear from me? So now it’s going to go out and create a campaign, reach out to them, and who knows how much money that this could actually just build me, right? It came up with that concept. I didn’t. Now the problem is that was through uh that’s through um a different setup. But now because of 4.8, we can now do things like this in Hermes and it’s 100% safe. And we’re going to go deep into it. Now it’s working on this out here. I’ll let that run for the minute. But who here is with me so far? Put a five in the box or put or put raise your raise your hand. Let me go ahead and actually Yeah, raise the hand if you’re if you’re with me so far.

    Um,

    someone asked me if I got Todd’s oneman army deal. No, let me know what what that is. Let me know. let me know. I’ll check it out. Sounds um probably very similar to what it sounds like, right? Um I go back um

    cool. Um

    yeah, Jeff, I’ll talk about that shortly. Yeah. Um so yeah, cool. So yeah, let me know if if if if you’re seeing this and you can see, okay, where what you’re understanding so far where we’re at. Put that one in the box. Put that hand up cuz again, engagement right now. I’m looking at it. I’m looking for it. Then finally, we jump over here into Claude Code. Now, this is the big one, guys. This is the big one. This is where things move. Let me actually just go I’ll say here c can you create me a visual representation of what claude code can do and does uh in the sense of I get to talk to uh it and then it can launch and manage different tiers of uh sub aents that can work in the background that can work directly in the foreground. Um, yeah. And then just compared to, you know, just standard Lord chat and AI it’s not it’s not not the best visual like Claude. The only one thing it’s not the best at is creating imagery. In fact, it doesn’t do imagery. It outsources that. You use other tools for that. But um you can use Google’s um Nano Banana directly in here. You can even have Claude uh ask chat GPT um to build something in its AI image builder which is an amazing one and bring it here. Right. Um

    so we’ll let that do its thing. But again on the left here we got new sessions, we got routines, right? Well, I think I added one routine in here just just to share this with you here today. I’ve got this routine here. So, when anyone joins my agent 72 welcome um uh signup deal um they’re going to get um the their an email from me instantly um with some extra bonuses and login details and whatnot. So, we can even test this today. That’s and the routines customize again. It means this is where you can then go ahead and uh you know connect different personal plugins that you might have um other things like putting a memory in um so that it remembers you and whatnot but again I won’t jump into that now. Um these are other things we’ll talk about I’m not going to talk about right now. But then there’s this these pinned chats. So pin chats are the most important things that you’re working on currently. Then we’ve got these individual working folders. Now we’ve got the agent 72 launch uh agent suite tax guard. Uh this is the live poll tool that we were just sharing before. And then I’ve got just random chats. So down here are my random chats. And I’ll then move these into specific folders if I need to. Right? And what I’ll do, I’m going to share some actual builds with you in a minute of different things that I have been actually building out. But let’s go ahead and build

    a quick website that’s super simple. Um, and let’s even go get some um take a take a prompt from we’ll pull this up again our website here. This is a little free bonus tip for everyone today. If I go to site 21st.dev, dev.

    It brings me to this side here where it has all of these different elements for different parts of a website. Right? So, we’ve got the footer section. So, I can see all these different footer sections for websites and how they look and animations and whatnot. Then if I wanted to um have a look at say a call to action section, I can then see these different I can hover over different ones and there’ll be you know animated call to action sections um that and then I could have a look at say let’s have a look at some different docs here or pricing sections.

    So you see all of these, right? These are all built via prompts, which is pretty cool. So I can take these and then actually copy the prompt in the top right up here. copy the prompt or even just the raw code, but then I could take the the code over into um my site and then build it from there. But let’s go here. Let’s go on to into the hero section. Right, these are all

    See, look at this animated page, right? I could actually have something like this.

    and have different clickable buttons for things, right? And this this this is all responsive with my mouse, this one, right? So, say let’s take a cool one. Um,

    and you can change any of these things out with with your text, with your animations, with your pictures, whatever it is that you’re trying to do, you know, you could take it all and add it directly here. Look at this. Where’s a robot? Interactive 3D robot. Let’s go ahead and

    look at that. Let’s go ahead and copy this prompt. Now I’m going to say over here in a new session I’m going to say hey there can you create me a basic optin page using this um hero section and

    this uh video from Loom. Right. And I’ll paste that hero section in. And then I’m going to go back over here. I’m going to go to Loom for example. I’m just going to grab one of my videos.

    Let’s just take I don’t know this video here real quick. And after this this we’ll get into a we’ll get into a build. We get into a really a good build. Copy this. Boom. And then straight back into our claude. and I’ll say

    um

    and section

    and then please keep it short on the page and make it about um that the Claude 4.8 update webinar and have a footer at the end.

    Now I say this is a demo for the live audience on this webinar. Now again people always say never do live demos. The people are like don’t do live demos things will mess up things will screw up. you lose trust if that ever happens. Um I don’t know for me guys I think I’ve always just um there we are. I’ve always just um done things live and things do screw up sometimes, but it’s live. Like, isn’t that what it’s meant to happen at times, right? So, while that’s going, do you have any questions so far? Because I want to tie this in just so we can have extra time with this with um what we’re going to be doing in the agent um 72 program um next week. again I should call it masterclass program whatever it might be uh it’s literally three core webinars and more than that this is going to be my next uh software launch or my next my next public launch that affiliates are going to promote right people promote it they get 50% commissions of the entire funnel and uh what I’m going to be doing giving away 15 grand in prizes. It’s only going to be a couple of days, high scarcity, limited number of people, but what I’m doing um first is I’m I’ve you’ve seen me do this over the past couple of days. I mentioned it in the email. I’m wanting people that want to be a part of this with me, but also uh where I’m going to be working directly with just a small group of you in this. I don’t need everyone. Most people can join in the future if you want to when the launch comes. But uh I want to work with people that will build something out with me uh over the coming weeks. All right. And we’re and next week on Monday is when it goes live, the very first webinar. The second session is going to be on Wednesday. So and then the third session is on the Friday. So that agent 72 72 means 72 hours or 3 days. There’s then two bonus days that you’ll get as well which will be the following week. But again, day day one is deciding what you’re going to build having and then setting up uh Claude here to actually um uh design a idea creator for you. So, it’s going to learn about you, learn about your business, what your goals are, what you’re trying to do, what you do for a living, and then it’ll look at your day-to-day usage and tasks and everything. And then it will even come up with ideas that it wants to build you. So, you don’t have to do anything. It’ll tell you what it wants to build, right? As well as you telling it. Then, day two, we’re going to uh initiate the builds. And then day three um is when the the build’s going to be done and we’re going to launch it again, getting it out there live to the public for sale or or for download or for whatever the goal is that you’re trying to actually achieve with it. Uh so it’ll be live selling within those 3 days. It’s different to the last uh masterass because one, this is going to be around Opus 4.8. It’s going to be uh not so much about all of the different in um all the different ways you can build things and the different integrations and the different um the depth of how far you can go. It’s essentially trying to keep it as minimal work as possible for the maximal output. And a big key, right, this is just a key that um and it’s why I mentioned this now is that it if you know how to prompt properly or write a really really strong prompt of what it is that you want, uh AI tools can literally go out and build things in one go. So, so you can literally um tell actually any prompt you can say, can you oneshot this? which means it’ll just do its best in one big go. But if you don’t give it enough details, it’s not going to know how to actually or what it should oneshot. Right? So what I’m going to do is actually what I have done is I built a oneshot prompt generator and I did this literally yesterday afternoon. I think I started it and I want to show you this in real time here. this in chat. I started it as a oneshot prompt builder, right? How long was the chat here? Like a little bit, right? And it it was kind of back and forth with me and then so we built the idea, the design, the look in chord chat and then it gave me a prompted to bring it over here into Claude code where we then built it out and it just finished right before this. So, let me show you this. Um, and I don’t know if the server’s running here or not. It should be, actually. Um, let me go here. I’ll take my webcam off real quick. Um,

    who here can see my screen right now?

    Share something different.

    Cool. Give me a thumbs up. Give me a yes. Give me a raise the hand.

    One shot engine there.

    Oh, wait. Are we Are we lagging a bit? Hold on.

    Okay. So, this is what I built, right? And this is pretty clean. Now, this is this might be like something that you may build next week with me. This is this is a very like like suitable or like common thing like like level of tool you can create uh in a day, literally in a couple of hours. You could you could get a lot more advanced than this. And this is just the the first iteration of it. But what we do is we go ignite my build. And I haven’t run through this by the way yet. I haven’t done one test of this. So let’s see how we go. What am I building? And remember this is going to write you the ultimate prompt of what it is that I’m trying to create. So a web app, a landing page or website, a SAS build over here. Um, we are doing an automation, a Chrome extension, a video game, a landing page, right? Um, or other. If it’s something else, I could describe it myself, right? Then I’m going to go uh let’s do a um mobile app. Um I don’t know, mobile app. What does it do? I’ll say it helps me um it lets me take a photo of a um garage sale.

    And it will then

    identify any items of value. What a good idea. I just thought about then it might exist. I don’t know. Who’s it for? Anyone who wants to make money from secondhand buy and sell.

    What features must it have? We might have a see that camera camera um or or at least a image upload at minimum. Um

    live camera integration. Um gallery breakdown of the items. Um, a saved item

    field, a

    um, money estimator.

    Um, maybe like

    I don’t know what else. What else would we chuck in there? I don’t know. Um, eBay integration, right? We do something like that. Um, oh, look at this. Realtime price comparison across eBay, Facebook, and marketplace. Bulk photo upload to the entire garage sale at once. And see, this is live in concepts. So, boom, boom. Save items to personal wish list. Uh, resell profit calculator. Let’s go continue.

    When you take a photo of the garage sale, do you want to identify all the items in a single photo or just one at a time? Um, identify

    all um and ideally show what ones that are of value. Money estimator. Um, what information do you already have about each item? say um brand name or that or that app looks up the image on Google images and then searches on eBay sold listings for example. Um,

    yes, from eBay listings from the sold category and still compare to market place and Goodwill. Um, for the resale profit calculator, how much would you remember what you originally how would you remember what you paid for it originally? Um,

    well, you wouldn’t I guess you’d have to have the app maybe notify remind you to add it in after the day. Anyway, I’m just going to rush this through here. Where um where will you build it? Um and you again this is cool you don’t just have to use chord code you know this will work on cursor chat gvt other places too replet gemini let’s say I went but let’s go chord code because each tool is going to use a different language of how it likes to work continue make it look good um and again mono ignition sunset custom I could probably just do custom but let’s just do just for this sake let’s just Oh, and this style vibe side of minimal

    tag want reference side of field. And again, uh you could actually then add in a field of what you would what you want it to look like here. That’s pretty cool. Um let’s just go ahead and go generate prompt.

    And here it is building this prompt for us right now.

    Excuse me. While this while this uh goes out here, I’m just going to blow my nose real quick.

    All right. So, you can see this is now getting big. Now, this is a key part of agent 72, I feel, or I feel it’s going to step into being one because this now makes things so crystal clear for uh Claude or any AI tool because in the back end of building this, I had I made sure that it knew what things it had to also include and know that people using this are not developers. Now, I’m not even going to sell this to you. This is I’m giving this to you for free. inside of just being a part of this master class that starts next Monday, the 8072. All I just need you to do is make sure that you build something and let me help you do it because I want to use as many people’s resolve based proof um as possible. like again I’ve you know I’ve been um I want to I want to actually show you I’ll show you I think if you’re in here Wade can you just um drop me that link again and drop drop me your latest update of where you’re at now with your actual launch. Many of you have remember Wade and his um Blackjack um card counting site and offer. He’s gone so much further than when I last showed that to you guys. He’s actually about to launch it with and he already had affiliates and he’s never done done an affiliate launch in his life, but he’s already had affiliates that are ready and wanting to promote his offer that have signed up for it, right? Crazy. And that’s what I’m going to take you guys through as well, how to do launches. like, hey, I’m going to show you how I run my launch throughout this agent 72 period, too, because oh, you’re also going to get affiliate approval to promote this during the actual launch week as well. And the more results you can get yourself, it you doing one simple ad saying, I built this because of this course, you will then get so many signups through your affiliate link that it’s crazy because like again, hearing from a customer makes other people’s trust go through the roof. You being the customer and being able to be the affiliate as well means you can make a killing by just sharing your experience if you get a good experience. But that’s my goal to ensure you do right. So let’s copy this prompt. Um and I know um someone says uh sorry Ronald um you said how many spots are left? I know. Yeah. So, a budget swaps did go on the last session and and they they I only want people that are again wanting to build something out and learn how to do this in the easiest way possible because and I’ll give you this tool, this oneshot engine. And I’m also going to give you another um software where it’s going to build you um a you’re essentially um it will take your business, what you’re doing um and what your goals are, where you’re at, even if you haven’t done anything ever, even if you haven’t had an online business, right? It will work out still ways to build you a software solution and automation or many automations to help your online uh creativity marketing work uh be more handsoff and more resultbased driven. It’s that that good. Um so yeah, I know I know it’s been it’s um I don’t know what I what’s it named as here. what should it be? What should it be named as?

    Um but yeah, so this is a really great um tool for that. So anyway, tying this though in with what I mentioned earlier, do you guys remember I mentioned to you there was uh inside of Claude that one um let me go here. Share something else. There was the the highest level of Claude um Claude’s new upgrades, right? So, back here

    and let me let’s read through this prompt real quick. It says, “You’re a senior fullstack engineer. uh build this entire application in one pass using reactive native scaffold while we are building a mobile web app etc etc right

    and actually let’s even just let’s go ahead and have it build this tool out right so where’s Claude let’s get that back up all right so we’ve got this here now all I need to do is which this is the other section of code that I probably didn’t mention that you can use here in the top right hand corner here there’s this number one that means there’s one agent that’s working here running in the background doing these different tasks to get this job done here now next to the one there’s this other little drop down it says view right and actually even before I I share that with You see down the bottom here it says opus 4.8. Click on that 4.8 opus 4.8 1 million context. What that means is it just means it’s um you can use more tokens in a chat with 1 million tokens in it versus the opus 4.8 itself. Um again not something to even need to worry about just yet like or really at all. So no huge either. Just stick with Opus 4.8. It’ll save you on some tokens initially. Then we have Sonnet 4.6 which again this model itself if you’re really um conscious about your own about tokens using Sonnet 4.6 the model for literally 90% of work even everything I’ve done here so far would be perfectly fine. It would do it. It would do it but it would do it a lot cheaper than having it on 4.8. I just have a higher plan that I just leave it on 4.8 so I don’t have to think about twice about it. Um, and then here’s the the legacy models, right? Isn’t it crazy? It was only few weeks ago Opus 4.7 was brand new and now it’s already a legacy model. Also fast mode. I can enable the fast mode down here, right? But oh, and look at this. See, we’ve almost used all the context up of this engine here. we have. So, but as I do up in the top right hand corner here where this dropown is, see, I’ve got the ability to plan things here for what what for where Claude plans things ongoing. Uh, I could say what files have we used in this chat. All right. I could say I can pull up the preview window.

    Um,

    and I could say I don’t even know what that actual with this one here is, but that looks pretty cool. Um

    and over here I can have a look at all my different builds that I’ve got in one neat little spot. And I’ll share some of these shortly. But um if I went finally up here, we’ve got the terminal window, right? tail in a window.

    This is this is really cool. Um,

    and I should I should let me see actually share this here real quick.

    Uh this was showing you the difference between claude code and um and the um other options right and claude chat and claude that I asked to build just before um but anyway before I jump before I get too distracted I go over into

    um minimize this here terminal This is where we used to have to do everything in cord, right? See terminal here. Uh we would actually go and pull up the actual terminal um itself like this and then I’d have to type the word claudin.

    And this is how we in the last uh master class series I taught you guys using terminal like this. And it’s still great. You still can use it like this. Uh, in fact, they’ll often release features here first compared to anywhere else. Um,

    um,

    and let me go here um, and type in

    let’s go here. Um, effort. So this is how you would change the effort levels through terminal, right? I go effort and then you can see here it’s got low, medium, high, extra high, max, and then ultra code. Right? So let me see if I can do it here too. Um effort.

    Oh, here we go.

    Now defaults to high effort. Let’s go to effort here. See, it’s got it here, too. So, let’s just share it in the claw desktop app itself. And again, this is only on desktop. Now, I’m going to move over to Ultra Code. Now, what Max rainbow colors, right? Let’s go. Oh. Uhoh. Look at that. Ultra code. Boom. Enter. And this is how I’ll use ultra code. And I’m going to say here I’m using this as a demo example for a live webinar I’m showing. Feel free to build just the visual bear basics here. But here is the prompt. I want to show everyone how you will build this with the new mass agent workflow etc. I don’t know why workflow is in rainbow writing, but let’s go ahead say here is the prompt.

    Paste. Oh, wait. No, I want to go back and get that prompt from Where’s that prompt from the website? Okay, here. Copy prompt. Who’s ready? Who’s ready? Who’s ready? Who’s ready? All right. When you go here, when you go

    here, paste. And you can still, even though it doesn’t say, you can still see it says pasted text there. 65 lines. Enter. Boom.

    Now, let’s see what Ultra Code does. Thinking with extra high effort.

    and

    precipitating.

    Now, while that’s doing that, I I’ve got something over here that I saw earlier. Um,

    great elite.

    Um,

    just having a look here. What other where was the other chats that I had? One shot

    webinar optin page. Okay, it says compound command contains.

    Let’s just go ahead and go. It says I’ll build this as a webinar demo showcasting the mass agent workflow. Let me ground the design language first and then fan out fan out one agent per screen. Since this is live demo audiences there need to um build in parallel needs results instantly. I’ll build a visual bare basics as a high fidelity mobile mockups rather than the full expo of Yep. That’s the bulletproof visual impressive choice for the live webinar. Okay, let’s go. Boom. Let’s go. Let’s go. Let’s go.

    Now, while that sets it up there, what I’m going to show you is

    for today’s webinar dashboard. We’ve got where are we the other key links I wanted to share.

    So, this is what I saw and inside of um the

    this is where your chats are today, guys, in the um attendee section, right? So, this is where you guys would be viewing it at.

    And this is my the back end side here that I can see. So you can see the we got 22 yeses. And then we’ve got actually I want to make sure we’re not missing anything real quick. Chat GP. Uh here Claude

    says now I’m firing one agent per screen in parallel. They all built simultaneously against a shared design system. Then a final agent assembles them into a single showcase. Where can we see this though? Let me see if they’re actually building it anywhere

    preview. No background tasks.

    No,

    I say where

    do I view this at?

    Oh, here we go. Here

    we go. Dynamic workflows can use lots of tokens and and I said, “Yep,

    that goes.” It says

    something where it says I’m now firing six agents, six agent building six screens simultaneously and then assembling the agent stitches them into one big showcase.

    Um let me go here.

    Yes. So that all edits during this session.

    And again you normally wouldn’t build like this, right? This is in terminal. This is going to be very soon in just a normal claude chat, right? And you just go go. This is me showing you something about because it’s just come out here today in the coming days. Oh, here we go. Look at this. Let’s take this link here. Um,

    and

    let’s see. It hasn’t launched it yet, but let’s see when it does. But normally we would just have that like we wouldn’t be using this type of like you know terminal terminal anymore. This is all neatly done and created directly um

    directly in every in every in the normal in the normal app itself I should say. So again, this is just because I wanted to show you this in in live happening.

    And here we go.

    Why did I get prevented from doing something? probably because

    probably because I’m I’m on the webinar and it’s noticing something different in my setup. Let’s just uh see something keeps on trying to load down here. I can see it popping its little butt around the side here. That’s all right, though. Now,

    where’s Claude?

    All

    right, here we go.

    I’ll say that it’s sharing an error. And this is why they say don’t don’t share things on on a webinar is showing a 404 error.

    Now, while that loads there, let me show you another a way of what would what would look a lot normal than building it like this, right? I would um take another example where um I I wanted to do let’s just say I had another quick while that loads there. Let’s um say another uh idea that I might have where it could be something like this. Hi there, Claude. Uh I have this app idea that I want to create that’s essentially going to be um a uh exclusive deal um offer where I essentially want to offer a like a very high ticket um product offering to my or to to a specific audience. And I then want to include the best deal that I could possibly ever create. Like maybe even if it’s like a lifetime uh length black card access of every single product solution course I ever create in future ever. And uh to get this it’s they have it’s only it’ll be like a Rolex type setup where you have to be invited to even get it and even then it depends on how much everyone would bid for it. It would be a and it would go to uh people in a specific bidding um segment or uh range right that that I pre-select and that everyone else can then use and pre-select what they want choose that range to be as well and really use that um that Hermes or you know Rolex mentality of um creating value in the exclusivity of it as well as it’s something that not anyone and everyone can get and even though expensive it would will pay itself off eventually as long as the person remains in online marketing. Uh how do I create well actually I want to create this entire system. I want to oneot build it and I want you to break it all down create a plan and then actually go out and create the actual initial mockup UI design for me from here. Thank you. So what I would do normally I take that and then I would say because I’m in Claude chat here I would say real quick turn this into a prompt I can provide Claude code.

    Boom.

    And I even had another one here. interactive video player overlay and I say create me a prompt for Claude code to build this app. But um we’ll go back to my other chat here. Let’s see while that’s loading real quick and then I’m going to get you guys I can see some of you guys just want to get into the 1872 and see what get access to that. Now um what I’m going to do I’m going to pause this. I don’t want to give away anything that’s private on mine here. So, you give me two seconds while I do that. Go to share.

    Um,

    where are sharing?

    Okay, here we go. I don’t know why it’s made all these links so frustrating to click, but we’ll go one at a time. There. Garage L. Hey, here we go. All right. Garage Lens. Oh, wait. You don’t even see this, guys. Let me show you. Let me show you. as

    share screen.

    Um,

    how’s that? Right. That’s not not too bad for your first builds, right? Magical link. This is where the different three free scans left. So, a free uh setup, take picture, direct detect. Um I don’t know why this isn’t built out wider for it, but I guess it’s just cut off there for some reason. camera bulk value card money estimator negotiate feature down down below.

    Now if I open up claude on top of that we’ll see what it what it built next to it. That’s not it. It gave a few other links here too that I could use.

    profit calculator. See, so it’s already gone and created all of these pages and links to this offer. Boom. So, this is just where it starts to get a little bit crazy

    that I can’t even keep up with it. Inventory. And this is all working and scrollable, right?

    Now, it makes me want to go back into my other creations and literally come back and build this out. Um,

    let’s go a gallery. Let’s see what this is.

    So this is this is what it would find, right?

    So that’s pretty powerful. Now what, like I said, I was going to show you that simple version. Let me go ahead quickly and pull this up while that continues. What else has it done? Anything else cool yet? Um, seven agents run the workflow port in 9,000 tokens. Every agent followed one shared design system.

    When we add a phone by phone section

    and here’s the finalized section here of that. Cool. Now

    if I go back here

    exclusive bidding system

    I can take this here now and go back into claude code. Normally if I didn’t have that option there the best the next thing I can do would be a new session where I would paste this in here. I’ll just say again this I am sharing this as a demo example on webinar.

    Um now I’m going to go high and look at this. Oh this is new. This has just happened on this session. Look at this high extra max. Oh, I guarantee you’re the first in the world. I’m I’m going to make this bigger cuz this has ne never been seen before. Let me go ahead and share this guys directly.

    Share

    Share something else.

    Applications. Come on. Get it.

    Claude. Here we go.

    All right. So, it’s down the bottom. We’re going to go from low.

    So, everything we just did then we don’t didn’t need to do anymore. It changed on this session somehow. Boom. Let’s go ahead and hit enter. And here’s my here’s my little my little um AI guy that I told you about before. my little pet. Let’s go ahead and hit send.

    Now, that’s with software deals. Now, let’s go into agent 72. I’m going to go here and we’ll say that oneshot example of that tool earlier. Let’s move that into our agent 72 launch and Now what I’ll do is in a new chat session

    here was the council. I’ll talk about that later. Now I’m going to say

    with max effort, can you do a full scan of this entire um agent 72 offer

    and what I am sharing and giving to everyone and really go to the next level in creating any and all bonus resources

    like the oneshot engine. I created premium build for for new marketers to come in and create uh or I think of create and launch their offer their own build app automation website flow etc in one uh in in set in 3 days. Um for example, go and build the idea generator. Uh that also will include a full personal interview viewing um process to learn about the actual agent 72 customer etc. Go think big and outside the box as well.

    Enter. Let’s see what happens on Max. Now we’ll let that run. We also had Oh, we got things popping up everywhere. Now we’re going. We’re moving.

    Let’s see what it does here real quick.

    Let’s see. Let’s see. Let’s see.

    And it’s loading. It’s thinking. It’s loading. It’s thinking.

    Now, what I’m going to do is well, two things here actually. I’m just going to just add one other secret surprise I got for you. I’m just said doing this here.

    One second. Um,

    we’ll let that load out there. here. And then we’ve got one other thing that I was going to show you. Oh, here we go. Max go. That’s a discipline that you get. Yeah, it’s going to scan. It’s going to do some bit of research first. It says scanning it all in parallel.

    Now, the other cool thing in this agent uh 72 series, I’m going to give you guys uh a bunch of uh core setup files that you you’ll add prior. Like for example, I’m going to get Claude to do an interview of you and it will ask you questions about who you are, what your interests are like, anything that you want to share about yourself, your job, your your what you want to create online. you can find what the hottest things to to sell online are right now. Honestly, there’s people that are that are going to be using this to go out into um you know, filling out surveys and launching 100 agents side by side and creating 100 accounts and then getting paid for sur for answering surveys like because sites aren’t going to have that even set up yet, you know? And that’s crazy that there’s people that make full-time living doing things like that. I saw a guy the other day, he made, it’s pretty messed up, a million dollars cuz he used AI to create this video of his little brother, which wasn’t his little brother, but it was a Down Syndrome uh AI generated video of a guy with Down syndrome, and he and he was trying to sell juice or something on the street or this product that he made, but it was a drop ship product and it somehow got approved by Meta and it made over a million bucks or something crazy and I, you know, messed up, right? So if they but if these people use that creativity in another way, you know, there’s such opportunities here. And that’s what we’re going to be talking about on the bonus 2 days as well. So rather while we let this do its thing here, I want to just quickly see if we ever made that site. Then I’m going to give you guys the link to get there’s I think there’s 30 20 or no there’s 40 spots left, but I wanted for those on this webinar here, you guys are in my um the AI insider top 1% audience. Um and I’ve got uh I gave you guys a coupon the other day. Most of them were gone. I think there was a couple left. Um, so I I want to just give you guys a fresh coupon here on this session here. Um, I want to just make sure where was that webinar? I thought we created that um

    Oh, here we go. That’s This is the difference between Claude and Claude Code and whatnot. But we created a um a video, not a video, a website, didn’t we? I’m sure we created a website. Was it in here?

    Oh, no. That was And this is where sometimes I can get a bit lost. Um, cord webinar optin page.

    Uh, oh, here we go.

    All right. So, who remembers that from earlier? Cord 4.8 is here. Look at that. It moves around. That’s where the video would be. Can I get some thumbs up or some like likes in the chat if you guys can see that? Hopefully you guys can see that. I don’t know if I’m actually sharing the screen. I think I am.

    Let me know if you can see this. All right, guys.

    Great. Thanks, Aqua. Good to see you in here. All right, guys. Cool. Cool. Cool. Yeah.

    Awesome. All right. I’m going to pull these files back over

    to this side now.

    So, I can answer some questions as I do this. But that’s pretty wild, right? So, actually,

    yeah. So, I’m just going to pause that there for one second. I’m going to get these other pages up right now that I thought these were really sick as well. Um,

    desktop

    better. not matter chat GPT.

    So this again it starts next week. Um

    and

    what it essentially entails is Oh actually let me get that preview page up real quick.

    Where the heck did they go?

    Okay, cool.

    Downloads.

    So, I’m still getting used to this new go-to webinar. Can be a bit frustrating with at times, right? Um

    Yeah. Actually, you know what? I’ll show I’ll share I’ll share it in this different way. This the other way that I wasn’t going to, but I’ll share it this way anyway.

    Um,

    actually, I’ll do one last thing. Take two seconds here. So again, it goes for it’s it’s a 3-day masterass, but you get two extra bonus days as well. And and again, I’m going to be working with you guys personally. It’s a live event. So, and it’s with Charie um with Claude 4.8 predominantly, but again, we will use some other models in here as well. Um the goal is essentially to well, everyone’s going to have something. You’re going to walk away with your own build live, right? So, you’ll have your own finished product ready to go and the skill set to continue to do this over and over and over again. Now, um

    where is this? I want to show you these are probably the coolest little um sales pages and not sales pages, like I guess basic little offers that um that I I just had created for you.

    Um, and this is going to break down what comes with everything here. So, let me go resume.

    Um, I was just going to screw the rest of this for you guys.

    Um, again, it’s not a course. It’s a high stakes build. It’s a small audience. You get full access. you get affiliate approval to get uh for the actual product launch in launch week. You also will then get a small uh percentage of the backend webinar of the launch when you promote it. Right? So that’s something that others don’t get. I’ve never done that uh outside of except for one internal launch. Actually, no, I’ve never done it like this before. So, you need to promote the agent 72 uh masterass that when when I have it as an official launch. This is my internal audience team where I’m I’m getting you guys results and we’re going to build things out that you can sell that will save you time that will make you make you money and that you can implement the same skill set over and over again. You then also uh get again that’s kind of the basic flow here. Um, and the final two days we’re going to go through scaling and turning uh it into money uh in the bank as a real income stream and then looking at the multiple ways you can actually sell this as a service. Right

    sell it as an actual offer. You also then get full access to the actual launch itself. So you can be a part of it. Then again, uh this I’m sure this is going to grow and new features and new additions are going to be added in here. Um you get the oneshot generator full. Again, I can even give you guys this today. Again, this to get your one shot prompt builders like this. Um well, you guys can’t see the screen right now. Hey, sorry guys. I’m just going to go ahead and just um make sure you guys can see you haven’t missed out anything. I’m just going through some slides here, but I’ll um I’ll go ahead and one second.

    Um

    again here

    um mobile.

    Sorry I two seconds here. There we go.

    Now you get the the full prompt generator here. Um, you also, and again, you have this for life and I’m going to give it to you as a product that you can even sell yourself. I’ll even give you the code I use to create this. So, you can even create your own version if you want and you can run it on a higher level to create um a higher end prompt. I’m using uh I’m not using Opus 4.8 eight for the prompt generation here because I’m going to give this to everyone, but I might make an upgraded version that I’ll give to you guys if you want with using Opus 4.8. What do you guys think about that? Give me a thumbs up if you want me to do that. I’ll add that in for you guys as well.

    All right, great. Um now if I go in um back into the sneeze slides that I was just sharing with you guys. It was just these right. So again sort of course you build automate launch and that’s the whole concept. It’s getting in getting things created and and I’m going to have it all pre set pre-organized prompts done builds done. We’re gonna, you know, I haven’t even shown you the kind of like the organization of, you know, like the next steps you can take here. like I’ve um I don’t know if I won’t even tease you with it yet here because yeah, we’ll save it for the I I always want to overd deliver and I could share some more things now that’ll make more sales, but I just the goal is you know if you like if you’re wanting to build this is what you want to be doing. Um your takeaway. So you get everything. You get the entire funnel, which means all of the recordings, you get the um Where’s my camera here? Um

    yeah, you get all of the recordings, you get the uh full breakdown um all of the members area, you get all the softwares that we build, anything that I build live as well, you get access to. uh you get extra time with me. I’m doing one hour extra session uh at the end of every session. So like a hangback advance Q&A that’s completely separate. Um also um I’m going to be doing a WhatsApp group and community which is going to be a recurring offer in the actual launch itself. You guys get that included here uh absolutely free as well. Um you also what else are we doing? Um

    we are going to um yeah get you to get you set up completely uh the right way from the very first go with all your folder systems. Anything that’s you know could sound technical, we’re going getting it set up with you for free. Uh there’s also a double money back guarantee. It’s a result-based guarantee. You come in, you work with me, you join, and you and you don’t get results. Uh after implementing what we teach, I will double your investment back. Otherwise, um uh again, that makes that literally makes it a risk not to pick up. And again, uh there’s been nothing like this ever before. I’ve only shared with you a couple of things. I’m going to share more over the coming week, but this live on this webinar, I’m doing something special. Uh I’m taking I’m keeping that 500 bucks uh available cuz I saw before that all those coupons have been used. There’s 40 spots left. Out of the 100, there’s only 40 and there’s 150 people here on this webinar. So, I’m only going to do the first 20 people. Actually, I’m going to make it 10. first 10 people to use this coupon code, uh, you’ll be able to get access. I’m going to share with you the link right now and I want to share how cool is this that I also had this built. I’m going to share with you how to build sites like this. Give me one second here as I change this over.

    Where are we here? Give me one second while this uh silly loom takes its time. Right, this is the essential breakdown.

    So, I don’t know if that’s squishing it down too much into a single um prompt, but hope it probably is. But I don’t know if you can see everything that’s included here. Actually, what I’m going to do, I’m going to change this up for you guys into being Let’s go with a uh here.

    Let’s Here we go.

    Share this one. Share something else.

    Yeah,

    here we go. Now, I know this is in a different um

    and I don’t know how to get rid of all of this, but let’s go and click out of this. That that’ll do for now. I’m sure you guys can see that uh example there. And I want to share with you the links right now in the chat. If they’re not shared on the screen here, it’s just lukeworld.com/

    I think it’s VIP72. Let me just double check that here. Let me go ahead and get these silly silly page links up here. Where’s the preview going? This is what happens when you have too many too many little um tabs open everywhere. Um click out of that one. Let’s get some things back in here right now. Um I think I’ve got it in my drive actually. I can share with you

    recent.

    Here we go. Here

    we go. I’m here. All right, perfect. Here we go. I’m going just chug this one.

    Um, and again, I can’t believe sometimes this uh I wish I just missed the old share something else. I miss the old Claude um uh not Claude. I missed the old Goto Webinar where it would be so much easier to use than this. But I know this is a bit of a weird angle here, but I’m going to go and share that. Hopefully, you can see that enough uh right now. Otherwise, I’ll see what else I can manage um to do. But the links are lukew.com/vip72.

    I’ll put them in the chat. And that’s for the onetime deal. It’s the best deal. Just getting in at once. Uh you don’t need to worry about recurring bills. And and there’s no you get all the recurring offers for free. You get again personal help with me too. I make sure I I want every person to have a finished product. Now, the key here as well is uh use the code fast50. It takes $500 off the $1,000 price. All right. Now, that’s going to be live there right now. Now, in terms of the two pay option and three pay option I put there, I only put that there because I want this audience to have all the abilities to be a part of it. Right? The two pay option is it’s 257 today and in the day before the uh we finish all of our training that’s when the final payment will come out and that’s in about I don’t know 10 12 days or something like that. Three pay options 197 today and then 197 in a week and a 197 and a week after that. You get access to all of the same stuff. These just end up being a little bit more expensive than the one time, but we start next Monday. I promise this will be the best investment uh you could possibly do right now when it comes to AI because again, Opus 4.8 just wiped what is known as to be like like what we’re meant to do, right? you know, this it’s changed the game completely uh due to this new effort modulizing of how that’s how we um choose things. Um and um it’s yeah, it’s completely changing. So, just let me know in the comments if you um have uh any questions.

    Um

    um let me know in the comments what questions you have and I will get into answering those now. And oh yeah, I need to add those things those in the chat. So in the chat here right now I’m going to go www.lukeworld.com/vip lukesworld.com/vip

    um72 for onetime investment full bundle full access all recordings lifetime uh access um to this and the actual official launch. You also get access to my bonus uh affiliate launch um um system. So you I’m going to show you how I launch this offer um uh through affiliates through JVZoo. I’m the number well I’ve been the number one vendor on JVZoo many times in the past. Right now I have the most amount of sales on JVZoo for the least amount of products launched. This is my second course or I guess I’ve never done a live masterass in my life, but I’m going to make this be a multi6figure launch on JV Zoo in 4 days because there’s going to be so much resultbased proof here from you guys building out offers that are guaranteed to finish uh and be live. And you know what I’m even going to do? I’m going to uh run a competition and we’re going to do a live voting uh of everyone’s um builds, anyone that wants to enter that is. And we’ll do a couple of grand first prize and maybe even a couple of grand for second prize and third prize um as well and maybe even some runner-ups as well depending on how many we get. I can see seven of those spots are now taken. So, please go in now and get the access before these spots go. Um, I don’t want you guys to miss out on this one. Um, like it’s again, um, here, let me go ahead and share this. This is a much better example for you guys. Um,

    all right.

    I can’t call media

    now. Let me change this over here. Any questions? I can see them coming in right now. Oh yeah, we need the split pay link in the chat. I will get that for you. Um, change here. If you’re in as well, give me a thumbs up, say hello. I want to welcome you. Um,

    what I’m even going to do is

    actually no, I’m going to just No, I I want to surprise you guys when you get in because this is again I need I need you guys to be wanting to get something finished and and I need every little motivational win. So when you get in, there’s another win and another win and before you even build anything of just free stuff I’m giving you. Um that to me is going to it’s important because um it keeps the motivation going and you’ll you’ll if I just give you everything now you’ll be really excited now but then you’ll lose the motivation when it comes to not you but um some people do lose the motivation when it comes to actually um the actual launch itself, right? or not the launch itself like when it comes to um doing the the work or the setup of it I guess. Um

    all right. Where’s that preview button?

    We’re just going to do the whole screen again, I think, because the applications window is just not wanting to play fair today. So, let’s go. And I’m actually going to close some of these down down here.

    So, that’s our link here. Where’s the other link? Here we go. Fishial launch. And the two pay option is www.lukeworld.com. lukeworld.com/split72.

    Um, and you then select the option you want at checkout. Now again, uh, let me see who put the thumbs up um, in the chat.

    Ken did. Friended. Aqua did. Welcome, welcome, welcome. Laura did. Um,

    awesome. You know what you’re going to get for that? You are going uh to get a commission bump now for um my backend webinar. So, at the end of that launch week during uh where you get 50% commissions, uh I then will sell a a high ticket offer that’s a perfect match for what everyone will be doing. But um I’m going to let you guys bank a percentage of the sales. So anyone that you bring in that in into that uh agent 72 low ticket masterass the um even though it’s got a funnel but then the upgrade to it is going to be like $1,000 $2,000 offer. You’re going to get a a higher um bumped percentage of that. So you you’ll be making around 300 bucks a sale for doing nothing extra on that. And again, um this is probably the like for for many, this is going to be the most important like training uh series of your or probably of your of your life. For me, what I’ve learned in the past week, I said to my partner last night, what I’ve done in the past two days has made an impact on my business greater than any other work I’ve done in a 2-day period in my life. I am sure of it because it can now go into softwares. It can now go in and grab content. It can actually go out and do work for me. It can do it while while I sleep. I I can set up so much uh so many key um things that previously I never would have been able to do any of it. Um, let me click out of a few more things here that we can then hopefully get a bit faster of an internet speed going. Man, let me click out of that for now. Um,

    all right.

    Preview. Don’t need that.

    now.

    I think it was this one here. Yeah.

    So,

    this is the deal, guys. Uh the links are in the chat again. Use the the use the uh discount code fast 50. When those go, they’re gone for good. Um I don’t even know if I’m going to send this as a replay to be honest. I think we might end up having enough people here that need that are um that that have joined. So, let me just check out the chat and any questions you have, let me know now. I’m going to go through them here. If I purchase later today, will I get all access to the bump buffer? Theodore, yes, I’ll make sure you do. Um yeah, of course you can. I’ve got that for you right after uh this. Um, also guys, this ties in perfectly with the agent suit. If you guys have the agent suit, this uh it ties in perfectly. You’re also going to get my new update to the agent suit in the next day or so. Um, split play link Fred is at agent uh is at lukeworld.com/split 72. You then choose which option you want to grab from there. Again, you can be a part of this and get everything for as little as 197 today. There’s a double back guarantee. Now, again, this guarantee it’s not just a refund guarantee where you can just join and get your money back after you’ve been a part of it. And you know, it’s info. You’re going to take it and you’re going to learn things. And if you liked what you saw today, but it be but it be a lot more organized and flowing, then uh that’s what it’s going to be about. And if it takes more sessions to teach anything, I’ll teach it. If I need to get on calls with you personally, I will get on the calls with you. I have um

    um

    um yeah, I I’m I’m ready to smash this out with you guys. Um and we do it on Monday. And again, as soon as I send this out to my wider audience, the spots are going to go. Um, there’s only Oh, let me see. Change on this other screen.

    There’s only six more coupons left for that fast 50. Um, and I’m not going to do too many of the um of the recurring. Oh, you guys want the link for the recurring? So, uh, I’ll, um, all I ask is if you’re going to be doing recurring, please just follow through with it with the other payments on it because it’s there’s nothing worse than me getting a charge. Like I had someone the other day charge back three recurring payments for this for a three pay option and that counts as three big strikes and Stripe they don’t care like for me if like one strike is like as in one chargeback’s bad three even if I win them all I still they’ll they’ll still hold 30% of my money indefinitely that I make every every $100 that comes in I keep 30 indefinitely and it’s so frustrating but Um, so that that’s from people doing chargebacks and things like that. So I know no one here would do that. Um, but again this is all and the other part of this that I didn’t share today. I’m going to share with you how you can use Opus 4.8 with your own actual software uh products that you own already. So you might have purchased products from me from many other marketers and they’re sitting there doing nothing. Why not get them doing something by using uh Opus to actually build out an agent uh that runs that tool, right? Awesome, Jeff. Great to see you come in here. Um

    what was your question? Um uh uh Aqua, I did see that your responses of of needing the past webinars. Is that what you asked for? Um, yeah. So, we start next Monday. Next Monday we start.

    Okay. So, so this is what’s going to happen. It’ll it’ll say payment received. Then you’re going to get an if it’s if it comes through um it’ll say payment received and then you’ll get an email from me with your invite to the first webinar, right? To the first webinar. Um you’ll get access to that. You’ll get access to all of the other bonus goodies later in the week, right? Um so let me see what else I can get you here that you guys have been Where was that? there. Um,

    okay. Here. That’s what you guys wanted.

    There we go. Like that.

    Or is this the one that everyone wanted to?

    There we go.

    that we can just disappear. All right. So,

    was it this one? That looked good. Was it that one?

    All right. I think we got plenty of these links around the place now, right?

    That’s the one page. Then we got this one here, which I’m going to expand this right real quick. Um,

    you can see the links down here

    and

    we’ve God.

    Oh, jump around the jump around the screen. That’s funny. What happens if I take that off? Does do I pop up somewhere else? I don’t know. Do I pop up pop off somewhere? Can you still see me if I’ve taken that spotlight off? I don’t know. But I’ll put it back on anyway for now. Um, that’s the link. Any questions? Any more questions on this one here? Let’s go back and have a look at some of the builds inside. This is the one to go for. or lukewarm.com/vip72. It’s worth checking out because there might be that pay in4 option from PayPal there. Uh where which means you can still pay in four payments for even less. Uh use fast 50 that the auto apply coupon will disappear when they are done. Right? When they’re gone that will disappear. Um, let’s have a look inside of Claude real quick. Let’s see what those builds are up to.

    And I’ll see what your questions are up to, too, guys.

    Can I pre pre-organize a build? What would you Yeah, of course you can. Yeah. Yeah, let’s definitely do it. Let’s Let’s have a chat. Um, I might even do a pre webinar with you guys before Monday if you guys want for just members. Uh, if you want to do a pre-einar that I can just go over some of the complete basic basic basic beginner things. Um,

    and again, if you have the agent suite from the past, you know, some of the things are going to be not like, you know, you won’t even need to do some of the things that I’ll be sharing. Um,

    uh, Shelly, yeah, of course we can. Let’s have a chat, Shelly, and see what we can do. Um, and I’ll see how I can help you out. Um, also, uh, I’ve got a freebie coming for everyone that has the go higher level sub account from me. Um, I’ve got a free week of one of um, or sorry, a free month actually of one of the other new AI editions that they’ve got coming out that you’ll get early access to. Again, no cost, just free access. So, that’ll be fun. Um,

    who needs So, what else does anyone need? Is there anyone on the fence that needs If you’re on the fence, right, F, let me know what it is because I want to give you a hand and help you out with it right now before uh this closes and then the um the links will probably be taking Okay, Theodore, you need the links again. Sure. Let me just go chat. Here are the links again. in that I’m just sending them out to everyone here. And then we go questions here.

    Um

    Oh, Stanley. Yeah. Yeah, for sure. Yeah. Yeah, you can. I’ll get I’ll get you that link. Um do you want me to get it for you now? This is for the uh agent suite, right? Um if so, let me get that for you. Um, right now. Wait, where are we? Here. Let’s go. Share. Pause. Um, all right. Cool. Let me get that for you. I think that’s what you’re referring to.

    Uh,

    and if it’s not, let me know what it is that you’re referring to. Actually, what I’ll even just do to make it super super easy, I’m going to send you Where is it?

    I’m actually just going to create this for you. Right. Right here. Let’s go. Products here. Create. I can probably actually even ask Claude to create this

    me 247. I’m going to give you a discount for that one. Um, where are we?

    And then any other questions, please shoot them through to me. Team, I’m going to go here.

    Um, so you says this guarantees we will have a build by the end of the week. Yes, if you if you work in the sessions and then implement what I teach you from the sessions outside the sessions, which again is just doing prompting uh using the right prompts, following the steps, you will um I always am going to suggest to start off with a basic build that you’ll even get out live running on the first day. Then go back after and then do the same thing on a more bit more of an advanced build and then but you can see what I’m doing today. mcking around with stuff and just going for it with things, right? So, um, yes, we can do that. Stanley, um, as well, by the way, I’m going to give you this link here. I’ve taken another 50 bucks off it. You just make sure that’s what you were after. I’ve just called it the Stanley link. One second. Here we go. Questions

    there.

    All right.

    Yeah. So, what’s my WhatsApp number? I’m going to give it to you right here, right now. Plus, I sound like that song right here. Right now. Uh, plus 614 33844588. That’s my WhatsApp. Um, again, you get do get access to the live uh launch that affiliates will be doing as well. I also forgot to share Wade’s insane site here today, but again, we’ve gone I’ll do a part two to this. Um, I’m sure

    we go.

    What is it built here? Build here. Uh, founders table. Let me go ahead and actually pause this again here.

    Share screen.

    Let me know. Can you guys still hear me? By the way, I don’t know if we’ve had a small error.

    Um, so Theodore, what I’m talking about now is the agent 72, which is this 72-hour master class that is I’m saying that the agent suit, which is again u a high ticket offer that that ties in perfectly with this. you know, you don’t need it to to be a part of the agency suit, sorry, to be a part of this 72-hour master class at all. Um, but um, you know, things like that are going to serve you for a for a long time in a separate uh, capacity, which I’ll I’ll cover uh, with you guys this week. But no, they’re different things like people that get the agents who don’t get this for free, right? Um, this again in launch week it’ll be there’ll be recurring upgrades, you know, all this other stuff that’s going to be included. Uh, here it’s just going to be, you know, um, it’s all you. Um, it’s all you and me working together, building our um, building things out, right? So, that’s going to be a lot of fun. Um, so let’s see what why won’t this Let me go ahead and share screen.

    I stopped my webcam for a second. Stop webcam.

    Let’s see.

    It’s frustrating when um when we start to see the slow degradation of this webinar um tool with go to webinars slowly begin getting worse and worse as this session has gone on.

    Um

    questions. I’m just going to keep on answering questions while I can.

    Yeah, all all sessions are going to be recorded. You get a full members area. You get to keep them for uh life and for the actual u main uh launch as well. You get to keep those for life as well. It’s all there. There’s only three spots left on today’s session with um that uh with the fast 50 coupon. So, it’s up to you guys. I’m not going to push this any harder here today. Um, but I just really want you guys to be a part of it. And I want I want you guys to be able to see these builds right now. But for some reason, I’ve got the wheel of death under the sharing screen.

    Um, what if I click out and go share screen? Does that work? I’m just going to close everything on my screen right now actually

    and see if that helps at all.

    Take it back just the desktop.

    And what I’ll do is with the replay, I’m going to um I’ll try to share some other um videos

    of um I’ll share some other videos of pre-built tools that I’ve created that I haven’t shared with you guys here on this session today, but just those oneshot builds and see what we’ve actually come up with in the end, which will be a bit of fun. But again, the links are in the chat. again. There’s three. Oh, there’s two left, I think. Did someone just grab it? If you if you if you just grabbed it or checking out now, let me know. Um, and I’ll wait I’ll wait for it here. Um, otherwise um just you’ll get an email in the next couple of hours with uh the sign up link uh to the first webinar uh for Monday. Um, I I think it’s password gated as well. So, you know, make sure you sign up with the same email you purchased from. Otherwise, it might not let you in. It don’t share that link around, obviously.

    Uh,

    and I’ll get you a full breakdown stack of everything that you that comes in it. Comes with this bundle, too. No recurring, no

    Uh,

    this uh

    co What’s a What is this other example here in Claude that I’m looking at? It says,

    “Oh, for that membership auction site.” Let’s see what it did here. It went ahead and

    I’ve almost hit my session usage limit, but let’s see

    what if it um wow, that is cool. Um, okay. This is what I’m going to do. I’m going to share you guys a link. Where’s the Where’s the the the link for today’s

    um

    chat.

    That’s the best I can do for now. Let me go ahead and paste that in there.

    Um,

    just so you can see quick example, a quick little snippet of this. Uh,

    that is looking. Um

    uh view. Here we go.

    Share in.

    Let’s go. View edit. Oh, there we go. That’s right. I’m going to share this. This is the Google doc

    that shares today’s info. But then have a look, scroll down. This is that auction site that I sent for selling. Like if you had the most insane high ticket offer, you could have it run through an auction type process like that. Um, crazy, right? And then what I’ll even do

    since we’re all in here now, I can do something like

    there you go.

    And and in that Google doc, you’ll see the links are there, too. I put it a bit higher up. Um,

    let’s see.

    Where’s the the bidding room? That looks crazy.

    Oh, how cool.

    Uh, use code 50. 50. What was it? Uh,

    always forget it. Past 50.

    Um, okay. I see there’s more questions that just came in. Let’s have a look to answer these really quickly. Yeah, I know you can’t see my screen. It’s frustrating. But that’s why I sent you guys the Google doc in the chat because for some reason the web let me show you what’s happening on the webinar wheel of death. You can probably see that here now in the um just above the green text in that Google doc. You can see the there there’s like a half spinning wheel. Um,

    the chat link I’m meeting is go to webinar by the way as well. Not that’s not the scanned one on your phone. The the one on the go to webinar chat. Um, but it’s okay. I’m recording all this. It’ll be on the replay. I’ve got it for you guys. Um, and I’ll send you guys this link again here from the Google doc. Anyone that says they can’t don’t have it. Um, Theodore, no problem. You can get to the bank tomorrow if you need to. Don’t rush today. I’ll like if if you can go today, great. Get it done. If not, no worries.

    I’m going to send this one to everyone again.

    Uh here if you copy and paste it in full, you should be good to go. Um cuz I can see there’s plenty of people in here right now from this chat. Um otherwise on WhatsApp. Um I will then reach out to you there.

    Um, and yeah, no, David, I won’t. If you can um message me on WhatsApp, you might have already done it. You said maybe. Did you? If you message me here, I’ll be able to then um with a link to what it is from his that you want me to look at. I’ll go ahead and do that right away for you. Um, but until then guys, I’ve got um,

    can you guys see me now at all? If you can see me, let me know cuz I put my webcam back on. Maybe that’ll work.

    So now, okay, what I’ll do then, let me let me show you what happens when I change this over to Oh, this is going to look bad. Hey, can you see the background now? I’ve just blown the back of my house up with this green light.

    Yeah. But you know what was cool though? I did that from um from getting clawed to make me that background image. Let me see. I think there was another one. I can select a virtual background here as well. Um,

    is see this what I mean? This see this green around me. It’s got a bad chrome uh

    background set up.

    They must need you to have no uh that this is this is with go to webinar, right? So, but with my setup.

    Oh, no. That’s not mine. I don’t want this background anymore. No.

    Hey, better, right?

    All right, guys. Uh, any more questions? Anyone jumping in? Let me know.

    Uh it’s going to be at 6 PM Eastern on the days, but um if it’s uh if you what I’ll do is I’ll get everyone to answer a poll uh when you guys set set get set up um on what time is best for you. And if there’s a majority that’s in a different time zone, I’ll change it. Um but there’ll be the replays daily, there’ll be the group. I might even do an encore session uh if it’s 50/50 audience-wise. Um yeah. All right. You guys are the best. Please again the link one more time. There is there is there is uh there is two more license keys here. Now if you are on this and you again um want to be a part of it next week would love you to be a part of it. Um again it’s all going to be of uh four opus 4.8. Uh, what I’ll do is I’ll do a video and send it out later today of where those builds that we oneshotted finished and I’ll give you guys a link to them to try later on today. How’s that sound?

    And again, I’m not just talking about building the app. I’m talking about building you’re going to be building the website, the offer. You’re going to have it live. It’ll be connected to Stripe. Your all the automations that come with business like from when a sale comes in that an email goes out. You can even do it uh and have your um LinkedIn account going out and connecting with other LinkedIn users uh in your niche. And uh why don’t we even add in some AI chat bots onto the actual homepage of your um of your site. Who knows what else we’ll do, right? Um also just it’s just a general bonus. If you want a free 30-day license to go high level with some of the brand new AI features uh that I am allowed to give my audience, go to go highlevel.com/lukem.

    I’m going to put this link in the chat. This is it here. Start here. I should update this link to be a bit more prettier with modern features and some of the AI stuff, but uh you get a 30-day trial. Make sure if you’ve signed up with a GoHigh level account for trial before, you just uh use a different email or create a brand new email and sign up with it. Uh 30 days, you get all the AI bonuses there for free, a free onboarding session as well. And you’re not committed to state, but I think it’s a what we’re going to be doing and building uh and tying this in because we can have Claude now run. I can have Claude go into my AI um uh uh I can have Claude go into my GoHigh level and now set up and manage everything there without me having to log into it ever. And that’s going to be the goal. The goal from now on is to have you only need needing to log into Claude from your phone, not even on the computer in future. Uh from your phone and then everything else is done. If that sounds good, let’s do it. I’m excited. Uh, and I will see you shortly. I got to go, guys. But, um, have a great day. Message me on WhatsApp if you need anything, and I’ll speak to you soon. Bye.

  • Understand These, and You’ll Understand How to Get Rich as F*ck

    If you know these seven principles, you will get rich. Whether you’re broke or you make money, but you know you should be making more, this video will fix both. I learned seven principles of success that took me from dead [ __ ] broke at 24 to being a multi-millionaire by 28 in 4 years. And these principles aren’t just some generic advice. We’ll leave that for the other people. Each one has a number that’s going to make it crystal clear on how you act on each and every one. Starting with principle number one, know what you’re building. The idea is this. Can you get a business that can generate profits without you? It’s very simple. If you vanish poof, tomorrow, would the whole thing collapse? Would it slowly decay? My rule is I always build a business so I can sell it because whether I do or don’t, a company I could sell is a great company to run. So, what metric should you measure so that you know that what you’re building is the right thing? It’s called enterprise value or EV. And here’s how you calculate it. The first thing is we have to take your yearly profits. Then you multiply it by the industry multiple. This is the average amount of money that buyers, if you build something that people want to buy, will pay on the profit. The less risk the business has, the higher the profit, the better the multiple. So it’s called durable revenue. So, for example, let’s use real simple numbers. If you’re making 500,000 in profit each year, okay, you have a business that does 1.5 million and it’s 30% profit. That’s a half a million dollars in profit. You then look at the industry average, let’s call it an agency, and it’s got a 3x multiple, then that means your business to a buyer could be worth $1.5 million. That’s your enterprise value. That’s why when you’re making decisions about growing your business, you want to think, can I invest some of that profit back into the business to increase my enterprise value because you can take that from 15 to three million fairly quickly. So now we know what we’re building and how to build it. But what makes a business more valuable than another? Principle number two, keep what you make. This is what separates a 2x business from a 10x business. It’s not what you make, it’s what you keep. Every dollar that you keep after you pay all your expenses makes the business more valuable. Some people have big revenue in tiny little margins and to me that revenue is just vanity, right? You can hit 10 million in revenue and still wake up broke. Those people show up in my DMs every day because they don’t know this. Until you actually know how to keep every dollar that you’re making, then you’re just flying blind in business and you’re not creating wealth. You’re not being efficient. A metric that aligns the most with how much you keep is gross margin. So essentially we have revenue. How much money do you make per month? Then you got to subtract the cost. Okay, to deliver everything that came with the item or the services. How much did that make? Okay, that’s per month. And if you do that, if you have revenue minus cost to deliver, that equals gross profit, which is different than profit. Look, profit is typically your revenue minus all your expenses. This is gross profit on just the things sold. So to get our gross margin number, what we got to do is take our gross profit. Okay? I know I’m asking you to do math. Stay with me. We’re going to have some fun. Divided by our revenue, how much money did I make that month? Okay? times 100 because it’s a math equation and that equals our gross margin. So, for example, if my revenue for the month is 50K, okay, and my cost to deliver was only 10K, that means my gross profit, pretty awesome, equals $40,000. Cool. Now I take the 40k and then I divide it by my revenue which is 50k and then I multiply by that 100 so I get the number 80% gross margin. Your accountant has probably never been able to explain this to you and you’re like I don’t get it. My rule is gross margin for any business I’m involved in never falls below 70%. Now if you own a restaurant you’re like well that’s freaking awesome. I don’t get it because average food cost in a restaurant, the margin is about 23%. It’s different for every business, but that is where I like to stay because the higher the gross margin when I’m building a business, the more profit I usually have at the end of the month, which means the business is more valuable to increase my enterprise value. So, knowing your margins is step one, but understanding all the principles to apply it to your business, that’s a completely different thing. So, if you want my internal scale your business workbook with the exact steps that I walk all my coaching clients through for free, just DM me the word YouTube workbook on Instagram and I’ll send it right over. So, having large margins is awesome. So, awesome. But the large margins won’t feel very good if you can’t maintain them. Which brings us to the next principle. Principle number three, you got to plug the holes in the bucket before you fill it. If you’re losing clients faster than you can bring them in, there’s a point where you will just be banging your head against the ceiling. See, most entrepreneurs that see clients leave and just go, “Oh, I have a marketing problem. I got to go run more ads. I got to get more people to show up.” Wrong move. If you just pour water into a bucket with massive holes in it, you can’t pour enough water fast enough to fill that bucket up. And that is what people often do. How about you keep the customers you have or sell more to them versus trying to find some new ones? Do you know it’s seven to eight times cheaper to sell something to an existing client than it is to go find a new one. So where should you put your effort and at what level? The metric that helps you plug the holes in that bucket is called turn rate. So here’s how we calculate it. Super simple. So first thing is we need the clients that we’ve lost that month. Okay, clients lost. How many this month did you lose? Okay, in the month. Then we divide that number by the total amount of clients we had at the beginning of the month, not the end of the month, beginning of the month. And to make that a percentage, like always, we multiply it by 100. And that equals your churn rate. So, for example, let’s say you had three people leave. At the beginning of the month, you started with 100. That would mean times 100, you would have a 3% turn rate. Most businesses should be at 3% monthly churn. Okay? Now, obviously, every business is harder to calculate this. If you have a restaurant, you have an agency, you have a retail store, it’s a little different, but you can still look at the transaction volume. You can look at the average purchase rate. You can figure out through the data what yours is. And honestly, just look at like how often are people buying from you again and again. If you never lose a customer, think about it. It’s graph, okay? And on the top side, you have how much you’re growing. But on the bottom side, you have how many customers you’ve lost. If you grabbed all those people underneath that line and you put it on top of the customers you currently have, that’s how much bigger your business would be if you never lost a customer. For most businesses, that could be two or three times bigger. So now we know how many clients are leaving. The next thing we need to know is what are those clients actually worth? Think about this. The client you already have is worth way more than the one you’re chasing. Most founders are out there spending all their time and energy trying to chase new customers and not realize that the ones that they have now could be worth a lot of money if they knew what that was worth. I’m a big fan of always growing what you’ve got before you go chase what you don’t. And the metric that tracks what each one of your clients are worth is lifetime value or LTV. Here’s how we calculate it. It’s a super cool simple formula that nobody teaches. So what you do is you take the average revenue per client per month. Okay, how much is that number? And then you divide it by the monthly churn percent. Okay? And that will give you your lifetime value. Okay? Aren’t you curious what your customer is worth? I am. I’m curious for you. Let’s say for example a customer pays you a 100 bucks a month. Okay, divided by let’s say you have a 2% monthly churn 0.02 then that means your customer is worth $5,000. You see why this gets exciting? Because instead of losing customers and you keep them, they get worth more and more and more. And when you do that, guess what goes up? Enterprise value. I know it all stacks together. Okay, the important note is that churn is the drag on this number. Okay, obviously what you get paid every month is important, but most people don’t realize that if they can cut their churn in half, they double the value of their customer with no extra effort. Same price, twice the value. So, yes, you can get more value from your existing clients, but you still have to grow the business. And every time you do that, it does cost you something. Principle number five, know your spend. Here’s the thing. It doesn’t matter if you’re a professional speaker, a coach, a restaurant, a retail store, sell stuff online. Before you ever get paid, a client costs you money. Okay, think about it from an ads point of view. Maybe you got to pay a sales commission. Maybe you had to do a promotion, a marketing thing, maybe you had to pay to go on a radio station. There’s cost that goes into making the market aware of you before somebody ever gives you money. And most founders and business owners never tally up what a single yes from a client actually costs. The richest operators I know know this number cold. Broke ones, they guess. And if you can’t price the yes, you can’t price growth. The metric that tracks how much a client costs is called the customer acquisition cost or your CAC. So first you have to take everything that you spend to get a customer and know what that means. So that is your cost to get a client. I’m talking the ads, the sales commission, the software that you had to pay for those teams. And that’s how much you spent that month. Then you divide how many new clients you added that month. Okay? Not leads, not trials, actually paying clients that gave you money. And that will give you your CAC, your cost to acquire a customer. Let’s say, for example, you spent $10,000 in expenses that month to acquire customers and you got you would divide the number by 20 20 new customers. That means every one of them cost you $500. So, your CAC to acquire customer is $500. Isn’t this cool? Now, you can evaluate opportunities to grow the business. So, somebody comes to you and they say, “Hey, I can get you new customers for $100.” You say, “Well, that’s cool because right now I’m paying $500.” If you can get it for $100, that’s a steal. Let’s run it. Let’s try it out. Right? But if somebody came to you and said, “Hey, I can get you a customer for $1,000.” You might go, “How about no?” So, here’s a pro tip. There’s another metric called the CAC payback period. Meaning, how much do you spend and how quick can you get it back? So, let’s say a customer pays me $100 a month and my cost to acquire a customer is $100 a month. That means that I can grow unlimited with a 30-day credit card to pay it back. See what I’m saying? But if I have to spend $500 to get a customer and I only make that money back after 6 months, the faster I grow, what you hear is the sound of cash flying out of your business cuz you got to finance that growth. Even if the customer is worth $5,000 to you, you want to make sure that the speed that you can get back the cash that you spent to acquire the customer is as fast as possible. So that’s why a lot of companies charge setup fees. They try to get you to increase your average order value. They try to get you to pre-by something before you use it because that cash finances the acquisition cost. Cuz if not, you have to finance other people’s value that you’re delivering with your business. And that’s just not a fun place to be. Okay, so now you know how much a customer is worth to you. That’s awesome. But what if you’re trying to grow and spend money to acquire customers, but they can’t find you? Which brings us to principle number six. Tighten your funnels. Every week, new people know about you. They find content. They talk to somebody. They refer to you and they walk into your business, your website, and they want to buy from you. They raise their hand. And yet, somehow somewhere along the process that they wanted to give you money, they weren’t able to do that. It happens in my businesses. There’s broken links. People text me them. It’s just a normal thing in business. The problem is is that most founders don’t even see it happening. So the metric that tracks how many clients that come through your funnel and drop is your conversion rate. So here’s how we calculate it. First you take your funnel and you break it into all the separate steps that are involved. Think leads, qualified, booked, showed, and closed. That’s usually the big ones, right? Each stage is a new yes. If the person doesn’t go from stage one to stage two, it’s a no. the end of the day, the conversion rate is the total amount of percent of people that started and finished by giving you money. So at each stage that says yes, those are called survivors. So we want to count at each stage how many people survived that question. So if you have 100 leads and then 40 people qualify and then 10 people book, eight people show, 5% close, that means your overall conversion rate is 5%. So now you got your funnels figured out and you look and you go, hm, where should I focus my time? You need to figure out which step is broken and then go attack that step. So this allows you to know where you should be focusing your time so that you can improve the business the fastest. And then next we have principle number seven. Know how long you can go. Every month that goes by where you don’t make any money then it has to come out of pocket. It’s why when people start companies they usually empty out their savings account. But at a certain point you’re going to run out of energy and time to grow this business if you’re not making any profit. You need to know how many tries, how many months do you have ahead of you so that you can calibrate each decision. Experienced founders, the best, know exactly how many months they have left. Your P&L, your profit and loss statement, it’s an autopsy after the fact, not a diagnosis. Your business could be done in 30 days and you haven’t done anything about it cuz you didn’t even know. The metric that tracks how long your business has until it has to shut its door is called your burn rate and runway. Okay, so the first thing we need to do is figure out what is our burn rate. So essentially you take the cash out which is a negative number because it’s gone. Then you add the cash that’s coming in. This is your sales any kind of revenue that’s really important. Okay. And that’s a positive number. And then whatever is left over that may be a negative number. And essentially that is your burn. And for example, if you’re spending 40 grand, okay, and the money coming in is only 20K, okay, then that means that your burn per month is negative $20,000. So that means every month that goes by, you lose $20,000. So now we need to know how much cash is in the bank. Cash in bank, right? Minus your burn. Okay, equals how many months your runway. Okay, essentially how many months can you continue this way? Okay, in the business world, I call this default debt. How many months before your default debt? Now, if you’re making more than you’re spending, game on. But what happens is oftent times we make investments, we make bets, and we can make that ratio get flipped again, even if at one point we’re making more than we’re spending. So, for example, if I start the business and I somehow get $100,000 together and I’m burning every month 20K, then that means I have 5 months of runway. 5 months until I’m at zero. 5 months until I’m default debt. At minimum, you obviously want to make that number as far as possible into the future. If you’re 2 to 3 months away, take massive crazy high volume action because one bad month can actually make this number a lot closer than you think. And one way I do this so that I’m never surprised is I do a daily cash report. That means every day I get how much cash came in, how much cash went out, and I’m paying attention to it so I can create a rhythm or a pulse on my cash. So those seven principles, if you follow them and you focus on them, you will increase the value of your business more than anything else. Now you know what levers to pull to improve it. What I want to ask you below in the comments is let me know out of those seven, which one did you feel you need to go calculate and go come back and calculated this week? I don’t need to know the answer, but I need to know that you did the work. The truth is the winners aren’t the smartest people in the world that are like so genius level IQ. They’re the ones that know their numbers. They know what to measure and they know how to fix

  • Stock Market Outlook – Is a Massive Market Move Coming This Week?

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Trading Group live stream. I hope you all had a wonderful weekend. Hope you had a wonderful holiday. I would like to uh just wish everybody um happy Memorial Day. Hope you enjoyed the day off if you were barbecuing, whatever it is. The one thing that I just ask is just don’t forget the reason why we had off today. Just don’t forget the reason that we had off today. It’s their sacrifice. It’s our freedom. We recognize the real true heroes on this day. I want to give a big shout out to all of our, you know, active and veteran uh military men and women that are out there. Truly love each and every single one of you. And I hope that you all had a wonderful weekend. And I hope that everybody is ready to, you know, get back on the saddle and get ready to make some money this week. It’s been a wild and crazy move that we have seen in this market. Um, and yeah, you know, let me I don’t want I don’t want to move I don’t want to move on from that too quickly. I don’t want to move on from that too quickly. I I want to kind of go back. I want to sit there for a little bit. Um, we have a lot of uh military members actually part of True Trading Group. We have veterans that work for True Trading Group. We have members that are veterans. We have members that are active military service. Um, and nothing makes me happier, nothing makes me happier than to h than to to help those people any possible way that I can. Um, and where’s my boy Jimmy? Jimmy Benson, are you here? I feel like Jimmy Benson’s always here. Jimmy Jimmy Bench is one of the guys that always comes to mind. Um, and I, um, we have Navy Vet is another user. His username in chat is actually Navy Vet. Uh we have so many we have so many Shai who’s a moderator at your training group who who is who is a a uh a veteran done you know two tours over in the Middle East. Um I’m pretty sure I got that correct Shai if you are here. Um correct me if I am wrong. But um yeah I just you know everybody kind of looks at Memorial Day weekend as like the unofficial start to summer and everyone’s like oh we got Monday off. Everybody barbecues. But um I even feel silly saying happy Memorial Day. I just want everybody to just remember the reason why um why we have this day off. You know um they all gave some but some gave it all and um you know we remember all of those who have made the ultimate sacrifice throughout the years on this day. So with that said, a very special place in my heart, very special place in True Trading Group’s heart for the US military. Um and and that’s it. So I just wanted to say that. I don’t want to move on from that too quickly because it is something I care very deeply for. It is something that we are um are very involved in at your training group. So I just wanted to put that out there. That’s all. All right. So let’s let’s kick some ass. Let’s take some names. Let’s talk about how we’re going to make some money here this week. I want to welcome you guys all to the True Training Group live stream. Yes, let’s go Knicks. Going for the sweep here tonight. I will be checking that out at the end at the end of this live. Uh I know the game has has just gotten underway, but I want to welcome you guys to the live stream. My name is Michael Edward Parinati. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. You guys have to understand TTG is not like your other courses, not like your other chat rooms with courses and trade alerts. Yes, we have those things, but True Training Group is something so much bigger. something so much more. This is an entire fintech platform and trading terminal and system for retail traders. Uh we have 11,000 members from 114 different countries. Truly a global community. This platform exists to help you learn faster, trade smarter, and profit sooner. It’s exactly what we’re going to do here tonight. We are very proud to be powered by our partners at the NASDAQ, Benzinga, OpenAI, Trading View, DataBento, and of also, of course, Unusual Wales. See, TTG is an awardwinning platform. having received the Benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool. This a platform that’s built on education backed by experience strategies proven through success and tools that actually think and are customized around you the individual user. So no matter who you are, what you trade, how much money or experience you have or don’t, TTG exists to help you to make money. It’s exactly we’re going to do here tonight on this live stream. Now you might be wondering if you’re new to this channel. I’ love to have you guys here or love having you guys here. Subscribe to the channel, smash a like button, and show some love. Turn on your notifications so you never miss out any of these live streams that I do in the future. But you might be wondering why you should pay attention to anything that I’m about to discuss because I’m going to discuss with you some pretty important things. Okay, we have futures at alltime highs. We’ve got a lot of news headlines that have been coming across the wire these last two days. And I’ve got my watch list. I’m going to give you my exact detailed plan of how I plan on making money this week. the stocks I’m looking at, the ticker symbols, the entry prices, the exit prices, the direction. You’re going to get it all. I’m not a Monday morning quarterback. I come out here every Sunday. I stick my neck out there and I tell you exactly what I think the markets are going to do and I tell you exactly what stocks I’m going to be going long, exactly what stocks I’m going to be going short. If you listened to my live stream last week, then you had a phenomenal week because I gave you a couple of trade ideas on Sunday and they I think all of them. I have to go back and check every single one, but I know I know most of them for sure. The software names, the semiconductor names or some of the things that we had talked about last week, they all worked out last week. So, it could have been a really big week. Even if you’re not a member of true trending group, if you just listen to what I discussed on the live stream, you could have had a really great week. So, we’re going to recap that and then we’ll get into what it is this week that I think we’re going to see um from the markets and some really interesting data that I want to talk to you guys about that uh I’m a big stickler for data and I really like to rely on the data that we get from Goldman Sachs prime book because Goldman Sachs actually handles a lot of the trading volume activity for hedge funds and they are when they put when When they say positioning is offsides or positioning is too light or positioning is crowded or positioning positioning positioning, they’re a really good source for that information because they actually can see what a lot of hedge fund positioning looks like because their prime desk handles a lot of that trading activity and handles a lot of that order flow that comes from those institutions or comes from those hedge funds. So, there’s some really interesting data there that I want to talk about. I actually posted it on May 20th. Yeah, it was May 20th, 5 days ago. I actually posted it up on my X account. If you guys don’t follow me on X, go ahead and give me a follow. It’s Mike Edward_TTG. Again, it’s mike under, excuse me, Mike Edward_TTG. You guys can go ahead and give me a follow there. Um, and I’ll talk to you guys a little bit more a little bit more about that. But why you should pay attention to what it is that we’re going to talk about on this on this stream is I didn’t figure this stuff out on my own, right? I didn’t scoured the internet and watched thousands of hours of YouTube videos. I didn’t sit in Discords. I began my trading career working at TP Alpha Fund in New York City. It’s a fund in New York City. I went through a training program before they let me touch $1 of the firm’s money. And then shortly after that, we had 2008, which is the great recession, the huge stock market crash. But that was actually also the same year I received one of the firms trader of the year awards. Now you fast forward, I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group along with my team of seven other professional full-time trading mods and over 30 person staff. We’ve helped thousands of members from all over the world reach their goals. Okay, like I said to you before, 11,000 members, 114 different countries. We day trade, we spring trade, we cover long-term portfolio investing, we trade stocks, options, crypto, futures, you name it, we trade it. There is literally something for everybody here at TTG. The mods and I share our screens with you during the day. We trade with you live all the way through into the close. You’re not gone after an hour or two and you left to fend for yourself. We have an entire suite of AI tools. That is the reason why we received the Benzinger fintech award for best AI analysis tool. It’s the reason why we have partnerships with Trading View and Unusual Wales and um and the NASDAQ and data bento. We work so closely with OpenAI. This is the reason why we are able to to have the fintech platform that we have and and allow our traders and our members to use the tools that they use on a on a regular on daily basis. And I think that, you know, the reason why so many of our members at your training group are successful, it’s not it’s not because I’m the world’s greatest trader. Truly, honestly, you know, I I’m a damn good trader. I’ve been doing this for 19 and a half years, okay? But I’m not the world’s greatest trader. And I don’t claim to be sure. Does my my guidance, my experience, my mentorship, my my my trades, does that all help our members become successful? Sure. But is that the reason that they’re successful? Honestly, over the last two years, we have spent so much time, effort, money investing into the platform and building out the suite of AI tools that we have that I would say convincingly and surely that those things are the reason the TTG terminal is the reason that so many of our members are successful. We have our members stay with us at a like 74% clip. Like that’s our retention rate amongst our members. Our refund rate at your training group is less than 2 and a half%. We’re four and a half out of five star rated on Trust Pilot with almost 3,000 reviews. And it’s because our members are successful. And by successful, I very honestly plainly mean our members actually make money. And that’s what matters most. That’s why you guys are here. You’re here to make money, right? You’re not here because there’s a cool painting hanging behind my head. You’re not here because you’re a Yankee fan. You’re here because you guys want to make money. That’s exactly what members of TTG do. And if you don’t here, I’ll just ask. Members of True Trading Group that are on this live stream, do me a favor. Type the number one in chat right now. If you’re making money and you guys are becoming better traders because of True Trading Group. If you’re making money, type the number one. And anyone that’s on this live stream that is not a member of True Trading Group, I want you to pay attention how many people you see typing one. All the people you see typing one, these are members. These are members that saw me on a live stream, joined True Trading Group, started using the tools, started following some of the trades, and now are sitting here telling you that they’re actually making money. If they can do this, and so can you. There’s no reason why all these people are sitting here telling you that they’re making money and you can’t. There’s just no reason. These people are not luckier than you. They sure as hell don’t have more time than you. 82% of our members have a full-time job. If they can do this, so can you. I do not expect you to sit in front of a computer screen all day every day. You don’t need to anymore. If this was 15 years ago, I’d say, “Yeah, you got to you need to you need screen time. You simply do not need that anymore.” We have our active trader mode feature, which Adam just did um a whole workshop with everybody this weekend, um like a training on our active trader mode. So, we have a couple of different tools that have bever trending. We have our holy grail trade planner. We have our AI charting software. We have Mari. We have Mari’s our AI persona. And then we also have um our accurate trader mode trading assistant. And we just actually launched our live trading our live trading function where members can actually connect their actual brokerage accounts to the hour trading assistant active trader mode. And what you can essentially do I mean you can there’s so many things you can do. We need to give you some examples and this is why you don’t need to sit in front of your computer screen anymore. We have a trade plan generator called the holy grail. Members of true trading group have generated around 450,000 trading plans since we have released that tool. The accuracy and the win rate on those trading plans right now is 72%. Sean Johnson is using active trader mode right now trading futures literally. So Sean Johnson Sean Johnson right there is a member of true trading group and futures are really whipping around right now pretty pretty violently. There’s a lot of really great action and really great moves here happening right now on futures. Uh, and Sean is actually using active trading mode right now to trade futures. That’s that’s actually amazing. Sean, good luck, brother. Rip it up, man. Rip it up. Um, but you could run the holy grail. Get a trading plan. It’ll tell you, you know, give you an entry. It’ll give you your stop loss. It’ll give you your profit targets. And it’ll give you a confidence score. And you would all you have to do is type in what do you what you want to trade your account size and what style you want. So you would put in I want to trade an option. I want to trade Tesla. So you want to trade Tesla options. You put in your account size. Oh, here’s the girl I do. Thanks Brett. So right here’s I’ll show you guys real quick. Let me just show you. So you can do a standard run which is one analysis run. It’s it’s you know a lot faster. Or you can do a pro run which is multiple analysis runs that gets get you know summarized into one. that takes a little bit more time. If you’re scalping, you don’t want to run a pro run. If you are looking for like a longer term day trade, like a day trade that’s going to last maybe a couple hours, you can do a pro run. And if you’re looking for a swing trade, you definitely do the pro run, right? But you can do you can select one or the other. For this, we’ll just do standard. And we can just put in spy. Um, leave it leave it as stock. And then you would put in your account size. And then you put in the percent you want to risk or how much you want to risk on the trade. And then you select style. So, the styles you can choose from is scalp, day trade, swing trade, or long-term investment. Okay? So, you can just choose whichever one it is that you guys want to want to run. And that’s it. And then you click run analysis. You sit back, you wait, you let the thing do its you let it do its thing. This is an algorithm. It’s 80% deterministic means there’s actually rules and strategy and process behind it. It’s it’s a rulesbased system. And then like 20% of it is AI interpretation of data. And this is this is our our our holy grail trade planner. So now you’ll sit back, you’ll wait like 90 seconds or so and then it will give you a full detailed trading plan. It’s going to give you a confidence score. Okay? Now if you get a trading plan that comes back 55% confidence, I am most likely not taking that trade. But if I get an 80% confidence, you bet your butt I’m going after that trade. Okay? It’ll give you the entry zone, the stop-loss, the profit targets. It’ll give you specific price action on what would be the trigger for you to enter your position. It gives you price action to that what would have to happen that would invalidate the trade and tell you what would it would tell you if this happens then do not enter the position. It’ll give you the position size that you should be getting into according to the risk to stay within the risk tolerance that you entered when you initially um you know ran the ran the tool and you guys can actually see the full report and the full detailed breakdown. So here it is. So here here’s here is the the analysis. Here’s just an example of the report and just I’m not going to go through the whole thing. You know, you guys can check this out. You guys can join our trial and you guys can check this out. You can actually go to trueradinggroup.com/990. If you’re not a member, you guys can actually join. You can use our tools for 90 days for just 90 bucks. It’s a dollar a day. You get to use the entire suite of AI tools. This being one of them. Just go to trueradinggroup.com990

    and you guys can sign up and you guys can actually use these tools. Um you guys can actually use those tools. Um I think we just lost Brett’s screen. Yep, there it is. You guys can just go can go ahead. You guys can use um use these tools. Um yeah, let’s go back to the holy grail though, Brett. if you still if you still have it up. I just I was just throwing that out there just for people to to know how to if they do want to do our trial, but I I wanted you want to stay back on the holy grail if you still have it. If you still have the Yeah, perfect. So, just scroll back up to the top if you can real quick, Brett. And I’ll just guys I’ll just show you this is what the run looks like. So, you’ll see it says spy long right underneath it. It gives you the confidence score. It gives you a quick little trigger summary. It gives you position. This is the summary. That top window is the summary. And as you scroll down, you can see the individual agents. It’s a multi- aent system. The agent on the left, okay, the agent on the left is the technical agent. The agent in the middle is your macro agent. So the left agent is technical analysis. The one in the center is is um economic data is, you know, news. The one on the right is a wildcard agent, which is just a risk agent, which is just going to be telling you, you know, what could potentially happen that could go wrong on your trade to make sure you’re always prepared for what could hurt you. And as you scroll down further, you guys can see it gives you very detailed entry, exit, you know, uh, profit targets, and you guys can just, you know, can go through. Just I wanted to show you just what the report looks like so you guys can actually see and get an idea of what this is and how it works. But essentially what you can do is you can run this trading plan and then you can pass this trading plan off if you if you run it. And now this also it says at the top you know and then this is for the spy. This is not for ES or MEES. I actually we probably should have did futures because the futures market’s open right now. This is for the spy which is the equity which is not open right now. So that’s why he says see the the warning that it gives you on top that the markets are closed. this is a trade idea for tomorrow that and it will tell you you should run another holy grail trading plan tomorrow morning before you act on this trading plan because you want to make sure that nothing’s changed from that prior run into tomorrow morning. Obviously, a lot can happen between now and then. So, you want to run a fresh uh trading plan tomorrow morning. Um so, I we should have did futures, so sorry about that, but this this example I just I ran was a slide. Um but you guys can see how it works. So, what you can do is you can run this. You can send it over to active trader mode and active trader mode will then trade this plan for you in your brokerage account while you are busy at work, while you’re watching your kids soccer game, while you’re just swimming in the pool or maybe you’re laying in bed because you don’t feel well. Okay, our active trader mode can take this and can place the trades for you connected with your brokerage account. This is what I’m talking about. You do not need to be sitting in front of your computer screen anymore. or all day, every day. You can run this trade plan generator, which has a 72% win rate on 450,000 trading plans generated so far, dish it off to active trading mode, connected with your live brokerage account, and it can actually place the trades for you. Get in where it says, get out where it says. That’s what we’re talking about here. That’s what’s part that’s what true trading group is. That’s just an example of some of the the tools that you have available when you guys join this platform. And I’m talking about it to trade mode right now because Adam, my business partner, the co-founder of TTG, actually did a uh workshop literally today, okay, showing a lot of our members how to properly integrate and connect their brokerage accounts to the system and um and how to use everything and all the different tools and features and functions that are available. And it was uh was a really great was a really great session. So um yeah, man, these these are some of the things that are available on the platform. That’s what I mean. If you’re not a member, you guys can literally just go to TTG. I’m sorry. TrueTradinggroup.com. I I keep saying TTG. TrueTradinggroup.com990. And now you can switch over to that page, Brett. So you guys can go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    And you guys can join our you can join our platform. It’s unrestricted access. So you guys get access to the full platform for 90 days. I’m just going to charge you $1 a day for you to use this stuff because we are going to lose money on you. AI is usagebased, right? So, we’re going to let you guys join here for $1 a day. I assure you it’s going to cost us more than $1 a day, but we don’t mind because we’re so confident in what it is that these tools provide. We are so confident in the success that we are seeing from our members. We are so confident in the statistics that we see. Everything is fully fully transparent. We have technical documents on all of these tools. Okay? We have a software that goes through and tracks every single one of these holy grail runs. Okay. And then that that uh workshop that my business partner, the co-founder training of Adam that he just did here today was just a complete, you know, just home run for members as we’re starting to roll out that live trading feature and that live trading function, right? So you guys can use all of this. I just want you to use the tools, see how they work, implement them into your trading. Let’s make some money together and then we’ll talk about becoming an annual member of True Training Group. Forget about the annual commitment. Forget about the the the more expensive membership and the year-long commitment. Forget about that. You can do a dollar a day. You can do a dollar a day to join an award-winning platform with 11,000 members from 114 countries that actually make money. It’s going to cost you $1 a day. In case you missed it earlier, one more time, I’ll ask members, type the number one in chat. If you guys are making money, if you’re becoming better traders because of True Trading Group, just go at it right now and type the number one and then we got we got a lot of stuff to talk about. We got it. There’s a lot of news obviously over this weekend. I got my trading um my trading plans, my watch list. We’re going to go through all this stuff with you. But if you are not a member, pay attention to how many people typed in number one. These are members of True Training telling you that they’re making money. If they can do it, so can you. There’s no reason why you can’t do this. They’re not luckier than you and they don’t have more time than you. So you can go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Everything on that page is included for just a dollar a day. 90 days. Make money with us for 90 days. Then we’ll talk about becoming annual member. If you have any questions at all guys, we are fully transparent. We are open books. Send us a text message, okay? Text us at 1888-621-2127. The phone number is right at the bottom of your screen. And again, that’s 1888-621-2127.

    Okay? Again, the phone number is at the bottom of the screen. If you have any questions, if you need help, if you’re concerned about something, whatever it is, you need clarity on something, text us. Okay. Yes, Wilson. Yes. Thinker Swim. Char, that’s Charles Schwab. Yes. Yes. Okay. So, again, any questions, you can text us. Otherwise, just go straight to trueraininggroup.com990

    and you guys can join that trial. Get get unrestricted access to the platform, use all the tools, take the trade alerts, listen to the mods, talk to members.

    All right, it’s our 90 for 90. 90 bucks for 90 days. All right. Again, true.com990.

    All right. With that being said, let’s take things on over to the charts

    and let’s talk about what we got cooking.

    Right now, futures are up almost 7%. Okay, we’re up almost 7%. Uh we faded off a little bit. You know, we were gapping up to all-time highs. There’s a lot of news that has come through. We still are gapping up to all time highs, but we were up we were up 1% earlier. And there’s just been news headline after news headline after news headline that the US and Iran are extremely close to finalizing a deal um that would end the conflict, that would reopen the straight of moose. Um they have agreed to extend their ceasefire um that was announced in April. they’ve agreed to extend that um again and even further and um Qatar has been very heavily involved. Pakistan has been very heavily involved. The rest of the Gulf nations have been very heavily involved and it looks like the two sides are coming down the home stretch. Looks like they’re kind of right there at the finish line. They just have to get off get across the finish line and we were up 1%. Then there was news headlines coming out that there were explosions being heard in the south of Iran right where the straight of moose is. Um and nobody knew really what these explosions were at first and then the market started to pull back. Then we had found out that what those strikes were was the US military had hit some um missile launch sites and also struck some u mine laying boats that they were seen in the straight of vermoose where you had a couple of boats that were looking like they were going to be trying to lay some mines out in the straight of moose as a defense mechanism in case talks broke down and the uh the US military blew those boats out of the water and then it looked like some of their their missile launchers were locking on to some US aircraft. So they took out those missile launchers as well. The strikes were said from the US were said to be defensive strikes and then they stopped. They just took out what they perceived to be a threat against US troops and then they stopped and there was no further um there was no further action or no further aggression or no further attacks from that point. Um and the US military came out and still said no we still ceasefire is still intact. This was just a defensive action where we felt our troops were were in jeopardy our troops were in danger and they removed those threats um swiftly. So when that happened the market started to pull back off of that 1% you know high that we were at previously and we’re now pulling back a bit up around point now we’re even we’re drifting a little bit lower 65%. And we’re now coming into like 6. Still a very healthy gap up. Even 6 is still a very healthy gap up. Um but you are fading out off of those highs. You will have an absolute brick wall resistance level. If you guys are are trading futures, there’s an absolute brick wall resistance level that is sitting up around 75 um 65. Okay, 7570. So 7560s that zone 7560s, okay, it’s like 7565 up to 7570 is a massive level of resistance. For those of you that trade futures, I would suggest that you draw a line right across that area and focus very heavily on it the next time that futures get up into that zone because it should be resistance when we bump back up into that area. It should be resistance. Okay, if you’re looking if you are a scalper, you can take scalps off of that level. All right, and that’s also what ends up being the breakout point. Once that resistance level breaks, you look for some extension, some upside from that point. Okay, so we are getting a little bit of a pullback here 65 still gapping up to an all-time high. And what I’m what I think we’re going to see here, you know, we’re kind of in a similar place where I had said to you guys last week on my live stream. I said to you last week on Sunday, I said I am coming into this week meaning last week looking for a red week. And I told you that after the gap down that we saw on Friday that I believe the market was going to start off last week we week ak and that we were looking for shorts Monday Tuesday and then if there was news around us and Iran then we would completely flip out and okay we’re not going not flip out like freak out we were going to flip back out of our short positions and that’s exactly what happened last week. We were short Monday and Tuesday. We covered out of our positions on Tuesday. We actually were short some of the semis and so XL which ended up being a fantastic trade last week. Okay, that that was this move that you saw right here, right? We got right into our support level. Our support level was 135 and I saw XL and this is what I went over with you guys last week. And that was just this previous previous resistance of all-time highs before that the extension and we covered out of our positions down there in the high30s. And then you got the news, okay, about the US and Iran. And that took the whole markets back up to the upside. And that took everything back into the green. And the pullback that we saw on Friday lasted just another like one day and a half or two days into Monday and Tuesday. And then the markets turned around. So here’s your 3-day pullback. And then we got news. The markets turned around and pushed back up back to all-time highs. So I very specifically said to you on this live stream literally just seven days ago exactly to the to the day here I said oh actually no it’s a lie because today is Monday so it’s not seven days okay so eight days ago I had said to you guys that we’re coming in looking looking for a red week we’re looking for the weakness on Friday to continue but then if there is any type of news around US and Iran that would make the markets move higher then don’t don’t fight that don’t try to stay short as exactly what took place we did not fight that we did not try to stay short. We locked in our profits, covered out those positions, and then we got a nice little recovery. I also had said to you last Sunday that the longs that we were looking at, and you don’t you don’t have to just take my word for it, you guys. My live stream is on right on this YouTube channel. You go back, you can watch it if you want, okay? But the long ideas that we had gave you guys were three different software names. I told you guys we’re looking for longs on Crowd Strike. Crowd Strike continued just basically just went up every single day last week to new all-time highs. We gave you longs on Snowflake. Snowflake with a beautiful breakout there and a nice little follow-through extension move. And then we also gave you Zcaler. Zcaler with a beautiful long here from last week as well. So these are just a couple of the long ideas that I gave you guys on Sunday, right? So even if you’re not a member, even if you’re not part of the trial, you could have just took what I gave you last week and you could have made money from the ideas. But if you are someone that does not do well with execution, but you always feel like your ideas are right, like you look at a stock and you say, “I think the stock’s going to go up,” but you screw up the entry, you screw up the takerits, you screw up your stop-loss, you end up losing money, or you end up making a really small amount when you should have made a large amount because the stock ends up doing exactly what you thought

    like this, but you didn’t but you didn’t capitalize on it. That is where our active trader mode comes into play. Okay, members that are using active trader mode are seeing a 22% bump in relative performance by using that trading assistant. One of the things that is being reported from members the most is they’re staying in winning trades longer because our active trade motor assistant is monitoring institutional order flow. is calming down. Okay, members, they that people that trade with emotions, people that get very nervous when they see a red candle or they’re anxious to just lock in profit and just get the hell out of dodge before the trade ends up going south. Our active trade motor system can kind of keep you honest. It can keep you focused. It can keep you, you know, in control of your emotions and it can guide you through the trade by telling you, hey, relax, okay? There’s nothing to worry about here. Everything is going according to plan. The setup still looks fantastic. The support level is still intact. The institutional order flow still supports the long. Just be patient. Wait for your next take-profit target. I don’t think think that we should get out of this trade right now. I think we should stay in this thing for another $2 or so, wherever that next target is. Just stick to the plan. Everything still looks good and it’s helping members stay calm. It’s helping them stay in their position and it’s helping them stay in winning trades longer. They’re making a lot more money on trades that they’re right on now. So, I know there’s probably a lot of people that are on here that feel like one of the things that they struggle with the most is they leave so much money on the table when they’re right. That’s because you get so nervous when you’re winning on a trade. You want to just take that money out and run. I get it. You’re up 300 bucks, it starts pulling back, now you’re only up 180. And you’re like, “Oh man, I should have got out up 300. Now I’m only up 180.” Then drops to 150. And you’re like, “You know what? 150 is better than nothing. Let me just get out now.” And then a couple hours later, you would have been up 500 if you stayed in the trade. I know it’s happened to to to most of you, right? But these are the types of things that our tools fix. This is why so many of our members are having the success that they are. There’s their their statistics are actually improving. Okay? They’re not just feeling better. Their accounts are actually looking better. Okay? These are tools you guys have access to when you join the 90-day trial. All you need to do is go to treretradinggroup.com990 and you can utilize these tools. You can use the TT terminal and everything within it to help you guys make better decisions to help you guys get more consistent and become more profitable. Okay, so again text us if you guys have any questions 1888-621-2127. Otherwise, go right to trueing.com990.

    Okay, you guys can join us for 90 days for 90 bucks. All right. And then we’ll talk about an annual membership after you guys make some money with us. And that sounds like a plan. So, those are some of the things that we had talked about last week. All right. But what have you done for me lately? Well, let’s talk about what we think is going to happen this week with all this news that is kind of floating around. There’s a lot riding on the fact that the US and Iran come to some type of a finalized agreement this week. If they don’t, the gap up that you’re seeing right now is not going to hold. Okay. Um, I don’t know what’s going to happen news-wise. I don’t know if there’s going to be a finalized agreement this week. I don’t know if there’s not going to be a finalized agreement this week. I don’t know if we’re going to return to a military conflict. I don’t know. I don’t have those answers. I am not sitting here trying to pretend. Uh I’m I’m not going to we’re not going to sit here and play military strategist. I’m not going to sit here and try to pretend like I’m psychic. I have no idea what’s going to happen. My job is not to know what’s going to happen between us and Iran. It’s that’s not what I am here to do. That is not what I am very good at. What I am very good at is not predicting the outcome. I’m not trying to predict the catalyst. What I am very good at is predicting the movement of the market, the market’s reaction to the outcome of the catalyst. That’s what I am very good at. So what I’m doing is as I sit there every ever since this this war started I’m coming into every single week with sure a directional bias but still neutral ideas because even if I come into the markets bearish there could be a news headline that shoots the markets higher. Even if I come into the markets bullish there could be a news headline that sends the markets screaming lower. Right? So, I need to always make sure that I have a plan either way so I’m not caught flatfooted, right? I’m not shell shocked. I’m not so completely blindsided by a market’s movement or a market’s reaction. It’s not, okay, you know, news comes out, the markets reverse, and in the heat of the moment and and and in this chaos and panic, I’ve got to now try to find the trade idea. No, I don’t want that. I want if the markets were to reverse off of a new headline, I want to know where I’m going to go and what I’m going to do. I want to know what stocks am I going to go long, what stocks am I going to go short if the markets end up making a a directional move and a directional shift. I’m coming into this week cautiously bullish because I think that the markets are overbought and the markets are overextended. But there is a very large short position that is building on the S&P. And it’s not just on the S&P, it’s on stocks in general. And when I see short positions like I am seeing now, it could often times push rallies further than you initially think they’re going to go. That’s the whole premise behind a short squeeze. The whole premise behind a short squeeze is that the market goes further than anybody thinks it’s going to go. Otherwise, people wouldn’t be shorting it. Okay? And I have some interesting I told you earlier on this live stream that I have some data that I find really interesting. Short interest on US stocks is at multi-year highs. Short interest on the median S&P 500 stock is now up to an average of 3% of the entire market cap of the stock. That is the highest number since 2012.

    This is double the short interest unmarked per market cap that we saw since the 2020 pandemic.

    By comparison, at the peak of the 2008 financial crisis, short interest in the median S&P 500 stock was 3.8%. We are currently at 3.0. O short interest among the most heavily shorted 10% of the S&P 500 is actually if you took the 10% of the S&P 500 so 50 stocks that are the most heavily shorted that average is 8% of market cap. That’s the highest since 2018. Both of these metrics are now higher than during the bare market that followed the 2000.com bubble burst.

    David, uh, David, real quick, David, that’s talking to Luchiano. David, I am personally instructing Luchiano to double each offer if you want to wait until we’re done. We have all had a very long weekend and do not want to be working until 10:00. I will not be working until 10:00. So, I am personally instructing Luchiano to double each offer if you want to wait until we’re done. We have we’ve all had a long weekend.

    All right, that’s for David that is talking to Luchiano right now.

    Okay, so when I see short positions like that, right, and this takes me to the data that I shared with you guys on my my X account on the 20th. Um, and if we were to go back and we take a look at that, I want to show you that. And again, if you guys haven’t follow me, just go ahead and give me a follow. It’s Mike Edward_TTG. I share other stuff, stuff like this there. Hedge fund short exposure, okay, hedge fund short exposure, okay, is up to their gross exposure is up to 13%.

    That is a 10-year high.

    This is as of May 18th. So, the number could have failed to be honest. It could have gone up a little bit. It could have gone down a little bit, but it’s up to 13%. It’s a 10-year high.

    The last time that we saw a real big surge in short interest was March and April of 2025.

    And then we saw a really big surge in short interest March and April of 2026. And what happened with both of those instances? Well, let’s go look at the charts and let’s go back and take a look. We had liberation day, the liber the the tariff selloff, right? We had the tariff selloff. There was a massive surge in short interest during liberation day. And then what happened? We got the 90-day tariff pause news between the US and China. And then all of those short positions got got squeezed and we had this massive rally that took place that followed, right? This massive rally, just this extension move to the upside after everybody had gotten short. Then let’s zoom in to 2026. You had this massive pullback and everybody was getting short. And then we had what? the 90-day, excuse me, 90-day the um the ceasefire announcement. And what happened after the ceasefire announcement? We got a short squeeze. All the short positions that got built up there at the end of March and the beginning of April, they all got squeezed. Now, those short positions are now coming back. But here’s the difference, right? The difference between now and what happened earlier this year and what happened back in 2025 is the market was crashing in 2025. The markets were crashing in March of 2026. The markets are ripping to all-time highs and short interest is growing. Now, I’m bringing this to your attention because the question that I’m asking myself is, are these short positions going to fuel this market higher like it did in 2025, like it did in April of 2026? Or are the headwind twins right this time? Because they were wrong in April and they were wrong in April of 2025. Are they right this time or are we going to see a big squeeze move to the upside? You also have to keep in mind that a lot of these short positions, some of them are are just totally bearish bets on the market. Others are hedges. Others are hedge funds that are up a ton of money on long positions. The markets are extended, so they’re putting on hedges in case the markets go down. Okay? but they still are invested long. So keep that in mind as well. It’s not like this hedge fund, it’s not like hedge funds have their entire, you know, assets under manage and short, right? That’s you’re never going to see that. Um so just just keep that keep that in mind. Now with that type of exposure, if you do get a finalized written signed agreement this week, then those hedges could come off and it could fuel the market rally up to 760 that nobody’s really prepared for. So, with this big gap up, what I’m honestly thinking about is I’m thinking about trying to see if we can get support within these previous all-time highs to continue higher and look for a candle that looks something like this where like you’re actually going to pull back in. You’re going to test that gap up, right? But then eventually, I think it holds and it pushes higher.

    Okay? Something that looks like this. Okay. Now again, this is if we do get the positive news. Okay. This is if we get the there’s a deal, the deal is signed, there’s a final agreement, right? Then I think that the short interest that is built in here, I think that short interest could start to come off and you can get a market that just kind of melts its way higher as as all those shorts just cover cover and that just floats the market to the upside. Okay. Now, I told you earlier that I come into every week with being a little bit neutral. I’m not trying to be overly biased because any type of a news release could just completely reverse. It could send the markets lower. And the gap up that you have today could completely reverse and you could put in a candle that looks something like this. And it could be, you know, either a negative news headline or a buy the rumor, sell the news type of thing. and you get this big big pullback candle that kind of wipes out a failed breakout and then solidifies uh what is the potential to have a double top right now if you can’t hold this gap up overnight. It’s very important from a technical standpoint that this gap up holds overnight. Now, we have 12 and a half hours before the market’s open. Obviously, a lot could happen between now and then, but if we don’t hold this gap up and we go red, we were up 1% and we actually start the day tomorrow red, that’s not going to be a good sign. and you’ll probably see the markets pull back down to the 730s. If I see that price action, like if I wake up tomorrow morning and we’re down a quarter percent, I am probably going to be short against Friday’s close and look for us to fall back into the 730s. I don’t expect that to happen. I I do think that, you know, short of there being a news release that gets us there, but I think this is enough of a of a significant gap up that I do think it holds. doesn’t mean it can’t pull back a little bit deeper, but I do think that that those previous areas hold. Okay, so that’s that’s what I’m thinking right on as it relates to the overall market. Let’s talk about some individual stocks. And I’ve got some pretty crazy like my watch list this week is actually to start the week, you know, at least my watch list is pretty pretty volatile. Everything on my watch list is is is a is a pretty volatile stock. And so let’s talk about the longs first. Uh one of them is going to be Qualcomm. I I just think that Qualcomm is going to give you some is going to give you a a move similar like what you saw with ARM. How ARM is having these massive breakaway candles. I know kind of Qualcomm kind of had that a couple of weeks ago. Then we had this nice pullback. We reset its base against previous resistance now support around 190 and then now back to the upside. And I just think that this thing is just I I still I just think Qualcomm is going to go. I I don’t think it’s going to stop here at this previous all-time high that you have here in the high 240s. Any type of a pullback, I think the 220s is viable. Like the mid the high 220s, I think is viable. I don’t think we get back into the 215. I think if anything, we consolidate 220s, 230s and then, you know, form a bull flag and then break out or there’s just enough momentum on, you know, tomorrow that just takes us right through that level. Then you get a nice strong strong big green candle that looks like that on Qualcomm. So, I’m going to be looking at Qualcomm to make the new all-time high. I think Qualcomm’s going to push into the 250s. I don’t think this previous all-time high is safe. This previous all-time high is 248.

    Okay, that’s Qualcomm.

    Then we’ve got these quantum names.

    Now, in case you guys were living under a rock last week, um the US government is taking stakes um in nine quantum computing companies and is providing $2 billion in grants. Um RGTI, QBTS are two of the companies that are receiving some of those grants. I think 100 million each. Um and what I think is going to end up happening here, these stocks are already heavily shorted, right?

    They’re already heavily shorted and I just think there’s so much retail FOMO on people that missed Intel, right? I think there’s so much like everyone that just missed this move on Intel after the government took a stake in Intel. I I feel like people are going to FOMO into these names. So, we had the initial pop last week when the news was announced. I’m looking for I’m listen I’m not going to chase these stocks tomorrow. Like this is a trade idea that’s these are for RGTI and QBTS. These are trade ideas not for tomorrow but these are trade ideas over the course of the next couple of days. I want to see if we can consolidate maybe try to form like a little bit of a bull flag some form of a wedge and then look for a follow-through extension from there. Resistance on Regetti is going to be up around 30. Support on Regetti should be back against like 23. So, I’m just looking to see if we can consolidate like 24 25, form a little bit of a flag, and then maybe we can try to be long the second round of this move. I’m not going to chase this move, but I still think over the course of the next couple of weeks, I feel like these stocks might be able to move higher. So that’s RGTI QBTS heavy resistance on QBTS at 32 32 look back December January previous highs you see right here on my chart and that’s exactly where we topped out there on Friday massive volume again not chasing this move but looking for a little bit of a consolidation support level here on QBTS would be around 2627 resistance up there at 32 and just seeing if we can consolidate form a little bit of a flag in the 28 zone maybe Right? That that’s what I’m thinking about. Okay. So, again, these are not trade ideas for tomorrow. I’m not chasing these things long. I’m going to try to see is there a consolidation that I can kind of look for the second leg of this move. I’m not going I’m not chasing this first leg. I want to be real clear on that. Next up, SO XL. So, it’s pretty crazy when you look at this chart cuz we nailed this short, but I did not go after the long, right? We nailed the short from 170 down to 135. Was a beautiful trade. Um 135 was a support. We got the last chunk of our profit offer. I think it was around like 137 if I’m not mistaken. and then final take profit. We held on to like 10% of our position after the 137 take and we got out of that last piece of somewhere in the 140s. Um but we never we never we did not switch up. We did not catch the long had a huge gap up that next day and then we just kind of stepped aside. We didn’t we did not catch this these three days of upside, but we did catch those three days of downside. Um, and what I’m thinking about is I take a look at some of these semiconductors. And I know I gave you one long setup there on Qualcomm, which is a semiconductor. But as I take a look at some of these others, like I take a look at Micron with the memory names, you had this huge gap down that we had on Friday, last Friday, excuse me, two Fridays ago, not this previous Friday, two Fridays ago. And you ran right back up into that level here this previous Friday. And that gap bill acted as resistance and completely reverse the stock and the stock closed at the lows. So I I look at that, right? Then I go and I take a look at Nvidia and Nvidia amazing earnings. Absolutely amazing earnings. The stock still traded to the downside. You had previous your previous all-time high and a little support level around 216. That level broke on Friday and now you’re sitting underneath it. I want to watch to see if Nvidia cannot get back above 218. Okay,

    if it cannot get back above 218 and then gets underneath Friday’s low, I think that might be all the weakness that we need to see if maybe there’s another short opportunity on so XL. So, I’m going to be watching Nvidia very closely because Nvidia can drift back to 210 if it can’t reclaim 218. And what I’ll look for in SOXL is we have this big resistance level that’s up here at all-time highs that sits right around 190. Right? So, here you can see there’s 190,

    right? Here’s 190 and then we briefly pierced above it on Friday, but then closed underneath it at 188. So if there is any type of a reversal on on the markets and and there’s weakness on Nvidia, I feel like you might get a a a pullback candle there on SO XL. All right. So and I also think that there could be a hedge opportunity there for me to be long Qualcomm but short SOL. There could be an opportunity from us us to get into a positioning like that at some point this week. Next up, I want to watch AS. Look at this level.

    Look at this level.

    Resistance back in October. Then it was support in January. Then it was resistance in February. Then resistance in March. Then resistance in April. And here we are resistance in May. Look at look at this level. And with everything going on with SpaceX and the SpaceX IPO, I think you got to watch for as to break this resistance that you have at 105. And if gets above this level, okay, if it gets above this level, you look for 105 to be support. And I would say look for AS to make a push back up towards all-time highs. Again, it might need to consolidate first. This is a very big move this stock has had over the last two weeks. The stock was 6570 bucks a couple weeks ago. It’s up to 105. It’s ex it’s stretched. It’s extended into resistance. But if you get above and you clear out 105 107, if you clear that, the stock has room. And with all the hype around SpaceX and everything else, these things might run into that IPO. I would just be very careful with space related stocks after the SpaceX IPO because I wouldn’t be surprised if some money comes out of these space related stocks and goes into SpaceX.

    Okay. So, I’m looking for ASDS to to continue higher and make a push towards those all-time highs. And then last but not least, I just want to keep an eye on Meta because the the the channel is so obvious that you have support at 595 and you have resistance at 620s. And I just want to just pay attention here. You guys can see this channel is just it’s so obvious that it’s just like just wait for one of these levels to break.

    Okay, if Meta gaps down tomorrow, use 610 area as resistance. Look for a short back to the lows. If Meta gaps up, I would use 608 as support and look for Meta to push into the 620s.

    Okay, so that’s Meta. And that’s it, guys. That that wraps it up. That kind of just, you know, rounds out, you know, my watch list for the week. Uh we are trying to put in a little bit of a double bottom right now in futures. We are still up 65%. 66 trying to put in a little bit of a double bottom. We’ll see if we can start to bounce off of uh off those that that bottom and bounce off those lows or if this fade off of the all-time high starts to start to continue a little bit a little bit further. So, we’re going to keep eyes on that as well. And then like I said guys, for the for those of you that are members, I’ll be live with everybody obviously tomorrow morning as as we always are, the mods and I going over our trading plan for the week. Uh our trading plan for the day rather. And uh those of you that are not members, get your butts in chat. Take advantage. 90 days. True training group.com990. You guys get to use the AI tools. Use the trade planner. Use the trading assistant. Use Mari. Use the AI charting software. Use the tools that our members use on a daily basis that is helping them find success. It’s helping them find consistency and profitability. That’s what matters most. It’s why you guys are here. Forget about an annual membership. Join us for 90 days. Unrestricted access to the platform. Use the tools. Make money. Then we’ll talk about an annual membership. All right. That’s true.com990. If you have any questions, text us 1888-621-2127.

    That phone number again is at the bottom of your screen if you guys need it. Have a wonderful rest of your night. Subscribe to the channel. Smash that like button and show some love. Turn on your notifications so you never miss out on any of these live streams. And I will see you all tomorrow. Have a wonderful night, folks. Take care.

  • Stock Market Live – New All Times, AI Stocks Rally + Market Short Squeeze?

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the true trading good live stream. How are we doing? First first uh trading day of the week. Obviously, we had the day off yesterday for Memorial Day. Um if you guys caught my live stream last night, we went over a bunch of uh possible trade ideas here for us to come into this week. Uh one thing that I didn’t really see happening when we were on the live stream last night was just how much of a gap up we were going to see in some of these semiconductors. Micron, SanDisk, AMD, uh, SO XL. SOXL up 18%, Micron, um, you know, up another 20% today. Just unbelievable move in these memory names. The memory rally continues. We’re actually seeing some selling pressure come in, especially from some of the Asian participants in the Korean markets. some selling coming into crypto, some selling coming into Bitcoin. And that’s fueling the chase that everyone is seeing here in the in the Cosby, which is the Korean markets that is just being completely completely pushed to um because of the memory names and the whole market really rests on memory and you’re getting just this followthrough in the names here. It’s just been an unbelievable move, guys. It really has. I want everybody here, all of you that are members of Truth Trading Group and those of you that are not members of Truth Trading Group, all of you that are on this live stream right now, you got to go ahead and do me a favor, smash that like button there right now. Every single one of you, almost a thousand people that are on this live stream right now, I want to see that like button start to get smashed. We’ve got Zcale earnings that are out. We’ve got a new swing trade position that I’m in. We already took profits off a couple of times today, though. But I’m going to walk you through an absolute picture perfect long setup. You guys want to know what a picture perfect A+ long setup looks like? I’m going to show you right here on this live stream. And I want to say thank you to all of our AI tools that we have here at True Training Group for helping me to identify a picture perfect long setup. It’s something that I have dubbed the TTG triangle. It’s a pattern that as a member you will learn. It’s my absolute favorite pattern. It’s got a very high um probability. It has incredible riskreward and that really came through and showed itself there today. Um, and that is on TE. Yes, TE. We are long TE. The stock was up 30% today. Massive breakout day for the stock. We got long there early this morning. We held on to it the entire day. We took some profits off in the middle of the day as the stock extended towards $11 and we are still in some of that position. I’m long from the 960 zone. So, I’m going to go over I’m going to walk you through that setup. What does it look like? What are the criteria? What are the checkpoints that you want to look for before going ahead and taking that trade? Or you could just use our AI system to identify these setups for you. So you guys don’t have to do all of this work. But I’m going to show you how to do it manually. Anyway, if you guys are you like to learn, you like to do it yourself, cool. I’m going to tell you how to do it. But our system does identify these patterns and setups for you. Um, we do have a custom proprietary TC triangle scan with our AI system that identifies these patterns for you. Whether it’s a small cap, a micro cap, a midcap, a large cap, whatever it is, you can identify what type of trade you’re looking for. You can do it by share price, you can do it by volume, you can do it by market cap, and you can narrow it down depending on whatever it is that you trade. So, um, really great call out there today by the system. Um, and it’s just a a beauty of a trade. So, we’re going to get into that. There’s a lot to talk about, a lot to go over. So, I want you guys go ahead right now and smash that like button. Show some love for the channel because I want you to get your notebooks out. We’re going to take some notes here because we’re going to learn some stuff today. If you guys are wondering why you should listen to anything it is that I discuss on this channel, it’s not because I think I’m the world’s greatest trader. It’s just that I didn’t I didn’t figure this stuff out on my own, guys. I’ve been trading now for almost 20 years. I began my career working at T3 Alpha Fund in New York City. My first job out of college. While there, they had me go through a training program. Hopefully, let me touch $1 of the firm’s money. And uh shortly after that, we actually had 2008, which was the great recession, the big stock market crash. Um but I am uh shortly, excuse me, the big stock market crash. 2008, great financial crisis, great uh great recession. But 2008 was actually the same year that I also received one of the trader of the year awards at the firm that I was working at. Um, and really was was how I got my start, you know, and now many many years later, you fast forward and I’m now the co-founder and the head trader at True Trading Group. And we have built out a fintech platform for retail traders called the TT terminal. And it’s a system that really gives retail traders access to data analytics tools and resources that help them make better decisions, really give them an edge and an advantage over other retail traders that don’t have access to these things. similar data and analytics that professional traders have access to through Bloomberg through the Bloomberg terminal. That really gives our members an edge, right? Really give our members um really give our members an edge.

    Okay, so just fantastic, right? Just absolutely fantastic. I’m getting some members here. Glenny got me into TE last week. Made enough for the annual membership. Way to go. 13479449. It’s an interesting username, but congratulations. Yeah, Glenn is another one of our moderators here at True Trading Group,

    right? So, there you go. Very nice. I didn’t even know that. I didn’t even know that Glenny is is in. Is Glenny still in TE? I didn’t even know that. So, it makes you that makes you feel even better,

    right? That makes you feel even better. Um, but yeah, this this is TEA. This is TEA. We’re going to talk about this. We’re going to talk about this in just a moment. Um,

    all right. We’re going to talk about this in just sorry guys, there’s getting a bunch of messages that are coming through. He didn’t make a call on it, but Oh, okay. Very nice. Well, you made enough money to pay for the annual membership. That’s fantastic. That is fantastic. You know, that’s the thing here at True Trading Group, and I was just talking about some of these AI tools. But True Trading Group, yes, we also have a chat room. There’s seven professional traders that are with you live every day. We share our screen. We trade in front of you live. We answer questions, provide market commentary, provide our trade alerts. Um, and then we also have courses and all those things. But really, what it comes down to, guys, is um are those tools and is the fintech platform that we’ve now created. We actually received the Benzinga Fintech award for best AI analysis tool. We have partnerships with the NASDAQ, Benzingga, OpenAI, Data Vento, Trading View and Unusual Wales, our partners. And I want to give a big shout out, very proud, very proud to be powered by those companies that makes um what we have built, you know, possible with some of the AI tools that we have here. So, that’s what you guys have when you get access to True Trading Group. And honestly, what it really comes down to and what matters most is that people are making money. Oh, I like that. Gus Medina says TE is going to 15 this week. Gus, I hope so, brother, because I am long. I am long. So, from, you know, your lips to God’s ears, TE is going to $15 this week. I hope so. I don’t think we’re going to get to 15 this week, but I hope that we do because I am long. Okay, members of True Trading Group that are on this live stream right now, I mentioned to you guys before that that’s what this is all It’s all about making money. Members of True Trading Group, I want you to do me a favor. Type the number one in chat right now. If you guys are making money and you’re becoming a better trader because of TTG and because of the tools and resources that you guys have access to. If you’re making money, I want you to type the number one in chat. Those of you that are not a member and you guys are on this live, we’re going to get into Zcaler’s earnings. We’re going to get into TE. We’re going to get to new alltime high on the markets. New alltime high on AMD and Micron Sandis. We’re going to talk about all these topics here today on the live. But if you’re not a member, I want you to pay close attention to how many people you see typing number one inside of chat. All these people you see typing number one are members of True Trading Group that are telling you sitting here right now live telling you they’re making money with this platform. They’re not luckier than you and they sure as hell don’t have more time than you because 82% of these people have a full-time job. True Trading Group has 11,000 members in 114 different countries. Truly a global community. We day trade, we swing trade, we scalp, we also cover long-term portfolio investing, we trade stocks, options, crypto, and futures. There’s literally something for everyone here inside of True Trading Group. So, you can see all these people that are typing number one in chat there right now. Listen, if you guys are not, will there ever be another significant market correction that people can use to buy into a long-term portfolio or the market just keep ripping straight up? Yes, Jeff, of course, there’s going to be another uh market correction. Of course. Okay. Of course, there has been. There’s going to be another uh another market correction. There absolutely will be. Okay. And when I think that that market correction is underway, when I think that market correction is getting started, I will absolutely be letting all of our members know. And I will absolutely be stepping in and and adding to stuff in my own long-term portfolio when I feel that the time is right. Um, obviously we’re in the middle of a huge market rally and a big meltup. Um, but yes, there will be another correction and if you guys are members at your trading group, we will be all over it. We’ll trade it to the downside and then when the dust settles, we’ll load up on some stuff in the long-term portfolio. Uh Brock says, “What’s up, Mike? I haven’t been trading much because I started my business back up, but I came in today and within one hour I had one of my biggest days ever. Thank you for your teaching, Brock. That’s my pleasure, man. That’s my absolute pleasure. I love to hear that. Congratulations.” That’s all it takes. One hour. One hour and he had one of his biggest days ever. My boy Brock. Mari is amazing, says Henry. You bet your butt it is. That’s why all these people are sitting here telling you they’re making money because our platform, the tools, they are fantastic. Our holy grail trade plan generator has 72% win rate on the trade plans that it generates. Our active trading mode trading assistant is giving a 22% uh boost in relative performance for members that are using our trading assistant. Mari is absolutely amazing. Um which is the AI persona that gives guidance, answers questions, and helps doing some deep dives, researches, and the um proprietary scanners and everything else that I actually use today. Our proprietary TT triangle scanner to identify the setup on TE that I’m going to show you in just a moment. Um, and and then you have our AI charting software, which is unbelievable with the level three data that we have through our partnership with the NASDAQ. I mean, these are tools that really genuinely give traders an edge and give them an advantage over others that don’t have them. And I’m not just making this stuff up. And guys, members, just yes or no. Do you feel like the tools that you have access to on this platform, do you feel like they gives you an advantage over other traders that don’t have them? Just type yes or no inside of chat. Because when I say stuff like this, I don’t want those of you that are not members. You know, this isn’t just, hey, trust me, you know, I don’t want you just to listen to the just believe the words that I’m saying just because I’m saying them. I want you to believe them because members of this platform that are actually using these things are having success with them and they’re telling you that they are. That’s really why I want you guys to believe and listen to the things that I am saying. I just, you just saw me ask, hey, if you’re making money, go ahead and type number one. Hey, if you feel like you have an advantage over traders that don’t, go ahead, type yes or no. Look at my boy Joe. Three for three today. Nphase, Amazon, and TE. Holy Grail is on fire. Yeah, Holy Grail has been absolutely on fire. 450,000 trading plans have been generated in the last couple of months by members through our Holy Grail trade plan generator and has a 72% win rate as it stands right now on those 450,000 trading plans. Unbelievable. So, you can see how many people are typing the word yes, right? These are members are telling you that the tools they have give them a distinct advantage over those who don’t. Now, those of you that are on this live stream that don’t have access to these tools, you are in for a treat because I’m going to give you access to these tools for 90 days. Kyo says, “I had my best day today in at least 50 years of trading.” Wow, 50 years of trading. You have um a lot more experience than I do. I absolutely love to hear that though. Your best day today, Kyo. Congratulations. The constant improvement in tools to go along with the teaching that we’ve gotten has been improving profits exponentially. My boy B John, always a pleasure to have you on the stream, brother. I see you in chat all the time. You’re kicking ass and taking names. Congrats. Another member right there that’s seeing their trading statistics improve. And that’s what this is really all about. Mari helps you not to rush and make mistakes. My boy Henry, there it is. So, these are members that are saying these things. If you’re not a member, here’s what you can do. I’m going to let you use these tools for 90 days for 90 bucks. A dollar a day is what we’re going to charge you to try out this platform. Use these tools. Go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Everything that you see on that page is going to be included for 90 days for 90 bucks. $1 a day. It’s not a subscription. It’s not a membership that’s going to renew. It’s a just a one-time payment that gets you access for 90 days. That’s it. If you forget to cancel, don’t worry. You’re not going to be charged again. What I’m going to tell you here is I don’t want you to just believe me about the things that we have on this platform will help you guys to make money. I don’t want you to just believe me. I want you to actually use them for yourself. I want you to actually make money for yourself. Then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member. 13479449 says, “Sign up for the trial. I made it back within a month. Would have been two weeks if I didn’t sell early on Dreamland two weeks ago before business meetings.” This is someone that literally just became an annual member from the trial that is telling you join the trial. Okay? You’ll make it back. Again, that’s the whole point. So, trueterradinggroup.com990. You guys can go there, sign up for the trial. It’s 90 days for 90 bucks. You can use unrestricted access. You can use the whole platform. Use the holy grail trade planner. Use the active trade mode trading system. Use mer. Use the AI charts. Use the chat room, the trade alerts, the courses, all of it. Make money with it. Then tell me I’m lying. Okay? If you have any questions, I want you to text us 1888-621-2127. The phone number is at the bottom of your screen. If you need it, again, that phone number to text is 1888-621-2127.

    text that number if you have any questions, any concerns, you need help with anything, whatever it is, we’re fully transparent. We are an open book. Speaking of fully transparent, we have technical documentation on all of our AI tools, okay? So, our members are able to see exactly how these things work, okay? What they are doing behind the scenes, the algorithms that are in place, right? You guys get to see all of this. We’re fully transparent. We are an open book and the results speak for themselves. You guys can see from the questions or excuse me from the responses um from my questions that our members are giving right now on this live. So again it’s trrading.com990.

    Okay you guys can use all the tools yourself and then we’ll go from there. Okay with that being said what I’m going to do now is I’m going to first talk about TE. Now again I’m going to show you what a TD triangle setup looks like. I’m going to teach it to you. I’m gonna I’m gonna explain to you what are the criteria, what do you want to look for so you guys can identify this stuff going forward. Or you could just use the TTG triangle scan that we have on Mari. It’s a proprietary scan that you guys get access to when you guys um get access to the to the AI platform and it can identify these for you and then it can run the scan. It can tell you these are the stocks that have a TT triangle setup. You can go as far as to say which one do you like the best and then it will pick the best quality, highest quality one and give you the reasonings behind it and you can just go ahead and trade that one. But for those of you that just have to do it yourself, you have to know it. You just you want to learn, cool, I respect it. It’s not necessary. But let’s go ahead and I’ll show you guys exactly what this platform what this uh what this setup looks like. So, TE first, let’s talk about the catalyst behind why the stock is moving over the last several days. Okay. Um, we’ve got Leo, a fund manager who turned $20 and something million dollars into like 13 billion by being long um, SanDisk and by being long um, you know, all of the the memory names and the energy names and um, what do we have here? Michael 300. Hold on into it.

    I didn’t have a position, but I’m buying in blocks now for long term. I think the market’s overreacting, disregarding cash flow.

    Okay, let’s take a look.

    Um, I mean, this is a horrible looking chart. Um, you know, the SAS apocalypse is the SAS apocalypse is is real. Um, some stocks and companies are going to be a lot more effective than others. I think that you had an overreaction in the cyber security names. I think you had an overreaction in Data Dog. I think you have an overreaction in Snowflake. Um, I think you had an overreaction in Cloudflare. But, you know, a couple of companies that I am worried about like a workday. Um, you know, into it is another is one that I’m I’m worried about. That support level at 350 was pretty severe. 300 is is a really important support level. Do I think it’s going to hold? I I honestly I honestly don’t know, you know, um, you know, you might be sandwiched in between 300 and 350 here, but if that 300 level breaks, you know, there’s there’s more room to the downside here. I don’t like trying to fish out the bottom of these things. I don’t like, you know, trying to, you know, catch a falling knife. And right now, that’s what into it is into it. It’s a falling knife. Um, does 300 hold? It very well may. It’s a huge support level. If you do want to buy into it, 300 is a decent spot to do it because it is such a big support level. You could have thought that at 300, that 350. 350 was a huge support level. 350 is broken. So, um, you know, I just I feel like you want to try it at 300, fine. But that would be the end of it. If it breaks 300, continues lower, I would not just continuously keep adding. I would not just continuously keep averaging down. Okay, we got to welcome Tequela. Just signed up there for the trial. So, Tequella, welcome to to the TT fam for 90 days. Enjoy it. Make let’s make some money together. Yeah, Echo Park, I’m with you. Yeah, I’m with you. 300 breaks, you know, I I don’t really see there being all that much support. You know, 250 looks like a little support level and then like that 225, 230 and then 200 and then from there it’s like 180 or so is what it looks like. I mean, we’re getting really crazy. We’re talking about, you know, getting I don’t think you get all the way down there. I think that might be a little bit excessive, but you know, I just don’t like trying to fish out bottoms and I don’t like trying to catch falling knives and and this is is a chart that I personally uh would not be stepping into. Okay, let’s get back on over to that uh TE. Okay. Um so, like I said, that that fund manager has has bought uh position here on TE in the first quarter. Uh and that’s what got this thing moving. And it’s a nice looking chart. You know, the volume has really been pouring into this. You had a nice breakout. But today, we had a very clean TT triangle setup. And I want to give a shout out again to a proprietary TT triangle scan that we have through the AI system because it really was able to help me identify this setup. I wasn’t necessarily really looking at it. Um, and then, you know, we got the alert there through the proprietary system and it’s been an absolute game. It’s been, you know, it was an absolute home run trade. This thing was an absolute thing of beauty. So, I’ll start to draw this out. Um, and I’ll start to walk you guys through this. Again, you don’t need to to focus. You could just use our our proprietary scanner to identify these setups, but I’m going to go through I’m going to show you guys how to do how to identify this the pattern. For those of you that are experienced traders, the TT triangle essentially, I just call it that, but but really what it is is a very specific variation of the the common ABCD pattern is essentially what it is. But it’s it’s that when specific criteria are met. So, what are those criteria? Let’s talk about it. When a stock breaks through the initial morning high with a strong surge in volume, you look for a low volume pullback back in to retest that prior high as well as a confluence of other support indicators, whether it’s a 9MA, a VWOP, a Fibonacci level, a prior high, whatever it is, okay? But the premise here is that you get a high volume breakout through the initial morning high or that opening range. Then you get a low volume pullback back in to retest that high with a confluence of other indicators to take the long position. Your stop loss gets set beneath the previous day’s high. Excuse me, the previous high of the day. Not the previous day’s high, the previous high of the day. Um, and then you hold on and look for extension. You look for followthrough. But you want to make sure that this setup is is occurring on a strong stock. You don’t want you don’t want to just go after these setups on a stock that’s still underneath key resistance or is weak. Obviously, TE is a strong stock. It’s got a lot of um excitement around social media and it was experiencing a technical breakout. So, if I draw a line across 950, okay, 950 was the initial morning high. So, here’s your initial morning high. Okay, there’s your initial morning high. And as I zoom out, what you will also notice is that the initial morning high also lines up with the high of the day from the last two trading from the last two out of the last three trading sessions. So this is today. Here’s Friday. Here’s Thursday. Here’s Wednesday. You can see a nice little double top there from Wednesday and Thursday showing you resistance right around 950. Well, the markets opened up today. Shot right up to 950. And then all of a sudden you broke through it. And when you broke through it, you will notice on the bottom of my screen a very nice strong surge in trading volume when you broke through that initial morning high. That strong volume surge, okay, then settled in with a nice little pullback. And what you’ll notice is during the pullback after the break of the high, the volume was decreasing. This is exactly what you want to see. And then this lower highs, this downward uh downward sloping trend line forms the TTG triangle. And you can see how the triangular pattern, right? See how the triangular pattern begins to form. Okay. Now what you do here is you look for a confluence of indicators

    that will converge in the same zone as that prior high.

    Okay. So here we have the previous the initial morning high. We got to welcome Robert also. Robert just joined that trial. So welcome Robert. So, here’s your prior high. Here’s your initial morning high. Here’s previous day’s highs. Broke through it. Heavy increase in volume, right? Pull back into here’s your 236 Fibonacci level. And here’s your 9 EMA. The light blue line you see on my screen is the 9 EMA. And then here, this orange line is VWOP. So if I were to draw out a little zone here, here you have this zone where the 236 Fibonacci level, your 9 EMA, your initial morning high, your intraday blue up indicator also lines up with the these two previous days highs. This is a textbook TTD triangle setup. This is exactly what I teach all of our members to look for. It’s exactly what our system, our proprietary TT triangle scanner is designed to look for. It is exactly what it identified today. And then the idea here is that you will go long on the pullback into the zone, which is what we did. We took a long entry literally right there on that red candle right in front of this support level right at 966. Okay, so we got long at 966. Okay, the low of this pullback is 962. We got in at 966 and essentially what you do is you set your stop loss then just back underneath this level. So our stop loss was set right around here. So here’s our entry. Here’s our stop loss back against your 382 fib. Okay? And the stock just gives you a beautiful extension and follow-through move. So what we ended up doing here was we took a piece of profit off on the break on the back up re to retest the high and then we took two more pieces of profit off. Okay, we took two more pieces of profit off on this extension. Okay, so here’s our long entry. Now let’s think about this for a second. I told you guys before that the riskreward that this pattern gives you is fantastic. So again, here’s our entry at 966. Here’s our stop loss. So this is right around what 9:35 9 call it 9:30. We’ll give it give it a little bit of wiggle room, right? So essentially you’re risking 35 and the stock went all the way to 1075. So when you look at riskreward, this is a setup that and a pattern that’s going to give you some really, really, really great opportunities to get into a position very close to where your stop loss would need to be. And then if you get the breakout and the follow-through, you really get an extended move. And that can give you not just a 2:1 or a 3:1. This is the type of setup that can give you 4, 51, 6:1. This is the type of trade that can make your whole month or can make your whole week in a single trade. Many of you would be happy with a six to one, right? I mean, it’s it’s that type of of of pattern. And the probability of outcome is very high. Trading is all about probability. It’s not about predicting the future, okay? There’s not a pattern, there’s not an indicator that works 100% of the time. There are patterns and indicators that when they converge form probability and our job as traders is to identify probability, play that probability over and over again with sound risk management so that the instances that the probability does not work, we lose money, but we lose a very controlled amount of money. It’s small. It’s a routine loss. But when we are right, we get the follow through. We get the extension. We make a lot more money when we’re right than we lose when we are wrong. This pattern will help you guys do that. Okay? There is no pattern out there that’s going to give you a 100% success rate. There’s no indicator that works 100% of the time. The best you can ask for is probably around 75%. 70 to 75% is probably the best that you’re going to get. That is what this pattern is going to give you along with that phenomenal riskreward. And that’s exactly what we did today on TE. Now, I’m still long this, okay? I’m looking for a little bit more of an extension. I’m looking for like 950 to now become a support zone. Again, I’m long from the 960s. We took profit off at 10 in the 1030s and we took more profit off in the 1060s and I’m still long some. So, again, that’s the TT triangle setup. I hope you guys took some notes. You can go back and rewatch the video, but that’s the criteria that you want to look for. That’s how you would go about trading it. But again, if you guys join, if you guys even join the trial, you guys can use this stuff. It’s a part of our AI ecosystem of tools. There’s a proprietary scanner that can identify these setups for you. So, you don’t have to do all this work. Um, you can go about your business and go about your life, go about your job, and then um just let the let the scanner do the work for you. Okay. Now, to do that, you guys can join the the trial membership at your training group. That’ll give you access to the platform for 90 days. Take your time, use the tools, implement them in your trading. Let’s make some money together. Go to trueradingging group.com990.

    Okay? It’s $90 for 90 days. That’s our trial. Truegroup.com990. If you have any questions, you text us at 1888-621-2127.

    That phone number is at the bottom of your screen. All right. So, that’s TE. So, we’re going to see if we can get TE to give us an extension here. What I’m looking for is for this zone to now become support. So, as you can see, this was resistance back in January. It was resistance last week. Now, on this clean breakout, I want to see us become I want to see this area become support and see if we can continue higher. I’ll hold on to this for a few more days. Okay. So that’s TE. That’s a TT triangle setup. Hope you guys were paying attention. Now let’s go on over to Zcaler. Zcaler had earnings. The stocks getting absolutely slaughtered. These software stocks, man, just when software was starting to bounce back, Zcaler gets its head taken off. You had an absolutely beautiful inverse head and shoulders pattern on Zcaler. We talked about this long setup two weeks ago. If you joined my live stream two Sundays ago, Zcaler long was one of our top trade ideas from two weeks ago. Uh, and that worked out beautifully from the long from the 150s. Took you all the way into the 180s. And that was off of a breakout and a retest of an inverse head and shoulders pattern. Can you see the inverse head and shoulders here? Hopefully you can. If you cannot, don’t worry about it. Our AI charting software will do that for you. If you can’t see it, here it is. There’s your left shoulder. Here’s your right shoulder. Here is your head and here is your neckline.

    Okay, left shoulder, head, right shoulder, neckline. The gap up that we had early in the month of May on the 7th. That gap up broke you out of the inverse head and shoulders. It broke you out of the neckline. You then pulled back over the course of the next couple of days and that neckline converged with the 50-day moving average, which is the dark blue line. That’s the 50 SMA. And it converged with the 9 EMA, which is the light blue line you see on my screen. So now we had two major moving averages plus technical structure of the the neckline of the inverse head and shoulders converging in the mid40s to give you support. That was the long setup. And then you guys can see a beautiful follow-through and extension rally um that a lot of our members were able to capitalize on and make some money on over the course of the last two weeks. Not in position obviously going into the earnings sprint. Um we actually, you know, members were out of this trade actually just last week. Nobody was really holding on to this coming into this week, at least not that I know of. Um and then they reported their earnings. We don’t position going into earnings, guys. Okay? your own position going into going into earnings because earnings are a little bit of a coin flip and I remember I like probability. I don’t like 5050s. If I wanted 50/50 odds, I’d go to Vegas, put my money on red or black. But I want 70 75% probability and you can’t get that when you’re going into an earnings sprint. So that’s why we don’t ever really suggest holding on to holding on to earnings or positions going into earnings. Let’s talk about the earnings for Zcaler because they’re not bad. They’re really not bad and the stock’s just getting crushed. It just it seems like you know you would have had to have beat expectations by so much to get this thing moving um because software is just such a hated space right now. But um let’s talk about their earnings. Okay. Um

    okay, earnings come in at 850 million. Analysts were expecting 835 million. Earnings per share come in at a$18 to a do I’m sorry expects um I’m sorry, get that back. Earnings per share came in at a$18. Analysts were expecting a dollar one. So it’s a top and bottom line beat for Zcaler. Stocks down almost 20%. For the fourth quarter, their guidance is expecting a dollar8 to A$19. Analysts expecting a$13. Revenue, they expect 875 to 878 million. Analysts expecting 879 million. So just a little bit soft on that next quarter guidance uh revenue. And when you talk about the full the full year, they’re looking at $410 to $411. Analysts expecting 402. And they see revenue of 3.33 to 3. Basically, they see 3.33 billion in revenue. Analysts were expecting 3.31 to 3.32. So, everything on their earnings report is actually a beat and raise guidance-wise except their next quarter revenue is a slight miss. But the fullear guidance is a beat. The actual earnings and the revenue from the previous quarter is a beat. Um it’s just the revenue for next quarter is a very slight miss and the stock’s getting absolutely slammed for it. Down 15 and a half% on the day. Uh it’s down more than that after hours because the stock was up on the day and you can see just getting pulverized here. It’s just because it’s software. You know people are really concerned and nervous about software and you know is this maybe foreshadowing for what’s to come for Snowflake? Snowflake reports tomorrow. Um, I actually really like Snowflake. You know, I feel like they really got unfairly beaten up during the SAS apocalypse earlier this year, but I own this thing. Um, still I own this thing from just underneath 120, like 116 and change. I got really, really, really good price on this. Um, so I would love to see this thing, you know, break through resistance around this here in the mid80s. You can see here on Snowflake, really heavy resistance here in the mid80s from February and March. Um if you break that your next resistance level will be right around 200 to 205. Okay 200 to 205. You can see previous structure here support from January and this yellow line is the 200 day. So I think if there is a gap up if you do gap up on earnings I would fade 200. Okay. I would fade 200 if there is a gap up um on earnings. Okay, I would fade it. They report earnings tomorrow. So, we’ll wait and see what happens there with Snowflake and we’ll see if there’s a trade there for us. I’m going to be watching that very closely. If this thing gets into the high 190s, I am going to be looking to fade off the 200 the $200 level and the 200 moving average. Okay. Uh, well, no. Slim Tins says, “Do you think that these earnings will affect Oh, service now.” I misread that. The dollar sign I thought was an S. Um, if you I thought you were saying snow. Um, you put in service now. Um, uh, yeah. I mean maybe, you know, maybe depending on what Snowflake comes out and says, you know, Service Now and Zcaler are a little different, but um

    you know, depend we got to see. Yeah, maybe maybe if Snowflake’s earnings come out really good, maybe that can give, you know, Service Now a little bit of a boost. Heavy resistance at 110. You got to get through that. If you get through 110 and Service Now, the stock has room to the mid120s. 125 is going to be the resistance zone that I would look for. 120 to 125 on Service Now, but you have to get through 110 first. Support is 95. If you break that, you got to look out for another fall back into the mid 80s, which is your your major support is around like 83 to 85. All right, that’s service now. So, we’ll see what happens with Snowflake tomorrow. with Zcaler kind of showing you what it’s going to take because they beat on every single metric except for one and the stock got pulverized. So, as a software company right now, your earnings have to be perfect otherwise you’re getting smashed. Am I still considering Regetti long? Yes. Uh I mentioned on the live stream last night, Regetti QBTS that we were going to look for a pullback day today that we’re going to look for some type of a consolidation. I want the 23 zone to be support on Regetti. It got there today. Double like 23 and change. It got there today. Held. I want to see us consolidate here for like a couple of days. Sit here. 23 24 23 24. Perfect. Form the flag. Let that 9 EMA catch up. We can buy the the base of the flag. Look for a breakout and extension back up into the high 20s. So, I still am watching these quantum names to see if retail kind of FOMOs into these thinking that they might be the next Intel with being that the government took a stake in the companies like you saw what happened. Intel had a huge rally from there and I just feel like you might get some retail FOMO on those names. Okay, so there you guys have it, man. New alltime highs today, new alltime intraday high, new alltime closing high. Um, great day, great way to start off the week. We also, you know, had a nice trade on Bari, which was just a quick little small cap play here. Again, very similar though, TT triangle setup. You know, I mentioned to you guys earlier about the TT triangle, and here it is. I’ll just show it to you here again. So, here was your previous high, right? So, there’s your initial morning high. Okay, you broke through the initial morning high. Let me zoom over. Right, you broke through the initial morning high with at the time. Let me pan this over. which there’s your break of the initial morning high, heaviest volume of the day on the break, right? Then it halted, then we opened up and now you can see when you draw out your Fibonacci levels, okay, when we look for that confluence of indicators, you have your initial morning high lines up with your VWOP, which is the orange line, your 9 EMA, which is the teal blue line, and your 382 Fibonacci retracement level. So that gave us the setup for the TT triangle. And I went ahead and I entered right here at 130. Literally 13.0 was the entry there on BI thanks to another TT triangle. And then you can see the rest is history. Nice little breakout extension up to 18 1.5. And we just kept taking profits off on this thing. We just we were just peeling peeling profits off. Peeling profits off along the way here. So that was a really nice trade for us. So it’s a really great start to the week. Obviously, it’s a short week. So you guys what you want to make it count. Um but RAI and TE really great way to start off. Really great way to start off the week. All right. So again, those of you that are not members, you guys want to use these tools, all you need to do is go to trtrading.com990. Everything on there you get access to for 90 days. It will cost you just 90 bucks. So it comes out to just a dollar a day. There’s no automatic renewal. It’s not a subscription. There’s no commitment on it. Um, and then I’d sell I’d tell you this. Make money with our tools. Join us for 90 days. Let’s make some money together. And then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member of True Training Group, which I’m very confident that you’re going to want to do. Why am I confident you’re going to want to do that? Because members of the training group make money. Period. That’s it. And if you don’t believe me, one more time in case you missed it. Members, type number one. If you’re making money, if you becoming better traders because of this platform, go ahead and type number one inside chat right now. Those of you that are not members, we’re about to say goodbye till tomorrow. I’m about to sign off the live. Pay attention to the people you see typing in the number one. If they can make money, so can you. There is no reason why they can and you cannot. They don’t have more time than you. They are not luckier than you. They literally once were you. Go to trtrading.com990. Sign up for the trial. Get your butts in chat. Let’s make some damn money together. You have any questions, text us 1888-621-2127. Thanks for tuning in tonight, folks. Smash that like button again. Show some love. And I’ll see you guys all tomorrow. Take care, folks.

  • 05/28/2026 – Bruno Fernandes: Roy Keane Twisted My Words. They Offered Me £200M, I Said No.

    In the in the football career, you go through a lot ups and downs and a lot of uh difficult moments. And uh let’s say the ones that suffered most family

    [ __ ] they um they see your good moments, your bad moments, your good side, your bad side also, but uh they always stand by you. Your time at Manchester United’s been a bit of a roller coaster like this. And so on that day when you get a big offer to leave Manchester United for a contract that was worth reportedly 200 million, why didn’t you go? It’s Captain Fantastic. Manchester United’s captain Bruno Fernandez has arguably become their greatest player in the post Ferguson era. There isn’t a single player in the Premier League who has more assists since his arrival. He’s won more club player of the year awards than Ronaldo, and only five players have scored more than his 70 league goals. So, I’m at the Manchester United training ground to ask him the questions the footballing world wants to know, including, “Recently, Roy Keane criticized your mentality based on a quote he claimed you said. How do you respond to that?” He came criticizing me, killing me, say that I’m not good enough, that I’m not a good captain, that I’m not the good player for the club. It’s okay. I don’t mind. What I don’t like is when people lie about things. I even asked Ole his number to have a word with him. Did you speak to him?

    Bruno. To understand somebody, I always think you have to start with where they started and the the early context that they grew up in. And we were just talking before we started recording about Porto. I’m on a journey to understand why you are the way that you are because you’re such an anomaly on the pitch and your your career. When I tracked the journey of where you’ve come from and how you continually were promoted and pushed forward at a very young age, it’s clear to me that your early context, your early upbringing and whatever it was that was present at that age has shaped you in some very very important way. What is the sort of earliest thing I need to understand about where you came from and that environment? For me, it’s all about family. is about taking care of other people and I think to succeed not just in in sports but in life you need to be you need to be very careful of of your surroundings. So I think the values of my family, the values of my of my parents were were what make me the person and the player I am today. The older I’ve gotten, I’m now 33, so I think I’m 2 years older than you, the more I’ve realized actually with time what I learned from my parents and like the values that my dad in particular gave me. He never for a lot of the things it’s not something he ever said to me. It’s like modeling what he did. So seeing how he behaved. Yeah. What’s that for you? It’s it’s kind of the same, you know, like um my father was never a person to to show his emotions too much or tell you what to do or how to do it. Uh you’ll just do it and you would understand by by by his behavior by the way he does things that uh that was his way of showing us how he has to be doing. was never a person of like hugging, kissing and stuff. He’s got now into that even when I come out of games and stuff you see like I I I always get his hug. I always get the his kiss and this is something that I as a kid I knew how much he loved me but uh in in this small aspects was always my mom giving this kind of love. He was more uh in the way of he was showing how things have to be done, how how much you have to sacrifice yourself to certain things. My dad was very strong with me in term of like games. Imagine I could come out of a game scoring two, three goals or whatsoever and my parents, my dad in this case will always pick up the bad moments I had in games to make me understand that wasn’t that wasn’t that was good but wasn’t great. It’s always margin to improvement, you know, it’s always small things. And I think I’ve learned such from such a young age to deal with criticism that I’m now in probably in one of the biggest clubs in terms of like getting criticism and attention. That doesn’t hurt me. Like I don’t like it. Obviously, no one likes to get criticized, but it doesn’t hurt me. It doesn’t change the way I behave. It doesn’t change the way I want to do things. But from the other side, it makes me understand there’s still things to improve. And I listen to that and I I I I look at my game and I see if he’s needed of changing of improvement in my game. And and my dad was always very strong in that with me. And I see nowadays the parents, you know, my dad never wanted me to be a footballer. He wanted me to become a better person, a better player on or a better student. Everything I wanted I wanted to do, he just wanted to me to do it at like 100%. You need you want to do this, you have to do the best you can. You can’t just be happy with you go to a test and let’s say in Portugal was from zero to 100%. And you have 98 and you’ll be the most happiest person in the world. No, you can be happy because that result is amazing. But you left 2% then that you still can improve. So you always showing me that even if was just a small thing or a small detail, you still have something more to do. You still still have something more that you can improve or become better. And that’s something that has stuck with me not just in football but in life. I don’t like to do things 50%, 60 70 or 80. Whenever I’m included in something, I want I want to go full. I want to learn as much as I can. I want to be the best version I can in that aspect, whatever he is. I mean, it’s it’s really interesting cuz I I I wonder to myself how you I think you started playing football at 5 years old. Yeah, five. And were you good from 5 years old? Were you different from your peers at a young age? In such a young age, I I never think about being a footballer. I just wanted to play football for life. I’m just happy playing football. I just want to have this ball in my feet every time, all time. And you joined uh FC Infesta. Yeah, that was my first club at 5 years old. I mean, I’ve got some photos of you as as a young man here. I’ve got so many photos here, but you must be roughly around that age then. And remarkably, I read that after one training session, they moved you into the older group and you played with people two years older than you when you were four, five years old. Yeah, I was five playing with a seven years old. Why did they move you into a different group? I went for the first session and it was a football session. Five aside uh but like an indoor thing. Um and uh after that first session, they told me that like no, you need to get on the grass. And then I think it comes just u you know I looked at the other players and at the other other people that were training with me and I didn’t want to be better than them. I just wanted to like getting getting at them was the same as getting as my brother that was five years older than me. For me it was no different. If I have to beat him up I will beat him up. You know like one v one I’m going to go past him. I have to tackle I’m going to tackle him. He’s going to tackle me stronger. It doesn’t matter. I tackle him again. And and I was I had no fear. And I think that was the thing that make me become better and better because I was never the best. Like technical ability, yes, I was good. Was the best? No. Speed. Was I quick? Yeah, I was quite the quick. Was the the quickest? No. I was the strongest. No. I was the tallest. No. But I had no fear of anything of that. I had to sprint with someone that was quicker than me. I’m going to speed with him and I’m going to I might not beat him, but I’m going to get close to that. I actually read that you were so aggressive that referees sometimes asked your coach at Infesta Sergio to sub you off otherwise they’d have to send you off. I mean that kind of correlates with what you were saying there about fear. Yeah. You were aggressive. I was I that’s what I mean like I had I had no fear, you know, like I I wouldn’t look at faces or sizes whatsoever and think like oh he’s bigger than me, you know, like he’s going to he’s going to be stronger than me or whatever. I would get into any any any ball in any moment in in in the game with with no fear at all. And this is probably the best times in my career between Infesta and Bu Vista because this one is Infesta. This one is at Vista when I just I stayed probably a year at Infesta and Bista got me straight away. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button? It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much. And you moved quickly um up and up and up and up. And that was one of the remarkable things I noticed when I looked at you starting playing at 5 years old getting promoted to an older team and then quickly almost in all the clubs, you know, up I’m looking at when you were 17 years old and you left Portugal and moved to Italy to join Navara. Yeah. And after 3 months there, you were promoted to the first team. Um, and but then you very quickly joined Udinazi. Yes. And at Udazi, you met a guy called Franchesco. I can’t pronounce his surname, but Guidelini. Guidelini. Yeah. He was really, really formative in your career, wasn’t he? You were what, 18 years old? 18 years old. Yeah. Why was he such an important part of your career? What did he teach you or give you at Udzy? He was the manager that probably gave me the bases and the foundation to be fearless and express myself, you know, like to get my head out of so many things that were going on and as a young kid that has just made the step into the area. And he’s like, I need to now is the moment I need to show myself. But he was like, you don’t you you showed me that you have the qualities when you were in second division in Italy. That’s why we bought you. And to be honest, I was on the edge of coming to Watford on loan. Watford. Yeah. Because the it’s the same owners. Mhm. And uh we getting at the edge of the transfer window. They just bought me and obviously they had a big squad with a lot of players and they were like, “We’re going to send you to Watford. You’re going to you’re going to be there playing for them.” Blah blah. And I was like, “What have I done?” Like I wasn’t I wasn’t good enough. And then in the same moment they called me to go to the auto pack my stuff cuz it was like last days this pack my stuff. I was with with my girlfriend wife now and she was like uh don’t worry we’re going to we’re going to go anywhere else and you’re going to you’re going to succeed. And I said but why can I make it here? Like what what what was that I did wrong that like the manager is like not looking at me the same that is looking to other players and and in my head was like have I done something wrong? I’ve not like showed my full potential. Have I not shown that I’m good enough to be in this team? And I don’t know why in the middle of all this thought the sporting director called me again and says Bruno you can’t go anymore. The manager wants you to stay. He says he loved you. He loves your attitude. He want you to learn from him. He wants you to understand how he wants to play and everything. He says you might not play much this season but he’s pretty sure that you you are the type of player that will succeed at this club. And then we had many conversations. And I think when you want a manager for young players that very quick will play and will think like, “Oh, I’m I’m the guy now.” He’s going to make you understand, stay calm. I got you, but you’re still not there. And he was so good for me. It was like a father figure, you know, like, but not just for me. If you speak with every player that was there at that time, they knew they were important for him because he always showed that. And that’s why we made me so much more complete in terms of understanding the moments and the process that managers have to go through their heads and what they think about players that is better or whatsoever that you don’t understand. Whenever a manager puts you on the bench, you just think doesn’t like me. He’s he’s doing this because he makes he wants to make another one play whatso but the way he did it with me and all the players that were around me at that time, we were so happy that their environment was very very good. As a young man, when you’re this age, you’re 18 years old, what are your dreams? And if I’d asked you at the time, what does your future look like? What would you have said to me? As soon I I became a professional player, I I was like, I want to be on on on the top clubs. I want to play for for the big clubs. I want to be in the Champions League. I want to to play for trophies. I want to become the players I’m looking at. I want I want to become like them. Did you think you could? Yeah, always. I’ve never I never doubt. And at 22, you get a call um and you return to Portugal and signed a 5-year deal with Sporting in a deal worth reportedly 8.5 million. That next season, you scored 20 goals and added 13 assists, which was unheard of unheard of for a player in your position. And what I read as well is that Tottenham were interested in you at that time. Um, and it was it was at one point highly likely that you were going to end up moving to Tottenham. I’m very glad you didn’t as a Man United fan, but tell me about that. So Tottenham did call you. Yeah, the I spoke with Tottenham and uh we were very close to get an agreement done. Um then in the last two days or one day of market the sporting just said we we’re not going to sell him. We going to keep him because we need him. And u you wanted to go to Tottenham. Yes. Because I wanted to play in the Premier League. Why? Because for me he’s the best league in the world. He’s the most competitive one. is the one that I think when you grow up you dream to play for you know like full stadiums top clubs top players obviously I was I was lucky enough that my dream club to play in England was Man United then obviously Tottenham at the time was the option I had and I was very very happy to join them because they showed me the process that they were going through the manager that was there at the time they also really wanted me all the new things the new facilities and everything so I was very happy with the with everything that I could see uh going forward but uh it didn’t happen and for bigger reasons I I guess and then in January I got I got the call that uh I was I was hoping for for uh for two three years already. Tell me about that call cuz I know Manchester United has has been you know in your eye for a long time. I mean you I know you grew up watching people like Cristiano Ronaldo play for this club and I think when he I think when he first played for Portugal you were you were a young guy. You were like 8 or 10 years old or something and he had been a great star of Manchester United but but I think generally people of our age group we grew up in the heyday of Manchester United the Alex Ferguson era as well. So why Manchester United and can you zoom me in if I’m a fly on the wall when you get that phone call from your agent I guess that Manchester United are in I can see the smile on your face. I was um let’s say I was in my wardrobe. I was getting getting ready to go to bed. We just had to my wife was just putting uh kids to my daughter at that time. I only had my daughter uh to bed and I get the call from my agent. Uh I knew things were going on and everything, but after what happened with Tottenham, I didn’t want to put my focus on transfer windows. And I I never did it in every step of my career that I’ve changed club. I always said to my agent, whenever he’s like 95% that the club really wants me and he’s ready to make an offer, tell me. And then I decide if it’s like the right moment and I want to go. Apart of that, I I’m like, just keep him apart. Keep me apart. I don’t want to know it. I don’t want like to lose the focus of what I’m doing to something that I can’t control. And after the Tottenham thing, I was like even more because obviously I was basically done. And then all of a sudden last day Sporting just says like guys, oh, they text tom and say like we’re not going to make it. So he called me and he said, “Brun, so you told me to not speak to you until we had something like concrete.” Concrete, but just so you know, they also have agreement already everything. So it’s just on your side now to say yes or no. And I was like, like yes or no to what? And he said, “Come on, you’ve seen the news.” I said, my agent calls me, Miguel, the news are every day different. Every day they’re going to put a new club that is interested in me, so I’m not I’m not going to be focused on that. He said, “Okay, many night is coming for you. I know I know this is like what you want. So, just so you know, this is this is the one that you’ve been waiting for. So, it’s on you now to make a decision.” And then, uh, for like 10 20 seconds, I didn’t I didn’t said anything. I was I was crying, but I didn’t want to talk because, you know, like your voice starts going a little bit chalky. And then all of a sudden, my my wife gets into the wardrobe and he says, “I’m still on the call.” And she goes like, “Why are you crying?” and like him on the phone say are you crying? I was like just I turned that off and I was like Miguel just called me and then in the moment I’m trying to explain to my wife what’s going on. He’s calling me like repetitively like I need an answer and I was like and my wife was like why are you crying so like this is like what you have dreamed for? like this is this is the moment you you’re waiting for and I was like oh I don’t know it’s it’s just too much like I I’ I’ve never expected after everything that happened with Tottenham I would have got the chance to come to the Premier League again and having the chance to come to the Premier League with Man United is it’s it’s like 100% of the dream complete so obviously then like uh I just I just call him back and I said like I don’t even want to know anything else just tell them I’m going obviously I was very good at sporting and I was very happy there because I I really enjoyed my time at sporting because was when I became probably the best version of of myself as a player where I improved so much in that two years and a half but then was like the dream of playing for the Premier League and I think from every sporting fun they really understood that was was ready for me to to go and do the next step. And when you joined, man, I mean, here’s the famous photo of you signing with Manchester United. Yeah, it’s funny this the smile that you still have on your face when you look at this photo. Same. Yeah, it’s uh because I think when when you look back, as I said, like this is the the day your dream comes true. So it’s uh it’s probably professional wise I think I put this one and sporting together because of the importance that sporting had in my career but obviously this this was the cherry on on top of the cake because this is where I wanted to be. and you joined the club at a time when the club was in a bit of turmoil, struggling. You know, Sir Alex Ferguson has left. Um we’ve cycled through a bunch of managers and we’ve got um Olegana Solar is the manager at that point. I think the club was seventh in the Premier League when you joined. Um and it was going through a time of turbulence. You knew that Manchester United wasn’t the most stable club in the world, but you chose to come here anyway. And based on your rec record at sporting, you would have had a lot of other opportunities to join a club that was more stable. That was, you know, and it’s interesting because clubs can have a big impact on a player’s future. Players can have a big impact on a club, but it also goes the the other way. And as someone that runs businesses, you know, the environment you join has a huge impact on everyone’s behavior. No, no, irrespective of how hard you try. You chose to join a club that was at the time unstable. Look, the the game I looked before I came here was I think Burnley, United Burnley and United loses at home 2-1. I don’t remember exactly, but I know I know they’ve lost that game. And it was just like days before I came and I was like I I still think there is there’s a lot of potential in that team. And a part of having potential in that team, I’m joining one of the biggest clubs in the world. And I know that clubs go through periods where things don’t go the way they want, but sometimes it’s not just because they’re not great. It’s just because other teams are being better than them. And that’s that’s fine because in football you’re not going to win all the time. But the thing you can do is like you can bring your own values, your own experience, your own qualities and trying to help everyone else around you to become better, to become the team you want to see. And I think at that time that period of then we had the co time and all the stuff but that period from there to the end of the season the team was unbelievable and the season after we got second place and because we struggled in certain moments of keeping keeping up to to the standard of city that had a very good end of season but for me was like I wasn’t like how I’ll fix that. I was like I’m going to be the the magic magic powder that’s going to solve all the problems. But I really knew that this club had something special and for me to join it was was like I can be part of something that is going to become great again and I still believe that and obviously it can take time. It’s taking more time than I thought. Yes, of course. But at that time I had too many dreams in my head and uh they still are here and still a lot of things that I want to achieve. But this smile and this guy that came here in 2020 is is is still is still is still the same guy that wants to to win and succeed at this club. I’m wondering, you know, because there’s been so much said about the environment at Manchester United over the years. I I know a little bit about the environment when Sir Alex Ferguson was here because I interviewed a lot of his players and having been to Carrington before and uh actually going to the grounds and actually sitting in the hospitality lounge and waitresses coming over to me and talking about when Sir Alex Ferguson was here and how he knew everyone’s name and then how it changed. I it was really interesting to me to get a lot of this feedback because it highlighted how small things in culture can have a big impact right down to the the way players play. And there’s always a story that Gary Neville told me about with Wendy and her charity balls. He told me a story of the players walking past Wendy who got the charity ball signed for a local charity and one day a couple of them didn’t sign it. And so Alex Ferguson came downstairs and he quote [ __ ] killed us. And it’s it’s a strange thing to do like to care that much about a small detail in culture, but over time, Gary told me he he understands why Sir Alex Ferguson cared so much. So my question to you is really about the cultural evolution at this club and what the fans are desperate to know about like how it’s changed and how it feels different from the time you arrived in 2018 up until today. I’ve brought in my behavior, my the way I’ve been raised and all these things. And I think every different player has brought different things to the to the club. But I think one of the things that has to be always there is the respect for people. And I think that says for me is a non-negotiable thing. Like if any player comes to this club and he doesn’t respect the physios, the pe the stewards, the people that are in all the desks we have here, the people that work for us in the restaurant, the chefs and all these people that are around us taking care of us. Even if you don’t see it or if you don’t think it or whatever is for me it’s a non-negotiable thing that the respect has to be always there and more than respect the care you need to care about them because if you have a good foundation a good base of respect and and care in in your club it’s going to get better the environment gets better everything is more positive because I think and and this is probably the way I’ve been raised I treat everyone in the same way I don’t treat the players in a way that I don’t treat the clean lady or the people that are in the front desk or the people that the stewards and at the entrance you know if I say good morning to these ones I say good morning to these ones I don’t change that if I give handshake to this ones I give handshake to this one if I greet them as I’m greeting my teammates they will feel part of it they will feel involved they will feel as important as them even knowing that the role of them is completely different of the other ones because the the role of a CEO is one thing but if the cleaner doesn’t clean everything nice and leaves is everything prepared and well well done and everything. You will notice that something is wrong. You will notice that this is not the place where you want to work for. You do you notice that you don’t want to be the CEO of a company that has trash everywhere. Yeah. And so we why wouldn’t you greet the person that takes care of you, takes care of your place to look so good and to make an impact when people come in from the outside? It reminds me of something actually Johnny IV said. So Johnny IV is the famous Apple designer that designed all the Apple products that we know and love. And he said um it’s very hard to feel care. He goes, “But everyone can feel when someone didn’t care. You go to a restaurant and they didn’t care.” Small things. He goes, “But it’s like,” he said, um care is just this thing in the background, this ambient feeling you have when you arrive somewhere, but you can’t you can’t like point out exactly what it is, but you can feel it. That’s the thing. I think it’s more that you feel it, but you don’t see it. And I think touching this point I was I was talking about cleaners. My mom was a she was cleaning houses for work. So I never wanted the people that were cleaning the house to treat my mom badly or let’s say downgrade the work she’s doing for them because for example now I have a person that works in my house. I don’t allow my kids to talk badly to her. I don’t allow my kids to say grab that and put it in place. And I said it to her in the first day she came to work and I said, “If something is not in the in the right place, obviously I want you to clean. I want you to put things in place. I want all of this. But I don’t want my kids to tell you, oh that uh arrange that or put this in place.” No. If they want something, they can ask you, but first of all, they need to be respectful. If they can’t make it, they have to ask you, but in the respect way. But if it’s something that they can make, you have to make them make it. Not like, oh, you do it. No, just explain them how to do it. Show them the way so they learn with it. And this probably the way I behave with the people that work with me. It comes a lot because of my background of not like it to see my mom because I was not in the houses obviously. I don’t know if they treated well or not. My mom never said to me that any of the people that she worked for were bad bad to her or treat her in a in a bad way. So, I really think that that made me understand that because I I don’t want that for my mom, I won’t make that to other people. I’ve been a Man United fan since I was a kid. So, like my siblings were born in Manchester. I was saying to you before, I was born in um in Botswana in Africa, but because I’ve got two older brothers who are Man United fans, I very quickly became a Manchester United fan. I remember like 3 4 years old. And then as soon as I could, when I was 18, I moved up from the Southwest to Manchester at 18 years old and I lived here and went to my first Manchester United games. I’ve seen the club go on this incredible journey um from you know Sorax Ferguson’s era to this sort of period of transition to where we are now and it’s my observation my honest observation that after in the post Fergie era the club made some bad decisions as it relates to recruitment and culture. Um people often talk about um Edwards I’m not going to I’m not going to try and stitch you up in any way or get you to talk about anything particular. I’m just expressing my opinion. They talk about Ed Woodward’s uh strategy towards signing players and it being a bit flippant and then you look at the sort of group of lads that we had and just as a United fan watching on the pitch, I felt the culture was a bit confused because it didn’t seem like it seems now where it seems like there’s this really strong central agreement around the values. It felt a bit I don’t know a bit like we had signed players because they were famous or big but not because they fit. And I feel when I look at the club now, I go, “Oh, these guys kind of fit.” And whoever’s doing recruiting is thinking about character. It feels to me like there’s been this process over the last couple of years of getting rid of the wrong character profiles. And I think Amarim really spoke to this. He really talked about getting rid of the players that didn’t have the right character profile. Just to add one more line to this, I’ve spoken to a lot of players at the club in past and present and they expressed the same to me as well that there was an issue with sort of character profile that has now been solved for. And I think the main mistake that the club has done through the years that we’ve changed manager to manager, they were very different. And that’s already a bad sign not of recruitment because then you bring in players that fit that manager. But the next one you brought plays a completely different way and the three or four or five that you bought don’t fit this one anymore. And then you have to buy another four or five. Mhm. And then the constantly change of strategy in in in the club or in the way we wanted to play or whatsoever was not was not the best because then obviously it becomes that the players don’t suit anymore. The system is not even more the character then it comes up but it’s more the system. Then obviously we can talk about character that players that were certain players that were not a perfect fit for the club but you never know it until you bring it to the club. I think sometimes you can see it and I think is there players that I think the club by the behavior they have on the pitch or the behavior they have on on social media whatsoever you can see if they will be a fit for the club or not and I think the main thing for the club as you said there you need to bring good characters because that will be more important to build something that good qualities because good qualities they all they will have you don’t bring a player to Man United that doesn’t have qualities but if you can add the qualities to the character that’s a win-win Because the qualities will be moment that the quality won’t be as good as you want because players go through periods that sometimes they play very good, sometimes they play very bad but the character remains the same and that’s the character you want where they are on a low to be the right character to push himself to be on a high or at the same time when they are on the low to be the right character to push the other ones to be at at the top level. And I think that’s the main thing that the club has to do in terms of recruitment and everything is bringing people first of all that want to be a Man United to play for Man United, not to be a Man United just because he’s a big club. They want to be here because this is the club. They think and they really understand that they want to succeed with this club. They want to bring this club back to the days we were used to see Man United. I know it’s been 12 13 years. I know. We want that to get as short as possible to become that club that won 20 Premier League titles and is joined the most in the Premier League. So character in a football club is more important than the quality because the quality you always going to get it and you can improve it. This is what I heard from Patrice Ever. I remember him telling me that he met Sir Alex Ferguson in in an airport I think in France and Sir Alex Ferguson sat him down and said are you willing to die for Manchester United and he said yes. And so he shook his hand. and he said, “Welcome to Manchester United.” And that’s a different way of recruiting. He’s not testing if he can kick a ball well. He’s testing if he’s got the heart and that mentality that I think Fergie and previous sort of cohorts of Manchester United really really cared about. I think Sir Alex obviously he’s done mistakes in recruitment too because obviously not every player was great, but he always brings players in any time and any moment they would fit the club. And that’s the main thing I think in terms of recruitment but this is like something that is not for me to get involved but I will say it I understand the club has different manager comes in comes in and different ways of playing it whatsoever but the recruitment has to be from Man United because the player will get normally a 5 years contract and the manager will get two and you know that if he’s not something is not working the club always gets rid of the manager first then he gets rid of the player because it’s much more difficult. So I think you always have to bring players that fit the club and then you bring managers that fit the club and the players you’ve got and I think that says to be the the the thing that for example let’s talk about club and pet why they were so successful because they chose the players in togetherness with the club that will fit the club the system and the way they wanted to play and through the years have they done mistakes of course have they bought players that didn’t work yes but I think we’re more the ones that worked and the ones that didn’t. And the ones that didn’t work, I haven’t seen many of them coming out and talking bad about the club or about the manager whatsoever. Yeah, it’s difficult to be there and a club buy you for 50, 60, 70 million and then you don’t play. When you thought, oh, oh, I’m going to play cuz they paying this amount of money for me. I’m going to play. Then you get there, you don’t play. Of course, it’s difficult. But what I’ve seen is that they built in a way that the squad was strong enough to take care of those players that were not playing and were struggling. One of the things I’ve noticed as a change, especially this season, is all this social media distraction, people posting on their Instagram stories when they don’t play, their brother’s sister posting my brother should be playing, whatever. All of this sort of like social media stuff that some players were doing over the last couple of years seems to have vanished. And this is just an interesting, you know, we talk about small things being interesting signals. It’s one of the things I’ve noticed this year. there isn’t social media nonsense going on. How like I guess my question is is that something the club has done? Has there been have they sat you down and said stop the social media stuff or is it just a consequence of getting the right people together? I think it’s a little bit both but at the same time I think the club has to be the one being strong with the players when they see something that is not right or they don’t like it or it’s not good on the players on on the team on the attention this club gets. I think the the club needs to talk with them and with the agents, with the families, whatsoever that speaks out and says something because I think it’s also on the players to make the families and um everyone that is behind them understand that what they put out or what they say can have consequences on our careers. Do you do you talk to the players about this? I’ve if if I see something that I don’t like or if I see them posting or replying to some people on social whatsoever because for example from such a young age I’ve said to my parents I’ve said to my brother I’ve said to my sister I don’t want you talking without my like without me knowing it not because they don’t know how to talk or whatever but they not aware what can be bad or wrong they they might think they will going to say something that is going to be good for me but maybe has repercussions on other people and I don’t want them to do that So my parents never spoke, my brother never spoke, my sister never spoke when I wasn’t playing. Let people make noise, let people talk. Doesn’t matter what they say. I know for my mom, for example, she suffers a lot with this. And I say, “Take it in. Don’t care. Pray pray at your saints like you do to me all the time and and make sure they do the right thing for me cuz that’s that’s what matters.” And she she kind kind of like gets okay with that. Obviously I know that probably when my brother says something or my sister they want to reply to something they want to say it’s not true why why you talking about this my brother whatever I don’t want them to get involved in that because not going to be good for them not going to be good for me and it’s not going to be good for my environment and I don’t want that but I think that is because I was strong with my family in the in the first moment and I think that’s where we have to be I don’t go home to my family and saying like you know this manager this this manager that I might say what I like or I don’t like whatever But I don’t go in a way of like if I had someone that could put something out because I’ve been doing this, I I don’t care like to people to put out, oh, Bruno is training so well. Bruno is doing this, Bruno is doing that. I know I’m doing it. That’s enough for me. And it’s true because, you know, you’ve been through this this process of transition with Ollie, then Carrick, then Raph, then Eric, then Reuben, then Fletcher, then Carrick again. And actually, one of the remarkable things is I’ve never noticed your attitude towards the managers be any different. I can’t tell. I can’t tell. As far as I’m aware, you support them all. And that’s how it should be. I think if you’ve got a problem, I think as you know, player, you should go tell them. But we shouldn’t know, you know, and well, we don’t know with you. I don’t know what you think of them. I agree with that. First of all, I like every manager that comes in my way because I learn with them. And every manager that comes in has their own idea, has their own thinking, has their own way of playing, and they want me to do one thing, the other one, another thing, the other one, another thing. And for me, that’s good because they believe that I’m capable of doing different things that I was doing before. So, what I won’t give to the managers is the choice or the option in their head to think I’m not going to play Bruno. What do you do when you’re not happy about something though as the captain? Do you go have a chat with them? No, I do whatever they want me to do. If they think is the best thing for the team, I’m going to do it. Either I agree or not, believe it more or not. I make myself available for what they want to do 100%. If then it works or not, that’s on them to to decide to decide that if it needs to be changed or not. I’m not going to go to the manager and ask them to change formation, the way they play. If they ask me, I give my opinion. If they don’t ask me, I don’t say anything. What have you learned about what a good manager does and how to be a good manager from the six managers you’ve had? For me, look, through my career, I’ve always heard that, you know, like certain players should be treated in a different way than other players. I don’t believe in that. It’s like the same as having a business. you buy certain people to do certain things because you believe they the right person to do that. So I don’t think that you then should change the way you behave with them. You should probably approach them in different ways. I believe in that because I’m not the same as you. Yeah. So do you treat players differently on the pitch cuz you’re you know you shout at lots of your teammates. Are there some that you won’t shout at as much? I treat I treat all of them the same and I think they kind of getting to know exactly why I do it everything that we train in imagine let’s see during the week we train this and we have seen images of this we know what we have to do the managers has prepared for us for that I demand that at least I don’t I don’t care who you are we’ve been a full week preparing the training the game for this this we need to know how to do it then if you can make a pass or you can make a goal or you can make a tackle Well, that’s different. That’s the qualities I need from each one individually. But I’ve learned to talk with them in different ways, but with the same end result. Not like I won’t like go to one and say like being scared of saying things to him and the other one like because he’s younger whatsoever, I’m going to like shout at him. So, no. If I have to shout at this one, I’ll shout this one. If I have to shout at this one, I’ll shout at this one. If I have to praise this one, I’ll praise this one in the same way I praise this one. And I think that you can see in my interviews. I’m not afraid of saying what I feel. At the same time, I’m not afraid of praising players for what they have done or what they’re doing. Even if they probably in the moment, they did they haven’t done as much as they needed to get the praise. But for me, I think he needs that praise to get him to the next level. So, I’m going to give him something, but I make him aware. I’ve gave you something, but I’m expecting something more from you. It’s like my dad giving me like you need to be better. You need to do more because he knows I’m capable of more. And this is why I demand from the players. I demand I’m I’m I’m very strong on them because I I really believe in them. I have said this so many times to so many different players. It’s like trust me, the day I stop talking to you, the day I start shouting I stop shouting at you is because I don’t believe in you anymore and I don’t believe you can improve anymore. Your time at Manchester United has been a bit of a roller coaster like this kind of like up and down and up and down. You went second and then you dropped down the league your second and uh I mean the last two years have been a prime example of that finishing near the near the bottom end of the table and then this year back up to third. I’m wondering as a fan when things get bad and you hear all these sort of rumors breaking online that the manager is going to be sacked. Does that impact the dressing room? Like do you guys in the dressing room because you’ve been through it so many times where a manager has been removed. Do how what’s that like when you know things are going bad? No, first of all, you feel it for the manager is is the first thing because I think obviously certain players will feel it more than others because it’s that players that play more than others and they obviously the ones that probably don’t play, they don’t like to see managers going. But at the same time, if a new manager comes in is a new opportunity for them to probably get into the team more times they were getting before. And I think going through the process of changing manner is probably the worst thing in in in sports because it’s starting from zero again. And either either people believe it or not when you’re through a process you want to get to the end of the process and understanding what’s what that has gave to you as a player and what you can do more with that staff with that team uh and with that manager to go even further more. Why didn’t you lose hope? Because you went through that process of starting from zero making progress manager goes back to zero. Making progress manager goes back to zero. You know why? Because every time I’ve spoke this with yogo before, every time you come for preseason is like a new start and you always get that belief of like this is going to be the this is going to be the time. This is going to be the time is moments through the season that you you get this belief that things are not going well. But the main thing I have is belief in myself. So I always think if I do things right and I take people to do things right and I help them to do things right as a team we still have a chance of pushing ourself into positions we want to be and this let’s say this season has been that case because we strug we struggle obviously we didn’t change manager because of results because we were two points behind second place and like five points behind first place we were same points till I think from third to seventh place was everyone with the same points something like that. So we were we wore there was something different with this with the club that they felt that the the trust between them was was broke or whatsoever and they kind of decided to start a new process and that was bad because for us when Reuben came what was passed from the club is like this is going to be a process but we’re going to go through this going to be good and bad times but we’re going to go through this. Obviously then the club decided that it was time to part ways and you started from zero for from with Michael but then you’ve got results and you went to the end of the season and you finished third and you finish what doing probably in the time Michael was here till the end of the season till till now is we probably the team that has made more points. What did Michael change? I think in in the first moment what what what Michael tried to do is like to give stability to the team because as every manager understands when you come in after a break, you understand that you need to give stability and peace of mind to the players to get back to the level he thought we could have. and he brought the foundation and the base that has been in this club u from the time he played till the time he managed and then he left. So he knows he knows the club, he knows how the club wants to play and he knows what the fans want to see. How is he different? Like what’s what tactically or from a character perspective, what does Michael bring as a manager? I know as you know just an hour ago or so it was announced that he’s going to be the Manchester United manager going forward. um which is great news. Um but what what is if you had to describe him to me as a leader and a manager, what how is he different? I think he’s a very he gives you a a lot of calmness, you know, in terms of uh why he wants from the team, the way he demands, the way he coaches. Um, he gives you he gives you a good way of going to the game with with a good peace of mind but with a lot of responsibility because I think from the time he was here with Sar Alex he gave a lot of responsibility to the players to make decisions and to make choices on the pitch that have to be on you. He gives you the base. He gives you the foundation. He gives you certain rules that is like the non-negotiable ones. But then he also knows and he wants us to take some responsibility to the game that things might change because you prepare a game full week obviously. But then the team could come and uh do a different thing like you prepare to play against a 4-33 because they always played 433 and then they come and they play 352 and then you go like oh and now the manager come be on the sideline telling you where to press, where to go. So as a as a players have the foundation, have the base, have the rules, non-negotiables and from there on we need to find a way of like okay let’s imagine we can’t press because they’ve changed everything and the press we prepared was not was not the one we needed. Let’s get compact. Let’s get together. They don’t get into our block. When we have the ball we play with the ball. we get into the off time and then the manager will give us the message that he wants to give or whatever he has seen that we need to do differently in a way of getting a better result from the from the pressure and I think that’s what he gave to us the calmness and the way he prepares games was very good but when things were not going in the way we wanted he gave responsibility to the players to like make it work then we solve it ah so like a bit of freedom to it’s not exactly freedom because freedom is a different thing It gives you freedom with the ball to make decisions because he says that’s your responsibility on the ball. I can’t tell you where to pass the ball. I can’t tell you where to shoot. I can help you where the space is going to be. And I think that the most important thing for a player is knowing where space is going to be. You need to know where spaces are to then play with it. You know that they have big gaps there that we can hurt them from there. And this is the message that Michael has passed to the team. It’s like if we attack from here, they have less people on this side. We can bring more people in the box from this side. We want a very good counter press because they have two strikers. So we need to have three people in the back. Two of them mark, one of them stays behind. So this is the small things and the foundation that he give to us. But then he he says many times I can’t tell you where to pass. I can’t tell you where to shoot. I give you the solutions but might not be there. So you have to find a way of making the good pass, the good shot, the good decision because I’m not going to be in your head in that moment. in your head it’s going to be the ideas I gave you and some of them will be good some of them won’t won’t work out so you have to make a way of like understand the good ones I gave you and the other ones that are not working well you need to find a way of make it work so it’s more just he gives you the principles uh instead of specific instructions on how to play and what to do kind of gives you but then he lets you balance through the game okay he lets let’s say he lets the players read the Because in 90 minutes many things happen and not going to always happen what you see in the video. Hopefully yes but not always. For example, let’s say we had the chance against um Nottingham Forest that I pass the ball through Brian and he scores. We have seen the same chance from Villa against Forest. The exact same chance, exact same movements, exact same passes. And we’ve seen that. We visualize that and that’s why that works because we had the ideas. We knew we could make that happen and we made it. Does he get angry cuz he seems like such a calm guy when you see him in press conferences. He’s very calm and very you know. Yeah, he did he did he did hungry one once or twice but he’s very calm in the way he speaks. But I think I think everyone gets hungry anyway. But uh he’s a very calm presence and he’s is is someone that speaks very well, knows the timing, the words, uh he knows what to say. Um and whenever he got when he let’s get let’s say more aggressive within us was was the time that we needed to to get that from him. And the way that you play is interesting because it when I was looking at um a bunch of your quotes over time, but also how I think about business, you are a player that takes more risks than most people. And we talk a lot about failure in business and how you have to increase your rate of failure to to to get better outcomes. But you’re a player that is not shy of taking a risk and you play in a way where you you sometimes lose the ball, but you also, as we’ve seen this year in many other years, you often are generating more opportunities than any other player on the pitch. How do you think about this? Because the way you play means that sometimes you’re going to make a lot of mistakes. You’re going to lose the ball more so than other players. I’d argue even more so than some of the previous midfielders we’ve had like Carrick who would often choose a more safe option than trying to play it through a thin gap. What’s your attitude towards risk? I think it’s always riskreward. You know, you you need to understand how much reward you’re going to get from that. Um and if taking that risk is good for the team or not. Let’s say the position I play. You need that is has to be one of your main skills to take risks to do things that the game demands from you and to make sure that your team teammates in the front get the ball in the positions that is going to be the rate of success for them to score a goal is going to be higher. I might miss two or three times, but if I get one right, that can become a goal for us. And I think there’s nothing better than a riskreward that is a goal. So I think when you play as a number 10 position, obviously you don’t want to lose the ball. You have to make that as less as possible. But in certain positions, you lose the ball more often than others. Wingers will lose more the ball on one v1s than midfielders do. Fullbacks will do normally more crosses than center backs will do. Number sixes will make more tackles than a striker will do. So is a balance in the team that you need to have. Let’s imagine I played with Kobe and Cassad. They not a risk player. So if I take four times, let’s say uh risky pass and they take one each, that’s six times a game. So I need to be the one that takes four. They need to be the ones that take one one each because the responsibility they have in the team is the one that they make the team play from the buildup, push the team forward to then get the ball into the players that have to take the risks because if you don’t have the players that take the risks, you’re going to end up bubbling. And we talk like for example let’s say Man City there is a team that’s that let’s say Guardiola Tikitaka all these things the Bruin was the player that take the risks Cherokee is now the player that take the risks Philen Douku Mahrez will be the ones that taking the risks on a 1 v one. Has a manager ever told you to take less risks? Eric told me to take less shots from the outside of the box. He showed me a a board with my success rating of shots on target, shots off target, and goals. Showed me the positions where I was more effective. And he told me, I think you need to get more into these positions to then make your shot. Into what positions? Let’s say close to the box like in in the position we will see the box and you would say like more towards the left hand side, you score more goals. more towards the right hand side, you’re you aim more the goal towards the middle of the of of the of the edge of the box, you miss more shots. So, it was like get more into the left side or get more into the right side or close range, long range. So, but then obviously is is is we come back to the risk and reward cuz sometimes obviously you’re going to score a great goal from 25 yards out. But how many times you going to do it out of five? if you maybe score one and he’s a lot already. So I need to make that risk become less and less and less getting more risk probably from 18 yards because there the possibility of me scoring a goal it might be three in five because I’m much more closer. I can put more power on the ball. I can be much more effective. I’ve spent the last decade building and investing in companies and so often the conversation around marketing budgets follows the exact same pattern. The budget gets approved, but then the results don’t come back. And most of the time, the creative pitch and the offer is fine. The problem lies with the audience. Ads reach people who will never buy or refer, nor do they have the power to sign off anything at all. And this is why so much budget gets wasted. LinkedIn ads, who are a sponsor of this podcast, lets you reach them specifically by job title, seniority, company size, industry, the skills that they have, and much more. You’re no longer hoping your ad reaches the right person. Instead, you’re defining exactly who sees it. And LinkedIn Ads drives the highest B2B return on ad spend across all major ad networks. Give them a try at linkedin.com/diary. And if you spend $250 on your first campaign, you’ll get a $250 credit for your next one just by going to linkedin.com/diary. Keep this to yourself. Terms and conditions apply. Of all the things I thought would ever turn up on my desk, a red light toothbrush was not one of them. Here we are. This is made by our sponsor Bond Charge, and you’ll probably know of their red light face mask and their infrared sauna blanket because I use them religiously, and I’ve spoken about them on this podcast before, but their toothbrush is new to me. I was sent one of these a few weeks ago, and ever since then, I’ve been using it religiously because I love their products. And this is the first toothbrush that combines both red light and near infrared light with sonic cleaning at the same time. The same red light technology that’s used for skin and inflammation is now built into a device you already know so well. And I’m using at least two times a day at the moment to clean my teeth. It’s great for your gums, for stimulating gum circulation, and for soreness. And the best part is it’s not an extra thing to add to your routine. It just replaces your current toothbrush. If you give it a try, you’ll get 20% off at bondcharge.com/doac. And also, you’ll get free shipping and a one-year warranty. That’s bondcharge.com/dac.

    You’ve had lots of managers, so they’ve all asked you of different to be, you know, playing different positions. But on on this pitch here, where is it that you you like to play the most? I think the positions where I can be more effective is this square. Let’s say here I would say let’s let’s put it like this. Okay. Yeah. No, just just need a square. Oh, you just need a square. This is let’s say imagine we attacking this side. This this is the spaces where I think I can be more effective in this square here. And different managers asked you to play in different positions within here because for example uh let’s say let’s put here with Ruben he used to play three at the back one wing back two midfielders uh another wing back and striker two times with Reuben I played a lot of times here in this position when he first came and he wanted me and and in this position ition. These two more more than often you wanted me to be one of these two to help here to help these two midfielders to build up and to get this guy higher in a position when he can be in the last line and to get the ball into these two. So what position would you call that? Like left if this was the left 10, let’s say, but he wanted me to play more like as a left midfielder. Okay. To help them to like first of all to have more stability in the middle. second to get the ball going forward to take the risk of passing the ball forward. Then I played a lot of times here. What we’re going to do is we’re going to make you unfortunately we’re going to make you blue just so we can see which one you are. Okay. Okay. So in this one when I played here many times you wanted me here because they were pressing let’s say three against three and he wanted me to come and do the overload. So we had one more player to build up. So they will open up this ones a little bit more get this one more expensive. Normally it was Luke Shaw and as a fullback he was used to play in this space and so then we could drive the ball and they couldn’t press with the three they had. They wouldn’t be able to press because we always had this one also to bounce the ball. Then whenever we go up the pitch with the ball he wanted me here. Reuben did. Yeah. He wanted me to play more a little bit more higher to be one of the 310s and make this line of 310. Then for example with the Ole I was playing we would play like four two three one and I will be the number 10 and you wanted me to do this. Uh okay go across and sometimes you wanted me to do this and get the ball here or here to make the long passes and to make the switches to the to the wingers. I think this bit here in the middle is where I’m more I can I I think we all can see the best version of Bruno. If you ask me where I prefer to play, anywhere on the pitch. I think for the way we play, this is the position I I can be more effective. But I think I really enjoy to play here because I really enjoy to get the team to play. And if you I played many times with the tenag like this. Mhm. I was the number six playing with 28s and I really enjoy it to play here and it make make myself being different a different player more aggressive off the ball. Someone that has to cover spaces for this ones regardless of where you are on the pitch which can change. What is non-negotiable in terms of how you play? Commitment. That’s that’s non-negotiable. like the commitment I have for what we have to do. It doesn’t change by me liking the position or not, me preferring one position or the other. Um that that won’t change. Um I think running, fighting, and team spirit can never miss. It doesn’t appear to me that you ever get tired. And also one remarkable thing about you is you don’t seem to ever get injured. I get tired and I got injured unfortunately. Oh, but how How does that happen? Cuz I watch you run it be the 89th minute and you’re running up and down still. Is that genetic or is that something you do in training? What is that? I think obviously I’ve I have to say that I have good genetics, but um is I I was talking with Yog about this the other day also in and the nutritionist about like genetics how how you how you treat yourself and everything. Uh but then then at the same time I said to them, you know what’s different on me than the other ones because I always train 100%. I make the training as a game. I don’t care. I go full and if I I I don’t feel good, I I I need to make some extras. If I feel that the training wasn’t like enough, let’s do something else. Let’s do some shots. Let’s do some crosses to someone. Let’s do something that can make me go out of training and feeling like I’m tired. Why is that important? Because I think in the game you need to get tired and then you know like for example when you when I’m training shooting practice or last third passes I rather train that when I’m tired because going to be the last 20 minutes of the game your brain is not going to work in the same way it was working in the beginning because you get tired and you get to think slower a little bit. So you need to be able to train your body and your brain when they are tired. And I think if you do that in training, when you get to the game and you start getting tired, your brain is used to that also. Your body is used to be tired and he knows how to react into into that moment. These core principles that have been central to how you play have led you to being given this the captain’s armband which was quite there’s lots of talk of it at the time because Maguire was the captain before you and it’s quite typ atypical for the captain to be displaced while they’re still at the club and for someone else to be brought in. And as fans from the outside we wonder how Maguire takes that how Harry reacts to that but also what that means to you to become captain of uh your dream club. No, obviously for me was was a strange time because I was not expecting, you know, uh Tenner called me to his uh office to speak with me and to ask me if I wanted to be the captain of the club because he had decided to change the captain and he wanted me to be to be the one to lead the team from now on. Uh obviously first thought was like very grateful. um like in something that I’ve never dreamed about, you know, like you you can have many dreams, but you don’t dream about being the captain, you know, like of your club. And I think the second thought was like this is going to be tough on Harry. And the first person that I spoke with after I got out of that was Hari because he knew already. I think the manager spoke to him and before I said yes, I went to speak with him. uh because the the manager basically made me the question if I wanted also like he didn’t said like you’re going to be the captain that’s it point he asked me and I went to speak with Ari and the first question I made was if he was leaving the club because obviously as you said is not something normal I’ve never been through this in in my whole career and I spoke with him about that the offer that they gave it to me and to be honest to him and he said he said like if is there someone that that deserves that is you and I’m I’m very very happy that is is you getting the captain armband that uh if I have to take care of for myself I think you really deserve that and I think that was the point that made me understand I was doing things right you know uh obviously I know for him was very difficult and I don’t think he would have said something bad even if he felt it uh to me but the way we spoke and the way I think I’ve been treating him through these years also in the same way of like I said straight away to him like you might have lost the Arman but he’s still one of our leaders and that won’t change everything that we’ve been through because Ari when he was the captain we always make decisions together also because I was one of them and that hasn’t changed now because every time I have to do or take some decisions for the team I speak with certain players and Harry is one of them that is always there and your performance this season speaks for itself. Uh you’ve won you’ve well you’ve done 34 appearances which I think is an achievement in and of itself cuz a lot of players aren’t that consistent on the pitch. Um you’ve scored eight goals, 20 assists. You’ve got 12 player of the match awards which is the most by any player in the Premier League. Six player of the month awards and only Sergio Agüero Harry Kane and Muhammad Salah have more. All of them have seven. And you’ve also won some Matt Busby’s player of the year award for the fifth time the most by any other Man United player. And this that’s an award voted by the fans and there’s other awards that I know you’ve won uh in recent times. I saw you on stage the other day winning more awards. What has what’s happened? Why why are you sudden you know you’ve had you’ve been consistent throughout the whole time since you’ve been at the club, but this year seems to stand out for some reason. No, I think I think for this season first of all I think when the team shines the individual comes up and I think this season is being much better from the last let’s say two seasons. At the same time, uh I think the assists record and all this going around made made me having a lot of headlines and and and and stuff like that obviously is is an achievement that hasn’t been done for any player. It’s just Kevin De Bruyne and Tierry. So I’ve got the little graph here. It says, “Yeah, Kevin De Bruyne.” Thierry actually spoke to to Thierry about this as well and he sends his regards to you. Congratulates you on um joining him up there um with with the record. Yeah, it’s it’s something like that I’m very grateful for, you know, like we I put I put my name in this in this case with them up there is something something that I’ve never dreamed about or thinking about. I like I probably start thinking about that when I got probably into 16 17 assists. I was like, “Oh, I’m I’m actually getting closer now.” uh but it was not something that was in my head because in my head is always improving my last season and getting better numbers, better outputs, better performance and was never in my mind that I would go to 18, 19, 20 or whatsoever. Uh but obviously when you start getting close, you start thinking about a little bit and then all of us as fans start watching the games to see if you can do it and then and then obviously I think um I’ve been very consistent in terms of performance during my six years here but um probably other years were people that stand out that more than me and that’s why I probably didn’t got as much attention as I did this season with being captain and with being at the biggest club in the world I think in terms of fan base. Um, with that comes pressure and responsibility. The world talks about you. You know, no matter what industry you’re in, an occupational hazard of of being at the very very top or the peak of your powers or being even better is more and more talk. And, you know, I think especially because of this, people are talking even more about Bruno Fernandez than I’ve ever seen. You know, my group chat, I’ve got Man United group chat and we’re watching the game. We’re watching you. We’re willing you to we were willing you to reach this record, which you did. And now because you’re, you know, people are saying you’re the the player of the year in the Premier League, they’re they’re giving you all these big awards. With that comes even more criticism. And I think this is where your childhood has prepared you. Yeah. Your dad sounds like your dad prepared you. I I wanted to I wanted to clear something up because it was on my mind. Um, and I imagine it’s frustrating for you, which is when your words are twisted in the media. And recently Roy Keane criticized your mentality based on a quote he got completely backwards. He claimed you said, “I should have shot, but I made the passes.” And used that to suggest that you were chasing individual assist stats. But everyone who actually listened to the interview, including myself, knows you said almost the exact opposite. You were being self-critical of yourself in saying you should have passed the ball instead of shot because you wanted the best for your team. And so, interestingly, because I’ve spoken to so many of your your players, your, you know, your teammates over the last couple of days about you, they also told me that this is the exact opposite of your mentality on the pitch and off the pitch. And I know it must be frustrating for your leadership style to be sort of misrepresented in that way. Um, how how how do you respond to that? Like, how do you deal with that when you hear it and you go, “That’s not what I said.” Yeah. To be honest, like I’ve always said, I don’t mind criticism. I’ve always take criticism from everyone and anyone and I never reply to anything or whatsoever. People have an opinion, they think it’s good, bad, whatever. What I don’t like was when people lie about things and this case that you said about working basically what he said is a lie because you can either either he saw some other interview or he can’t say that I said one thing that I’ve just not said. And luckily for me is everything on record. Imagine if he wasn’t like then people will think like oh yeah Bruno is is the guy always trying to got the assist but one thing that is consistent is my number of creation is always the same. So it’s not that I’ve been trying to reach this now no I’ve been creating chances since I came to the Premier League probably more than anyone else. So he hasn’t changed that my type of play or him of play or way of playing hasn’t changed since I came to the Premier League. It’s not that this season probably Roy Keen saw someone like Bruno creating more because he wanted the assist record. No, he’s seeing the same Bruno that is about risky reward. He’s about creating chances for his teammates. Is about getting the best out of the other ones. Because the thing is like you will get criticized anyway. If you say if you are scoring goals, you’ll get criticized because you’re not passing the ball and you’re shooting. If you if you if you’re doing assists is because you’re passing too much and you’re not shooting to score goals. So, it’s going to always be like that. people will always make the the the balance the way they want. They won’t balance thing. They will put it the the way they want to the things to be. And obviously, I think I’ve always showed a lot of respect for for Raen and for everything he’s done for the club and for everything he’s is is um he’s always said I’ve never ever had something to say. I’ve never said something wrong. I even ask Ole his number to text him to be honest to to to have a word with him to say like that. I don’t mind the criticism. I don’t like when people lie about things that I say because this is like it goes a little bit over the top of the things that I think are acceptable. I accept the criticism. I accept that he can say things that I don’t like and I don’t like to see it. But as I said before that improves me. Uh what I don’t like is that people make their own words on what I say and it’s not true. He can criticize me, criticizing me, killing me, say that I’m not good enough, that I’m not a good captain for him, that I’m not the good player for the club whatsoever. It’s bad. Is is okay. I don’t mind. Is it is your opinion I like it? No. Obviously, I prefer Roy Kim to give me some praise sometimes because I’ve achieved something that not many players have achieved. I understand that this club is about winning trophies. I’ve never take that of my mind. I’ve always said in front of everyone that I want to win the Premier League and the Champions League. I never said I wanted to be the best Prem player in the Premier League. Never. Never one time any person has uh heard that Bruno wanted to uh get the assist record or get the goals record or get the player of the season or get um being better than anyone else. No, Bruno wants the club to be successful. Bruno wants the club to win trophies and that’s all Bruno wants. I accept his criticism. I accept that he he might likes me like me as a player or not, likes me as a person or not. But what I don’t like is that he puts words in my mouth that has not been said. That’s the only thing I don’t like. Well, I am I I did actually ask your your teammates what you were like and uh I asked them on and off camera, on and off the record. I couldn’t get some of them to be very serious, but um what I what I received is lots and lots of voice notes from lots of lots of your your former players. I text around uh last night and I’ll play you what they said. My friend Bruno, taking this opportunity to spread some love to you. I just wanted to take this opportunity to tell you how much we value you as a player and as a person. I think not many people get to see how are you after the games and uh outside of the pitch. So I would say that’s one of your best qualities. The way you care, the way you one of the first to help everyone. Leadership, your consistency, that’s something that I take from from example and you know it. It’s been a lot of years together right now. So hopefully this this can continue and we can win so many things and so much much more things together. Skip Tom for me. You’re a world- class footballer. consistently world class as well. Um, which is which is very difficult. I think everyone knows that how good you are. But I think more importantly from from my view is how you are as a human being. And that’s a side that not many people get to see. You know, the caring, compassionate, supporting, demanding at the right times. But yeah, I think for me that that is by far and a way probably your best quality. It’s why you’re the the leader of this team and and such a good human being. So for me, proud to call you the captain, but more importantly a friend. So top class. I mean, what he does on the pitch obviously speaks for itself, but I mean away from football, he’s he’s an unbelievable human being. The way he treats people, looks after people, the way he lifts others when they need it, and I feel like the respect he gives everyone around him that says everything about his his character. And I feel like I’ve been lucky to spend a number of years with him. And he’s one of them people that you you kind of appreciate having around you every single day. He’s the type of player who makes people around him better without even trying. We love you, Capitano. We love you, Capitano. I mean, I had so many more, but we just don’t have the time. Yeah. And now it’s just uh you know the standout from that for me is just uh the way they speak uh from me as a person not more as a player you know like uh and you you picked some people that I’m very demanding on them you know like um Diego and Luke as as being probably the players have been more time with me. Tom is probably up there with Harry, Harry, Luke, Diego, and then Tom and his uh is people that I really respect a lot. But as as I said to you, like it’s not what they say about me as a player, is more what they say uh from me as as as a person that uh that makes me very proud and very happy because uh you you can be a good player and I’m going to meet a lot of good players in in the world of football and you can train with a lot of them and and meet them a lot. But uh I think that uh what it stays at the end is like the way you behave as a person and I like to see that I have the good values that my parents showed me. That’s what I said at the start when you started describing what your parents had instilled in you back in Porto. It sounded like what all your colleagues and your the players you play with said to me as well because I’ve done this before and people will say, “Oh, he’s a great player. He’s amazing.” Whatever. But what was consistently true through all of those messages and there’s so many more is they all chose to speak about you as a human. Yeah. And that’s clear that clearly comes from what whatever your parents did at a young age. Why does that mean so much to you? I can see it in your face. No, because as I said to you, uh I think as a player you can be as good as you want. like uh at the end of the day I think the way you behave and the way you treat people around you is the most important thing because you spend so much time with them that uh they kind of uh become part of your day by day you know like you see more there often than then I see my parents for example I I obviously my wife and my kids is the people that I see the most but then after that is them I don’t see my friends from Portugal as often as them my parents my brother my sister I I see more them and and the way I behave the way I’ve been raised, the way I want to live my life and the way I want uh my kids to be is is the way they have uh they have said the things about me and this makes me very proud.

    Why what is that emotion? I don’t know. It’s just like uh it’s good to hear that. Just just that.

    It’s so interesting cuz I don’t think any anybody else that I’ve met would respond how you’re responding to hearing people talk about you as a man and as a human. I don’t know. I’m just a a soft guy. It doesn’t look on a pitch, but I’m quite quite the soft guy. One thing I’ve learned from interviewing a lot of founders and building companies myself is that trust is the real currency of business. It’s the thing that gets customers to buy, partners to say yes, and investors to back you. But as you grow, trust stops being just a feeling and becomes something you have to prove. Because the bigger you get, the more exposed you are. Customer data, security expectations, regulations, all of it. And the risk of one small mistake becomes incredibly significant. And if you’ve ever tried to scale while keeping on top of all of that, you’ll know it can become a full-time job. But our sponsor Vant automates your compliance processes and brings compliance, risk, and customer trust together through their AI powered platform. And the companies already using Vant say they spend 82% less time on audits because of Vanta’s platform. So if your organization wants to inject time back into building and growing, make sure you head over to vanta.com/diary. That’s vanta.com/diary.

    I’ve done almost 700 interviews with some of the most interesting people in the world. And one of the things you learn which is unexpected is that vulnerability is the doorway to connection. And after sitting here for 2 three hours with a guest, I feel a deep sense of connection to them. And as they leave, what I get them to do is to write a question in the diary of a CEO. We’ve taken all of the questions from the diary of a CEO. We have put the question here on this card with the name of the person that wrote it. So you can sit at home as I do with my fiance and my colleagues at work and other people in my life. Whenever we get a minute, we play the diio conversation cards and it is incredible what happens. These are great if you’re in a romantic relationship and you want to connect your partner more. These are also great if you’re in a team and you want to bond your team together. And I have to say they’re also great for families that want to learn more about each other and that need a good excuse to spend some time in a digital world in the analog environment connecting human to human. It is remarkable what the right question at the right time can do. Go to the diary.com and you can get these conversation cards right now. One of the things I learned through my investigations is that you have a a clause in your contract, and you don’t have to confirm or deny this. I’m not going to ask you to, but what I what I discovered is that you have a clause in your contract which allows you to leave for I I was I found out 60 million. And you chose not to leave Manchester United. You got a very very very large financial offer. I mean, I’ve seen some of the numbers that are reported up to 200 million to leave Manchester United and you chose not to leave. You could have rode off into the sun, sir. You frankly, I think the way you were playing, you could have gone to almost any club in the world. You could have got paid more and probably would have had a a more certain guarantee of winning silverware. And for some reason, you chose to stay. when that offer came in reportedly from the Middle East that you know the big offer that we’re hearing for a contract that was worth reportedly 200 million. Why didn’t you go? Uh I I said it before I I haven’t fulfilled my dreams here, you know, at this club. Was that a conversation you had with your wife? Yeah, also what was that conversation? She seems to be there all the time when you make these big decisions. Oh, of course she’s the one uh probably I never make a decision by myself because obviously moving around nowadays with two kids has has a lot to say obviously um and uh more than uh I don’t know become most richest person in my own town. I want to live my dreams and pass through the values to my kids that they they need to have and my family is always going to be the number one priority in everything I do. Um because they followed my dream. Uh, [ __ ] you. They um they my wife obviously I know on the other side it looks great life obviously a lot of money good a lot of good things but she chose to leave my dream with me and that’s says a lot about her because let’s say that uh when she chose to do that I was 17 years old going to a club with uh one point like let’s say uh oh you say 1500 you say 1,500 yes a month uh in Italy uh a lot of um uncertainty let’s say she had uh her own life she had uh her own dreams and uh obviously She she said like, “I’m I’m going to help you.” And uh that’s what she did since uh since day one until now. So she always has a say on everything I do. And you’ve been with her since you were 16. You’re 16. Yeah. 16. She was 16. Now I was about to be 17. So more or less. And uh and then after that we have we have constructed a beautiful family. two beautiful kids. Yeah. And so on that day when you get you get a big offer to leave Manchester United, she’s the first person you speak to. Of course, as always, I spoke obviously first my agent cuz he speaks with me about the offer, but then the first thing I did was call her and I was in uh I think was Hong Kong there. we were uh like we went on the postseason tour and uh the timing was not the best to talk with her because of the time difference and everything but she was there again and uh what uh the words she said was like have you have you achieved everything you wanted to achieve in your career and is is this the next step you want to give for for your future and for your career like because obviously this is the league I want to be this is the best league in the world. This is where I’m going to enjoy my football as I’m not going to enjoy it in any other place. So, we we still have uh dreams to fulfill. Why does that make you emotional? I don’t know. talking about family. It’s uh it’s tough just because um in the in the football career you go through a lot ups and downs and a lot of uh difficult moments and uh let’s say the ones that suffered most of them because they see your good moments, your bad moments, your good things, your bad things, your good side, your bad side also. But uh they always stand by you. So that’s the most important thing you can have in life.

    And she’s always been there. Yeah. She looks like my fiance a little bit. She Portuguese. Portuguese girl. Yeah. Very down to earth, I hear. Yeah. She’s she’s the one that pushed me down to earth also when I’m probably getting too much or feeling too big. She’s always also very very tough on me to make me understand that’s all the things to improve. It’s my let’s say she’s the second version of my dad

    probably that’s why I chose her and she chose me in certain way. Does she know this? Does she know? Have you been able to tell her? Yeah. Yeah, I’m uh she’s not she’s going to I can’t say the word what she’s going to say after she sees this and she’s me crying. She’s going to say I’m very soft. I won’t say the word exactly, but let’s say I’m the affection one, you know, the one that likes Uggs, that likes uh she’s she’s more I don’t know. She’s she likes she’s she I think she she’s through her life she had uh she had many things going on and she built this thing around her that she doesn’t need let’s say she doesn’t need much love or whatsoever but is there many moments where I know she needs I know she feels it I know she kind of like she’s just like is not good at saying what she feels And uh I’m more open. I I show more my emotions. I show more if I care, if I don’t care, if I suffer, if I don’t suffer. She she kind of closes a little bit for herself. Um but uh she’s a very strong woman to be honest. I know you have two beautiful kids together. Yeah, she we have a beautiful girl. That was the first one at the time. we were in Italy and then it came little Gonzalo when we were in England. So one, let’s say that she’s always saying that she’s half Italian and one uh that basically looks like British is white blonde um and uh one half English, let’s say, and then two full Portuguese people. I didn’t realize your celebration where you you cover your ears is for your daughter. Yeah, she covers her ears, right? Yeah, she used to do it when she was younger. She’s too old for that now. She’s a little Anna now. Very, very strong minded, very strong attitude. She has a lot from me in the terms of uh being very strong and very she’s like uh she can take care of herself very well. Is exactly like her mom. Well, I wanted to say thank you. I’m a Man United fan and hearing that you, you know, have gone through this very tumultuous period with the club where you could have gone where you’ve had many offers from many people to go and do something else and you’ve had offers where people offered you even more money and for whatever reason and I think it I now understand because I’ve understood your values that your parents instilled in you. You chose to stay and to stick with us as a club and as a fan base. So on behalf of myself and all of my friends that Man United fans and the Man Manchester United fan base, I just wanted to say a huge thank you. Loyalty is increasingly rare these days in football um because people are often thinking about other things. So as a Man United fan, thank you so much. By doing that, you’ve also taught me something as a man. You’ve also taught me what loyalty is and how you treat other people. And you’ve taught me a lesson about responsibility in my businesses, in my relationships, and in my life. And I think this is a really important lesson because there are so many young men that look up to you. And what you’ve said through the good and the bad times is that you keep on going. You keep on going. You keep on fighting. You don’t give up. You don’t quit. And it’s so great that the captain of the biggest club on earth has those values and puts those values before other things that might tempt someone with less integrity. So I just wanted to say a huge thank you. And I I also am passing that on from many of your teammates who are very very very glad that you stayed. Okay. Thank you very much. I really appreciate that. That’s very kind words from you and I hope you stay even longer because I think we’re coming into an interesting period of Manchester United where I think we have a lot of the sort of foundations in place now to to carry on. That’s what I hope so. And I think this not the club but everything in general, the fans and everyone I think really really deserve to be back to the glory days. Things have changed. I mean Inos are here now. I know the um I know quite a lot of the guys at Inos. Uh I was away in the in the tour with a couple of them during the American preseason tour and one of the things they said to me is what that when they arrived in the club there wasn’t structure. A couple of them had said to me there just wasn’t. And it’s so rare that you have this this huge gap between the manager and the ownership or the players and the ownership that usually in clubs there’s structure. They’ve I think from what I’ve heard from players they’ve put that structure in place now. How has it changed with any officers’s arrival? No, I think was first of all it was important because as you said uh not that we didn’t have a structure but was very difficult for players to understand where where they had to go to talk in certain situations that they we were not very clear we should talk with and now I think it’s very clear that you have Jason then you have Omar and then you have Sajjim I’m I’m very aware that now the structure that we have is a is a good foundation and a good base for us to understand where and what places we need to go if we need something as a club or as a players. Has it improved? We started a process with uh Reuben where we thought that would be a process of 3 four years. That was the plan of the club. Then we know that was a break in in a relationship there between the manager and the club and they had to change unfortunately. Uh and now they today they have announced that they want to go in a direction with with Michael and hopefully for me I hope that he stays stable because the main thing the club needs is stability in terms of managing because if you really believe that Michael is the guy and and you took him to the job. I think you have to give him the foundations he need to build what he thinks he needs for a successful team. At the same time, I think you brought someone in that knows what are the values of the club. And I think that’s the main thing and the most important thing that the club brings people in that know the values and know what’s needed and have a great character to be at this club. And Michael’s the guy. Yeah. Because as I said, I think he’s the is the one that uh knows the club better than any any player that here. Uh he’s being probably more time at the club. I’ve been with him as a manager, assistant manager and then manager. the way he behaves uh he shows that he has the character to be the manager of many United. I think that’s very important to have someone that in the the full process will know always where he wants to go, where he wants to be and how much he wants this club to succeed. You said to me earlier that since Michael Carrick has joined, Man United have won more points than any club in the Premier League, and that’s statistically accurate. For this to continue on and to continue going forward, obviously the sum is going to be really, really important. And I was talking to a few of the other players about this as well like Diego. What needs to happen this summer in your opinion for Manchester United to continue to move up and potentially even fight for the title? We need recruitment is is obviously we know we know like obviously we losing Casemiro there is a pal pal thing that we had. So we going to need a player to replace him. Uh either is a player that is already in the house. Either is a player that’s coming. We need to reinforce the team to become stronger as a team. not we need the best player in the world this or that. No, we need players that want to come to United to understand that we through a process that we want to win the league but it might not happen but this is the way we want to go to become the successful club that we were before. So I think the recruitment has to be the right one. We need to bring the right people in again as we did last summer. I think in that Reuben was great in the choices he made to bring the players he he did to to the club because he brought good characters, good players and good professionals also. And I think that’s very important for the next one. Bruno, we have a closing tradition on this podcast where the last guest leaves a question for the next guest not knowing who they’re leaving the question for. And the question that’s been left for you is if we sat here in 5 years time and the five years that had just passed were a huge success, what would have had to have happened? Huge success. Oh, at let’s say that I’ve I’ve won the Premier League. I’ve won the Champions League with the club and uh we’ve brought got the old we’ve brought the club back to the place he has to be in terms of club. Obviously, in 5 years time, I would like to be able to touch that’s one of the gold ones too with my national team. Of course, that’s my biggest goal in terms of career is probably the World Cup. I would say because winning the Premier League and the Champions League with this club will be amazing, but representing my nation will be always the biggest achievement I have in my career because not many players get to do that. You know like uh representing your this is when you represent your people when you represent your parents your brother, sister, wife, kids. This is you you represent that small nation inside but in size but big in quality and big in in love and and fearless a fearless country that has conquered the world many times in different ways and do it in a in in in a football way will be will be a great achievement for us irrespective of what happens here and I I very much believe that Manchester United has now the potential to go and challenge for these these trophies here because of all the hard work that has been put in by many people in this club, but also because of your loyalty. Um, irrespective of what happens, uh, you’re going to be a cult hero at this club forever. Not not not irrespective of this stuff, because I think you’ve done something which is even harder and even more rare in the modern world, which is you’ve shown tremendous loyalty, unbelievable character, you’ve shown humanity, and you’ve set an example for the club when we were at our weakest, when we needed someone to do that the most. It’s all well and good doing it when everything’s great. It’s all well and good. But doing being that committed and that loyal and setting that much of an example and continuing to run on the pitch, but also to be an exceptional human off the pitch when times are hard, I think says even more about a man. So again, on behalf of all the Man United fans, a huge huge thank you and um please sign the contract when he’s in the table. Bruno, thank you. Thank you very much. Well done. Thank you so much. Appreciate it. Thank you. Okay.

  • 05/26/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right, all right, all right. What’s happening everybody? How’s it going? We are of course getting started a little bit early here. Um, but yeah, go ahead, comment where you’re calling in from, guys. And, uh, I will read those out while we’re getting started. Let’s see here. Good Yeah, good evening to I’m guessing most of you. Might be a few uh, good mornings or good middle of the nights here here and there. Uh but good evening to most of you. Awesome. Let’s see here. We’ve got uh Jonathan from Texas. We’ve got John from Florida. We got Jason from Rock Island, Tennessee. Howdy, Jason. Tina from Texas. Uh Rachel from New Jersey. James uh from Aurora, Colorado. Hey James, welcome back. Saw you over on the other one. Christian from West Virginia. Brooke from Washington State. Awesome. I used to live in Washington State. Beautiful up there. Very nice hiking up there. Vanessa from New York. Angie uh in Wisconsin where the they say that’s where the the happiest cows are from, right, Angie? Carmen from New York City. Markeel, I’m back. San Diego. Awesome. That’s that’s my favorite city in uh California right there. I love San Diego. I’m from Monterey, California, but I I think San Diego is probably the best city in California. James Arlington, Texas. Awesome. Audrey from Forest City, North Carolina. John from beautiful Tampa Bay. Nice. Tampa Bay. Angela, Texas. Uh Brooke, it’s the afternoon here at Donald uh Holly Oak, uh Massachusetts. Um 6:53 p.m. here. Gotcha. Got you. Kimberly from Tennessee. Yeah. Good. I guess good afternoon. You’re right. I guess it is good afternoon for some people. Yeah. Good afternoon. Good evening, I guess. Uh uh Kimberly from Tennessee. Hi everybody. Hey, how’s it going, Kim? Uh Robin from the Fingerlakes. JK from Florida. Robin from Northwest. Another Robin from Northwest Arkansas. Vanessa from California, Glenda, New Hampshire. Okay, awesome. Okay. Uh, go ahead guys and comment in the chat what got you to this live training? What caused you to come to this live training? Right? Like what is the reason you decided to take time off from your busy day and come to this live training? Um, you know, what do what do you want to get out of this? Go ahead and comment that uh in the chat. Um,

    Holly, hey from Washington State. I’ve been trying. Woohoo. I’ve been trying to get here. All right. Hey, I’m glad you made time, Holly. Love to hear it. Love to hear it. Let’s do this. I’m I’m excited. I’m excited. Didn’t get much sleep last night. I only got about two hours of sleep, but I’m I’m uh I’m running on coffee right now. I’m feeling I’m feeling good. I’m excited. Um Okay. Uh, learn from the best YouTuber. Jeff, ah, you’re you’re so nice, Jeff. Appreciate you. Vanessa, would like to start a channel but don’t know where to start or what to do. Kevin, how to capitalize on my niche and learn from the best. Appreciate you, Kev. All right, Holly. Oh my god, I’m so stoked. I’m stoked to have you here, Holly. Jason, learn some tips and tricks of the trade. And, uh, Christian, learn how to start and grow a YouTube channel. Awesome. Rachel, I want to build my channel and get more viewers. Tony, I got fired. Want to try something of my own. Hey, makes sense, Tony. Sorry about you getting fired, but could be a new beginning. Could be the best thing that ever happened to you. Jonathan, looking to learn how to get uh out more with my specific niche. Got it. Got it. Uh John, finishing off life with something worthwhile. Got it, John. Renee from Florida. Awesome. James, my son, and I want to learn to post YouTube content and hopefully make some money doing it. Awesome, James.

    Tina, I want to do a podcast when I retire in six months and I want to monetize that goal. Uh, James, uh, lots of emojis with the with the dollar signs. Love it. Love it. That’s why you’re here. James has his priorities straight. Uh, Audrey, uh, I want to learn how to run my uh, YouTube page without floundering. Got it. Got it. Holly, because you are the only one I trust. Appreciate you, Holly. Renee, unsure which niche to run with. Got it. Audrey, YouTube uh YouTube. LOL. Donald, I have uh many great ideas I know that I have to uh say could possibly transform many people’s lives for the better. I love that. Love to hear that. Charlotte, learn up-to-date YouTube tactics in 2026. Got it. Holly, I literally trust no one else on YouTube except you. Appreciate you, Holly. John Wiggins, want to make uh more money and be able to travel and work remotely. Got it, John. Love to hear it. Um, highly I do highly recommend everyone does that at least once in their life, right? Uh figure out how to make money online and then and then just travel while you’re making money online. It’s it’s a pretty amazing experience. Maybe not forever, you know, you might have kids, you might want to be closer to family, but for some people it is forever, but it it’s a hell of an experience for sure. Um, Audrey, oh, same as Donald. Also, Ethan, I’d like to expand my reach to my audience and strategize monetization streams.

    Kimberly, I want to learn how to make the best impact. Got it. Jean Claude, uh, all the above. Awesome. Lance, want to learn about YouTube automation. Got it. Donald, want to finally get my YouTube channel going with my niche to help people. I am called to serve. Just change this air conditioner very slightly here. Um, awesome on that one. Donald Kushall, learn to make money with work. Got it. Brooke, I feel so overwhelmed because my whole life I want my own podcast, but I don’t like to be on camera. I don’t know how to use drones cuz I want to do my life and travel to show people the real world and where to go and not to go. I just want to start off right away and not flop out of the gate. Got it, Brooke. Okay, John. No kids, never married, just have my parents and my dog. Got it. Okay, guys. Second question. What is the number one biggest problem you’re having right now that is stopping you from getting success on YouTube? What? So, first we asked you what why you why you came here. Now I’m asking you what is stopping you from getting success on YouTube? What’s your number one biggest problem that’s stopping you from getting success on YouTube? Go ahead and comment that as well. While I get things ready here, I’m going to go ahead and uh get things situated while you’re doing that. Okay.

    Okay. Um,

    Ethereum, too many video ideas at the same time and uncertainty. Vanessa, fear too old. Don’t know what I can offer. Victoria, video editing. Payton, uh, I can’t get myself to commit for some reason. Jason, me, me and me. Master procrastinating ADHDer. Esther, too many others on YouTube already seem so professional. Oh, okay. We’re we’re definitely going to address that one later. You’re definitely the right place, Jerry. Video editing and finding the right niche. Christian, getting attention and content creation uh with becoming uh without becoming repetitive or sloppy. Got it. And just getting started and trying to figure out my niche. Charlotte, support system and accountability. Jonathan, I have a decent following and viewers, but all the hurdles to make every video polished, every thumbnail, etc., etc. Kelsey, time management. I just got laid off and I’m having trouble finding work. Got it, Kelsey. Sorry to hear that, but could be the best thing that ever happened to you. Uh uh but uh yeah, Jerome, do you know do not know where to begin? Christian without John. Um uh myself too much of a perfectionist. Need real clarity and directions. Yep, that is very common. John, we can definitely help you with that. Payton also don’t know how to edit videos either. Angela, don’t know how to start. Diva, is this a recording or live? It is live. Here’s five fingers. Two fingers. Uh, yeah, it’s definitely live. Lance, my fear of making a mistake and not feeling secure about my work. Joshua, happy to be here. Michelle, can’t uh see to gain traction in subscribers, growing slowly with amazing engagement, but subscriber count and views just don’t grow. Rachel, not enough viewers. The reason probably is that I don’t know exactly how to bring it. I have some viral videos, but uh not often, right? Uh Larry is present. Hey, welcome Larry. Uh Tony, me not having enough experience and knowledge. Um trying to glean from those I I feel are more uh understanding. Got it. Okay, guys. Very good stuff. Thank you for those responses. Appreciate that. Uh we will all we always take those into account uh moving forward. With that being said, it is time to get started, guys. Uh, how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026. Very excited to do this. Uh, and and by the way, without fancy gear, without techy stuff, without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid uh model and follow one simple rule. So, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. Go ahead and do the thumbs up thing on the bottom right of your screen if you’re excited about these things. Right, so the thumbs up reaction. If you’re excited about getting views. All right, let’s see how many people are excited about getting views. Okay, I’m seeing a good amount of people. Lot of people excited about getting views. Okay, makes sense. Makes sense. But how about this one? Let’s do the second one. How about making money? Who’s excited about making money?

    Okay, seeing even more thumbs up reactions. I’m seeing some hearts, some confetti, some thumbs up, some clapping. Okay, there we go. All right, I think you guys are a little more excited about making money. But how about this third one? How about this third one, guys? And that is having an impact, right? Basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. Because here’s a little secret, guys. If you master this third one right here, the views and the money, they’re all going to take that’s going to take care of itself, right? The views and the money will come if you master the third one. Okay, awesome. So, you guys are definitely the type of people that I want to work with. So, that’s awesome. I saw a ton of reactions for that third one. Now, by the way, before we get into it, uh we are giving away free stuff. You have an opportunity at the end of this workshop to leave with the niche validator pro uh the chat GPT version as well as the claude version. By popular demand, we released a claude version of our AI because a lot of people are using claude. Now, by the way, I’m curious. Uh type in the uh comment section, do you prefer Claude or do you prefer chat GPT? Type that in the comment section. Um you know, we use both. We think some are better than others. With that being said, um a lot of people uh do prefer Claude and we we heard you guys and so we actually created our uh niche validator in Claude version. So we created a a Claude skills version. So you will get that at the end of the training. Right. This is the newest and most updated version and it’s better than all previous versions. You’ll also get $62,000 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Uh Aaron would appreciate you adding all those up and letting me know what the score is on all those uh for the votes. Um okay, look at this chart. This is Neielson. They track all TV viewing in America. This shows who people are actually watching on their TVs. Not phones, not laptops, their actual living room TV. And number one by a long shot is YouTube. It’s bigger than Netflix, bigger than Disney, bigger than NBC, Fox, Paramount, every traditional network. YouTube is now the biggest destination for TV in the country. Right? And let that sink in. Right? The platform you can post on for free from your bedroom with no permission and no budget is beating billion-dollar studios at their own game that they have been dominating for decades. Okay? People used to come home and turn on cable. Now, they come home and they turn on YouTube. And here’s the part that most people miss. Every one of those viewers is watching a creator, a regular person who decided to hit upload. That could be you. And this is why I keep saying that YouTube is the best business that you can start in 2026. And by the way, this is just 13%. YouTube has a lot of room to grow, right? It’s it’s like last year it was like down here at 8% or something like that, right? So, it has a lot of room to grow. It’s just getting started now. One thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and your goal is to get to the finish here at the bottom. Right? Whatever that goal is, and most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income. And then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. Right? So, if you’re here watching this now, you’re ahead of the majority of people. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part is anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear, like reviewing cameras and and and different stuff like that when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of a YouTube channel. And that’s the maze. That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality, you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically, you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s just say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay? So, you know, this is without making a single mistake, right? It looks something like this. You don’t make a single mistake and you get out to the finish line. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. You’re basically just going around the maze. You’re skipping it entirely. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route because we learned from a young age the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely. You literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. Now, by the way, I want to say one thing about this part right here. A lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. I think a lot of them uh give good advice, but they give good advice for a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that, right? Because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s the type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line as well. And that’s why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. um uh the the the most updated ones. Um here, this one came out last year, 2025, and it said that by 2034, the content the global uh creator economy was going to be worth $1 trillion, and YouTube is the biggest player in this economy by far. Uh but $1 trillion by uh uh 2034. Then just 6 months later, they updated it and it said it was going to be worth $1.6 trillion by 2034. So, in just a six-month period, they completely changed their projections. So, even the experts, the smartest people in the world with their projections, they didn’t realize how fast YouTube is growing. And they thought it was already growing really fast. Okay? So, it’s growing faster than you can possibly imagine. And look at this just going up and up and up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. AI is disrupting so many different industries, right? a lot there’s a lot of industries that are uh being disrupted right now. Uh meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up and up and YouTube is the biggest player in the content creation market and this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation, right? And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sidelines as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. Seriously, we’ve helped online businesses, of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. People that own software companies or SAS, people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two or three times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners and even people with disabilities do this, right? And this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible, to be adaptable, right? So that you can go in so many different directions down the line. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube.

    But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Right? So, here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income. But basically, he went on a podcast tour last year where he said that he was only making about $3,700 a month or $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American with nearly 4 million subscribers. 4 million subscribers. He’s making less than the average income for an American. And he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. Getting lots of views and lots of subscribers, you’re going to be successful, right? That’s what everyone thinks. Um, but views do not automatically equal money, right? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year from YouTube. I work with people that get a 100red views per video, 200 views per video that are making $2 million a year from YouTube, right? And there are also people uh that I work with who get, you know, a lot of views and they’re making a lot of money. The whole point is you need to get the right views, right? That’s the whole point is you want to get the right views. So whether you get a lot of views and, you know, 10% of them are the right views and that’s a lot of the right views or you don’t get a lot of views but 100% of them are the right views. The whole point is you need to get the right views, right? But there are lots of people out there who get a lot of views and they don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. They’re not doing things the right way. And seriously, I know that there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first and you need that lens and you need a really good set and you need a great lighting and you need this gear first or you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things that are waste of time that people that are telling you to enter the maze tell you. Um, but you basically found nothing but regret, right? So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I am curious what all of you do for a living. Go ahead and drop your profession in the chat right now. Um, and uh, by the way, uh, uh, I I while you guys are doing this, I’ll uh I’ll talk about the the first beginner. Okay. So, uh, flight attendant, relationship coach, attorney, case management, systems engineer, chef, teacher, electrical contractor, Mark, uh, realtor. Awesome. Oh, we’re having so many realtors crushing it in the program right now. Um, HR, creative director, producer, and writer. Awesome. Lao, uh, government worker, IT help desk, retirey. We We got a lot of people in IT, a lot of people in medical that have crushed it for sure. IT help desk, retired, uh, tooling engineer, nurse, tech project manager, security, police detective, music ministry, USPS, retired realtor, realtor, analyst, uh, physician, uh, journalist, uh, 50-year-old mom. Awesome. Awesome. Okay. So, yeah, we have a lot of doctors in the program, a lot of people in medical. I think it’s probably because I I come from a medical background, a lot of people in IT, cyber security careers, a lot of people um uh small business owners as well, realtors. Um but let me just give you the first example. So, this is my brother right here. Um he’s in his 50s. He spent 30 years in the trades. For 20 of those years, he’s owned his own HVAC business. He’s a very busy guy. He’s got a great social life. He also is a realtor on the side as well. So, he’s very busy guy, right? And I literally just put uh uh took a picked a random person in my family who’s in their 50s, who’s not techsavvy, who does not have any experience making videos, and I’m like, you know what? I’m going to blow this person’s channel up, okay? Or I’m going to help them blow their channel up, right? So, um I’m so confident in the system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s, who isn’t techsavvy, who’s never made a video in his life. Um, there is no other YouTube coach that can do this. Okay, like just just let let’s just pause for a moment. I picked a random person in my family that was in their 50s, not techsavvy, not charismatic, not young, you know, not great on camera or anything like that, and I blew up their channel. We’re going to talk about the results we got them. There there’s no other person that’s that confident in their system that that they can they can do that, right? Um, and first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided that I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead. Because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m in my 50s. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Right? And he’s in the trades, like I said, you know, and he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification, something like that. And I was like, “No, you should start a YouTube channel.” He was really surprised. He’s like, “Well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it, right? Uh, just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up and got 800,000 views. Literally, the very first video, right? And then less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, you can see the dates, May 26 to June 25th, he made $214 in a single day on his YouTube channel. Um May 26 to June 25th, $214 in a single day. That’s a $78,000 year run rate. That is a full-time income. So, in one month, he went from zero to making a full-time income on his channel with zero experience, uh, only working a a few hours a week, uh, never h never having any video experience, etc., etc. That is how confident I am in this system. Okay, this that is why I’m so passionate about this stuff cuz I know that this system works really well. Now, it’s only for certain types of channels. It doesn’t work for every single type of channel and every single person out there, but for the right type of person, this system works incredibly well. And we’re going to get into that here in a moment, okay? But that’s how confident I am in the system, right? I literally just used it on my own, like a random 50-year-old in my family. Um, and and there, you know, their channel blew up. And by the way, he just messaged me. He wants to start a second channel now, and he’s selling his business. He just messaged me recently that he’s doing that. And by the way, here’s an update on him. Uh his best I think his best day ever was about $520. Um that’s $189,000 a year run rate. Of course, he’s also making a bunch of money from affiliate marketing and he and you know recommending his own, you know, products and services, etc., etc. So, he’s making a lot more money from other stuff. So, he’s crushing you. Okay, this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator or you want to use YouTube automation. Here’s an example of that. Whiz was one of our clients. When Whis first started his YouTube channel, it was totally faceless. He actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just feeling faceless. Now, he had an agency. So, he had an agency. Uh that’s the type of business that he scaled. Works for online services. Works for uh just about any type of business out there, but he his in particular, he had an agency. Um he did eventually end up doing a face reveal. Here’s his uh handsome face right here. So, he did eventually end up doing a face reveal, but he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year completely faceless. Okay. And then once he did a face reveal, he actually made more than that. But the point is he got almost all of his clients or all almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel, right? So either directly or indirectly, he said he got almost all of his clients from YouTube, right? So they might have originated from other sources, but then they watched his YouTube channel and that helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Um, now like I said, he runs an agency. He did make the decision to reveal his face later on, but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that with the hybrid personal brand method, right? So, he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future. It’s very adaptable and we’ll get into how to do that, right? So, if you’re making a faceless channel or YouTube automation channel, you need to use the hybrid personal brand method. It’s very important for for other people as well, but with a faceless channel, you absolutely need to use this. And one of the things you’ll notice here is he used a cartoon character of himself, right? A cartoon character that represents him because if you have a faceless channel, it’s very important first of all to not get banned from YouTube because YouTube is demonetizing and banning faceless channels in mass. Uh but also to actually have success on YouTube, you need to make sure that people feel like there’s there’s an actual human being on the other side. And that is part of the hybrid personal brand method, whether you use your face or you don’t use your face, is they feel like they’re talking to another human being. they they have that raw authentic connection to the other human being on the other side, right? So, it’s very important that you do this the right way. If you don’t do this the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make. You’re probably not going to make money in the first place. And even if you do make money, you’re probably going to end up getting banned cuz that’s what YouTube does. Now, by the way, literally zero of our clients have gotten banned or demonetized, right? So, cuz we do things the right way. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants to uh get inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up 400% and after working with me, he’s making $100,000 a month. Now, basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies. So, he’s a seasoned, experienced business owner. Um, but he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies and on one YouTube channel, right? Uh that is obviously not sustainable to spend 20 hours a week on one YouTube channel for one company. But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore, right? So he has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies. He is spending a grand total of zero hours a week. So, if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. We help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, this is a great example of that. I love this example of Josh because it goes through every single level. Um, but basically Josh just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take depending on what career path you wanted to go down, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are part of Fang, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world, where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. Now, usually you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were literally reaching out to him. So he got an offer from several different fan companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. So he lived in Japan. Uh he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. That was his dream job as well. But then the YouTube channel kept going, started making 5,000 a month. So now it’s a really good side hustle, right? Then $10,000 a month. Now it’s a full-time income. It’s crushing it. $30,000 a month. outs making more than his full-time job, which is his dream job, which was already paying really well. And eventually, he ended, you know, he scaled the all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategy. So, of course, he ended up quitting his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. But I like this example because it goes over every single stage, right? Just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking and getting his dream job. And that is a super underrated uh piece of the pie. It might seem like intangible, like you’re not directly making money, but when you become like semi famousamous in your niche or you become an authority in your niche, it just opens up so many doors for you. Um, the intangible benefits might even be more valuable than the tangible benefits. Um, but yeah, using it to uh basically for become an authority in his niche for networking purposes, etc. Uh, starting a side hustle with a little bit of money on the side, uh, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month, and then scaling his business, right? So, he went through all the different stages. uh and I worked with him for a long period of time to get him through all those stages. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s that easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people do fail on YouTube. Most people who try to make a full-time income from YouTube absolutely do fail. And so why is that? Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera with a fancy setup and, you know, a great set and, you know, uh, the best lenses and the best lighting and all that kind of stuff, right? Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Hummus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to a,000 subscribers as well. And we’re going to actually go over that here in a moment. Uh, but these are the myths that uh people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? Uh, my name is Shane Hummus. Um, I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. Shane Hummus. Um, I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K uh per month on YouTube from scratch. So, basically become sevenigure businesses. I’ve helped countless other businesses that were already crushing it um crush it even harder. So, get to, you know, seven, eight, even, you know, beyond that on YouTube. So, probably over 60 businesses at this point uh do that. And then I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. So basically treating YouTube like a business. So here’s a company that I worked with just as an example course careers. I worked very closely with their CEO. Um they liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. I’m on the board. I’m on their board now. I have equity in the company and we were able to help them really crush it on YouTube with a social media strategy that was YouTube uh centric and YouTube focused. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals and one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15-hour shifts uh during the pandemic. But before this, uh I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks, I was even homeless at one point. And I did what society told me to do because I did not want to be poor anymore. And by the way, this is the exact Salvation Army that I stayed at for about 6 months in Lawrence, Kansas. This is a picture of it. So, what did I do? I went to college. I got a doctorate. I became a pharmacist cuz that’s what society told me to do if I didn’t want to be poor, right? And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to make this happen. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt. Here’s the exact picture of uh what my student loan debt looked like. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of like an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment, right? It was pretty much a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. You know, I’m six figures, multiple six figures in student loan debt. Um, and you know, I’m incredibly stressed out, right? I’m very stressed out. I’m very burnt out from the pandemic. Most of my staff quit as well because basic I lived in a state where they were for some reason they were paying people to to not go to work and so a lot of my staff ended up quitting. And then I was just doing the work of like five different people all on my own, working 15 plus hour shifts, taking extra shifts as well. Um, super super stressed out the entire time. Um, and just if all of that wasn’t enough, right, being stressed and burnt out, I also got we also got robbed three times in a six-month period. So, here’s an actual video of us getting robbed. Uh, one of the times we got robbed. So, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. Uh, and and I got my car stolen as well. So, um, overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, and how anxious I was in the situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea. Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I started trying just about every side hustle out there to make money, right? Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, etc., etc. You name it, I probably tried it. Here’s an example of one of them that I tried. The Booty Kit. I think I tried selling this on Amazon FBA as well as Shopify drop shipping. It’s basically a little bit embarrassing, but it’s basically like an atome booty workout device. You can work out your booty at home, I guess. And uh, you know, I pretty much just failed at almost all of these, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and always just trying a bunch of different stuff and kind of just having shiny object syndrome. Uh, but as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually do work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell, right? And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views, right? Getting traffic and really the best possible traffic you can possibly get on the internet, which is YouTube, right? And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, and by the way, at the time, I was living in a house full of about seven guys uh to save money. It was supposed to be kind of an entrepreneur house. Um, but one of the guys that I met while living there, his name was Sam. And he basically started a wedding photography business, he moved here from Lebanon and he barely even spoke English, right? And he started this YouTube channel where he was making about$10 to $20,000 a month with a tiny YouTube channel of less than 10,000 subscribers. Um, and he was promoting his wedding photography business with this YouTube channel. And he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before this, you know, I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers. I’d met people who have millions of followers and millions subscribers that were not making money. And I was like, Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like, right? He showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 or 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level uh to the point where there are some channels we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. So this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so basically I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I know how to get views. I know how to play that the the views game of getting a lot of views. But let’s like this video right here, just as an example, the most useless degrees. This was my first ever breakout video, and it got 4 million views. And it took about, you know, 6 years, right, to make about $31,000 from from AdSense, right? And AdSense are the ads that pop up on your channel. So, when you’re watching YouTube and ads pop up, that’s AdSense. The creator of that video gets a gets a cut of that, right? So, the cut that I got was $31,000 in a six-year period from AdSense. And I’ve had several videos uh just last month that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. And this video is one of them right here. So, this video was posted 6 months ago, and in a six-month period, it made about $48,000. So, this video in 6 years made $31,000. This video got 8,000 views and in 6 months it made $48,000. Right? And this is not that uncommon. I have a lot of videos like this that make a lot of money. So, you might notice that a lot of the videos on my channel don’t get that many views and that is by design because there are a lot of videos like this that make a ton of money. So, I’m optimizing for revenue. I’m not optimizing for views. And it’s a heck of a lot easier for me to reproduce a video like this than it is for me to reproduce a video like this, right? Um, you know, it’s it’s pretty tough to to get a 4 million view video, but it’s actually not that tough to get a video that gets 8,000 views. Um, and if this video makes more than this video, why wouldn’t you just optimize for making videos like this, right? And just to show you guys proof, guys, that I know what I’m talking about, here’s how much I made about two and a half years ago. So, this was two Septeers ago. um about $283,000, right? And this is literally from my bank account. All added up, $283,000. Then um one and a half years ago, so one September ago, I made about $325,000. And then this last September, I made about $1 million in cash uh in revenue, right? And I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel themselves. They’re basically just cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous crossing square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. Uh here’s me in the uh I think this is just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada uh in the San Juan Islands orca watching, right? And uh I only had to work about 4 hours a week. Now I choose to work more than 4 hours a week uh because I genuinely enjoy what I do. I enjoy helping people. I enjoy YouTube. Um, and I enjoy helping people with YouTube, right? So, I choose to work more than that, but I only have to work four hours a week. And in many cases, I’ve actually gone as much as two months at a time without working at all, spending zero hours on my business. So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing. And uh, you know, because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I would be like, you know what, I don’t really think that this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel or maybe it would work for a prank channel, but it doesn’t work for most channels out there. And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would reach out to me being like, “Hey, Shane, can you coach me? Shane, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” But I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought, you know what, maybe it worked for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches. But I turned them down and I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day uh you one of my friends asked me, like a close business buddy asked me to do it and I was like, “You know what? if I’m gonna help you do this, I might as well just help some other people at the same time, right? And so I decided, you know what, I’m gonna go ahead and do it. So I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and I worked with a very diverse set of people as well. professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a lady from Texas uh in the medical field, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. Some were 9to-5ers, others were business owners, right? But the the point is they were all different. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. Um, there are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking here and there. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up, okay? And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that is the thing that made me feel so happy. And when I did this, that is the first time in my life where I I thought to myself, this is my purpose, right? This is the thing that I want to do for the rest of my life, right? because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so, I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. Literally, uh they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives, right? Because you can only operate in so many niches, right? I can’t make content for every niche out there. I can only make content for a few niches that are my, you know, my area that I uh can talk about, right? that that you know play I’ve lived my life in these niches and you know I’ I’ve got experience in them etc etc but I can impact so many other people by teaching others how to share their unique gifts their unique passions their uh you know life circumstances the problems that they’ve had you know monetizing those problems turn when life gives them lemons they were able to turn it into lemonade in many cases right and so I was able to help so many other people do that and that is uh such an incredible field uh such an incredible feeling. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. Sometimes I refer to this as authority content as well. But the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money and there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about $24,000 views in the very first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. That’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So, if I started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between $24 to $75, right? And if I got 24,000 views, like my second channel, uh, education channels in general, just mass market education channels, they make about $20 per 1,000 views, right? So, entertainment channel kind of Mr. B style, same amount of views, 24,000. I would have made about 24 to $73. Typical mass market education channels that don’t know how to monetize correctly, they make about $20 per 1,000 views, as it shows right here, that would have made about $484, right? But my second channel, a niche authority channel, a niche educational channel, got 24,000 views and made $42,000. And that’s just in the first month, by the way. That channel in subsequent uh months was making $4,000, $5,000 per 1,000 views, right? And by the way, this is from all money, not just from AdSense. So AdSense is just a fraction of the money that you can make on YouTube. Some people think when I refer to monetization that I’m only talking about the ads that pop up on the channel. That is just one type of monetization out of hundreds of different ways you can monetize your channel, right? And so with educational channel, right off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more money than entertainment content, right? But there’s a better type of educational content, which is niche educational content where you’re properly monetizing your channel. And that’s where I recommend that everybody get started. With that being said, later on down the line you can pivot and you can do more types of mass market content. So, just as an example, here’s my main channel. Um, you know, I told you guys I’m pretty scatterbrained. I have a bit of ADHD. I like to talk about a lot of different things. You might have noticed that the the topics I talk about on the channel are all over the place. And hey, that’s just me. I enjoy doing that, right? And I still make $400 per 1,000 views on average for that channel. Now, if I would just keep it like laser focused on one thing, I would definitely make more money, right? But I’m still making about $400 per 1,000 views, even though it’s kind of a mass market channel where I talk about a lot of different things. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about $36 to $100,000 a month on his channel according to view stats, and that’s just from AdSense alone. If he’s properly monetizing, he’s easily making far more than that. So, if you just do that $10 to $20 per 1,000 views, he’d probably make around $136 to $250,000 a month from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days, right? It says right here, didn’t upload a video in 62 days. This guy uploads like one one video every month, one video every two months sometimes, right? Um, and he’s still making this much money from the channel. 136 to$273,000 uh dollars a month from that channel. uh uh absolutely wild not uploading in in 62 days. And that is because he has been uploading these videos for a long time. And each video is like a little soldier uh or a little employee that you hired one time. You you you invested your time and effort one time to put this out there. And now 24/7 without ever taking a day off or ever taking even a single second of a break, they go out, get views, get subscribers, and make you money for the rest of time. Right? Like this guy has videos that he posted 10 years ago that are still absolutely crushing it for him and making a ton of money. So this guy likely never has to work a single day in his life ever again just because of this YouTube channel. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. When I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. If you have a personality, if you’re funny, if you like being entertaining, by all means, make your educational content entertaining, that’s totally fine. Uh Scotty Kilmer is hilarious, for example, if you ever watched him. But he basically made $24 million from YouTube, right? And he said that he made more in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. Okay? And they’re calling him a grand influencer, which I think is kind of funny. But yeah, made more in one month than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products. That is his whole channel. And basically, this stuff is dead simple for him. And you’ll probably also notice that both of these creators are a bit on the older side, right? Scotty’s, you know, I believe he’s actually in his 70s. Uh the other creator is in his 40s, right? So they’re a bit on the older side. And this type of channel actually works better for people that are on the older side because you can look up general information on chat GPT or claude or whatever. But you know what? You can’t look up wisdom, right? That sharing wisdom is something you can’t look up. And that is what these uh people are doing is they’re sharing their wisdom through lots of experience, right? And that’s the thing I want to point out with organic chemistry tutor as well. By the way, this stuff is dead simple for him, right? The stuff that he’s talking about, he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same thing, but he recorded it on camera and posted online. And the stuff that Scotty Kilmer was talking about, he was already telling his customers every single day, but he did the same thing, but he recorded it and posted online. So, this stuff was dead simple for them and they were just sharing their wisdom uh working in that field for a long time. Right now, this is one of the craziest stories. Physics Walla, he came from a small village in India. His first videos were in his parents’ basement. And you can see how bad they are. We’re talking blurred face, etc. But it didn’t matter. He started making videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US, right? And he just made videos about these certifications, the standardized tests and at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. Physics India standardized tests only. So very specific how he was tutoring people on YouTube. Um and he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth 5.2 billion called Physics Walla. It’s an educational app and it’s now worth 5.2 billion. And it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos. Now he is probably richer than Mr. Beast, especially considering that he can actually sell his company whereas Mr. Beast likely wouldn’t be able to sell his company. It’s not really liquid. So he is probably richer than Mr. beast. And that is the power of educational content because you’re solving people’s problems. And by the way, you know, he’s got 13 million subscribers. That is a lot of subscribers, but that’s nothing compared to Mr. Beast. Like, nobody really knows who he is. And yet, he launched his business from YouTube and he’s richer than Mr. Beast. Mr. Beast had to be, you know, get hundreds and hundreds of millions of subscribers to make the same level of money that this guy is making and actually less money than him, right? That is the power of educational content. You don’t need nearly as many subscribers to make that much money. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s probably because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other profitable niches outside of that. You don’t have to pick health, wealth, or relationships. You can make money in so many other niches as well, but generally speaking, when people are confused about what niche to go into, I typically tell them to go into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So when I say by the way everyone has a problem when you hear problem you need to really hear opportunity because when you there are problems that means there are opportunities for you to help people solve their problems right so once you found a problem you want to what you want to do is you want to pick a niche right and you want to make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement now by the way while we’re doing this go ahead and comment what you think your niche is not health wealth or relationships but the specific niche what you think your niche is go ahead and comment that uh on the side uh in the chat here and I’ll I’ll maybe read a few of them out here as well. Um, so just comment what you think your niche is in the comment section. I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually doing this to illustrate something as well. So comment what your niche is here. Uh, PC gaming, uh, sports training for kids, uh, 10 and under, uh, problem solving, finance, true crime and safety, uh, tech project management, um, living in Bend, Oregon, real estate. Got it. AI data center, straight talk, philosophy, breast wellness, real estate agent, stock options, etc., etc. Okay, perfect. Now, I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two-word answers when you comment your niche, right? And that’s exactly what happened. And I don’t blame you for that. But that is incorrect. And let me show you why. A niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a specific market of people, okay? And then you pick one specific problem that that market has. Okay? Not that the market might have 20 different problems. They might have 200 different problems. They might have 2,000 different problems. But you’re not going to do all of them. You’re going to select one problem that the market has. Okay? And then you find a specific solution for that one problem. Okay? So you select one problem that the market has and you find a specific solution for that problem. So it’s going to go like this. I help X do Y by Z or I help X overcome Y by doing Z. Now the Z part just for the sake of time we are going to ignore that for now because the most important thing is that you have a specific group of people aka a market and you pick one problem inside that market. So the Z part is optional and you can actually do it later on, right? You don’t actually have to do that right away. You can figure out how to help the market later on. But the important thing is uh for this exercise is to pick your specific market and the specific problem that that market has. So it’s gonna it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Right? And the important part here is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you are going to help them solve that problem. That is the foundation of how markets work. And markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, right? Uh as many problems for your specific market uh as possible, right? Which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. Okay. So, let me give you a few examples of how to do this. And while I’m doing this, you know, on on the side, you can start doing your own. Um, now I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason I’ve worked with so many different accountants. Um, so I’m going to use that market uh specifically. Um, so I’m going to uh show you a bunch of different levels of accounting, a bunch of different niche hypothesis statements within the niche of accounting. Okay? And by the way, all these people are either um my clients uh I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So I’m not making any of these up. These are all actual people I’ve met, right? So at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts, right? So that is more of a mass market channel. Um but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So we’re talking organic chemistry tutor but for accounting. So this person is making really good money. Uh probably pretty close to seven figures a year. Uh they’ve been doing it for a long time and they’re making really good money and they focus on teaching students basic accounting concepts. So people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L for an example. Right now let’s go to the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they’re uh trying to pass the standardized test or pass certifications. So that would be like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So that is the second one and I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year. Uh and people who are in this market might be interested in a video like how to become a CPA or what certifications should I get to become a CPA or how to pass the CPA certification. Right? Okay. Third level helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. That is another business owner that I know and they’re making multiple seven figures a year. Okay. So, who’s in the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-le job. That’s the market. So, that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not want to get an accounting job necessarily, right? So, it’s just totally different content. So people are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job or you know how to make a bookkeeping resume or something along those lines, right? Uh how to make a accounting resume to land your first job, something like that. Then you’ve got the fourth level which is people who are already accountants and they’re making $50 to $100,000 a year and they want to become known what’s become uh what’s known as a financial controller which is a very highlevel accountant. So this is also one of my clients. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 a year become financial controllers who can make, you know, 200 or even $300,000 a year. So it’s a totally different type of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally, the fifth level, which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience, right? And the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones, right? So, I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement because, you know, in this video, you you you know, you’d make you’d be making videos like how how to hire the best accountants or um how to hire accountants uh rapidly for peak season, like peak tax season or or something along those lines, right? Um just completely different types of videos than all of the other things, right? Someone who’s interested in getting their first ever accounting job is not interested in how to hire accountants. someone who’s interested in learning basic accounting is not trying to hire accountants. I I hope you get the the point here, right? So, I I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s technically the same niche, right? It’s all accounting because if I would have asked you, hey, what is your niche? If you were in one of these niches before you heard this, you might have said, oh, I’m in the accounting niche, right? But just like all these people for instance that commented their niche, they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching etc. Almost everybody did that. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Because give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator GPT, it’s available for chat GPT as well as Claude that we’re going to be giving out here in a short while because that valid niche validator is going to help you actually dial in your niche hypothesis statement. Awesome. Awesome. Okay, good stuff. Cuz I know like this is super important that you have this. You may not have it done right now, but we’re going to be giving you that niche validator so that you can actually dial it in here in a moment. And by the way, people in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants, etc. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people out there. But you need more than that. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as the hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche, right? So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So, yes, you are going to start extremely niche with the IHEL XDY niche hypothesis statement. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way, where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, then you can easily pivot to something else. Let me show you an example. Alex Roszie, when he first started posting on YouTube 4 years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses. So, he can talk about like any business related subject. We all know that. But now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, he could basically talk about anything that he wants with his channel. But he started niche, right? And if he tried to talk about anything from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then he became the king of a pond, then the king of a lake, then the king of a let’s say a river, uh, and then the sea, and then the ocean. Okay? But you got to start small. You have to start niche. Um, but don’t make your channel in such a way where you’re not allowed to expand later on. Make sure you make it with the hybrid personal brand method, which we’re going to talk about here in a moment, so that you can actually expand to bigger and better opportunities later on. Because when you create a hyperp personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can expand and there’s also so many different ways that you can monetize your channel and there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel. Um so just as an example when you have you are a living breathing changing human being you might have certain interests right now and you’re not interested in those like five years from now right so you are going to change and evolve over time and you want your channel and your business to be able to change and evolve with you also there’s a lot of changing market conditions like the market’s changing all the time and you want your channel to be able to evolve and change with the market as well right so there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of content and the topic as well as how you make money with your channel when you make a hybrid personal brand and you want to be able to do that. So, AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Roszi basically opened up like the one of the rarest types of businesses in the world, which is a family office, which is basically an investment fund. He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in, and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that maybe costs a few dollars a month for an app, right? You can do memberships, you can do courses, digital products, and so many other things. Even physical products. The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution. People that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you’ve built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me just give you an example of that. Doug Demiro, uh, he’s he’s a great example. He has this YouTube channel where he reviews cars and he launched this website called carsandbids.com from his YouTube channel. And then he sold the YouTube channel separately or sorry, he sold carsbids.com separate from the YouTube channel. So, what I want you to think of the YouTube channel is when you build the hybrid personal brand method, your YouTube channel is your golden goose. You want to keep the golden goose, but you can sell the eggs that the golden goose lays, right? That’s what that’s the h that’s one of the the key components of the hybrid personal brand method, right? And this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that has the ultimate advantage, which is it can evolve and adapt as market conditions change, as we change, as the way that you monetize changes. It can evolve and adapt to the changing environment, right? That is the ultimate advantage that you can possibly have in business or in life in general. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So, Waqen was actually 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, uh, engineering content as well because he was basically an engineering and business double major, but he wasn’t really making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite uh, universities in the US. Why? because he was a foreign exchange student who got into an elite university in the US. So we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month he made around $80,000 and he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weight list customers trying to buy his program. That is a pretty uh cuz too many people basically wanted to work with him immediately. So he literally had to wait list them and tell them no, you can’t give me money. That is a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old first-time business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about, right? As a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with, right? He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company and was basically working like 60, 80 hours a week. Had a new baby, had lots of investments, like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy. And he was basically able to grow his channel from nothing to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month, right? One of the busiest uh customers I’ve ever had, clients I’ve ever had. But I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. Here’s another example. Guy, this one’s a really cool story. He is actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he’s close to retirement, right? So he’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus which is constant ringing in the ears and this is something that a lot of veterans have. Now my dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it’s really debilitating, right? And so he made his channel where his goal was to just make a couple extra thousand a month in retirement, right? His uh and and that’s his version of rich, right? just if he could just have a couple extra thousand dollar a month in retirement that would allow him to really enjoy his retirement. And he actually made it there. He had he landed a $1,500 a month brand deal with $446 subscribers. So, not even 500 subscribers, never mind a,000 subscribers. He wasn’t monetized on YouTube yet. And he still landed a $1,500 a month brand deal. Right? So, if you think you can’t get brand deals until you’re have, you know, 10,000 or 100,000 subscribers and and sponsorships, you can. You can get sponsorships and you can get brand deals and you can make money. There’s many other ways of monetizing outside of AdSense, right? And he made it to his goal very quickly and he actually blasted past a couple thousand a month. Now, he’s making far more money than that and he’s supplementing his income in retirement, which is awesome, right? So if you don’t think you can get sponsorships with a small channel or or make money with a small channel, you absolutely can uh make money even with a tiny channel. So one simple rule guys to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-doll studio, high production quality, top tier video editing skills, and you definitely do not need to make highly produced, highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need. These are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas, right? This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need to have titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need to have an effective intro for uh video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think, especially if you use, you know, our suite of AI tools, which we’ll kind of talk about here in a bit. We’re going to give you a taste of the AI tools completely free as well, right? So, um, the biggest thing is you dial in your niche. you have a really good niche hypothesis statement. And then the second biggest thing is the video ideas. So, let’s talk about how to do the video ideas because each idea is kind of like the building blocks. It’s like the cells of the body. If the niche is the body, uh the ideas are the are the cells, right? They’re the building blocks. So, let’s talk about the most important of all those things, which is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry. And basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. and I applied it to YouTube. So, I was the first person to ever do this. Uh, so what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. So, lots of views, low amount of subscribers. Um, because if you have a big channel, you have an audience of people that already are loyal to you. So, you can put out a lot of stuff and they’re going to watch it, right? But if you have a small channel, you don’t have that yet. So, it’s important that you find a small channel that had that posted a video that had a lot of views. And then the third part is the video itself either needs to be mediocre or preferably bad. Right? You want the video to be either mediocre or preferably bad. So the thumbnail, the title, the intro, they are either mediocre or bad. So just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is actually in better focus in the background than his face. Um, his audio in this video is quite bad. This is a literally a thumbnail still shot from the video. So the thumbnail was quite bad as well. And he was drunkenly ranting about college degrees for 20 minutes while drinking beers, right? While drinking beers. This is Coke Zero, but just imagine drinking beers, right? For about 25 minutes. And yet this video, despite the fact that it came from a small channel, got 760,000 views. So when you see that, you know that it has to be the idea of the video that is doing the heavy lifting. not the the fact that the guy has a loyal audience, right? And it’s not the fact that the video is really good because obviously it’s not really good, right? It has to be the idea. So what do you do? You steal the idea and only the idea, right? So you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So the wor most worthless college majors, you could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better video, and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that’s the gist. There’s different versions of the icon method. This is just one of the versions. Um there’s there’s uh you can use the icon method with revenue instead of views. So basically targeting videos that are likely to get a lot of revenue. You can also use the icon method outside of the YouTube platform as well, right? But this is the gist of the icon method. This is basically how it works. So once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. You’re going to know exactly what video ideas uh to post that are going to give you a 10 times uh better chance of success. And once you get this down, giving the value, um, which makes is made much easier with our AI suite of tools, uh, your videos will do all the work for you. Every single video will be like a little soldier that just goes out, gets you views, gets you subscribers, and makes you money for the rest of time. Like 10, 20, 30, 40, who knows how long, right? Many, many years. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to. No complicated editing, uh, no being on camera if you don’t want to, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tethered to you, a hybrid bottle that works with or without your face, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one-day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind 7igure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that we uh get this early access to. So, you’ll have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shinhomus.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, uh we’re going to cover these bonuses here. Uh you will get all of these bonuses when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable YouTube niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best. Um, that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, but also something that you’re passionate about, right? Um, second is the core foundations. So, this is, you know, basically an overview of the most important things and like like what it takes to be successful as a business owner and as a YouTuber in general. But also, a big component of this is the mindset section, right? Because you might be having a hard time starting even though you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube, right? And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable, right? If you follow the system, you’ll understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. Now, for some people, like my brother, it was the very first video that he posted. Uh very first video that he posted, blew up. Uh he’s he made a full-time income. Blew up, got 800,000 views. he was making a full-time income in the first month, literally 29 days later, right? For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 plus videos. But if you follow the system, you will understand that success is inevitable. And you’re going to understand this on a logical, deep level when you go through this. And if you know that success is inevitable, it makes it so much easier to just do the work, to take the action, right? It makes it infinitely more easier to just do the work because you know with certainty that it’s going to work. Number three, the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think that this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here, finding the right video ideas. The next is the holy trifecta where we where we actually go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you also want to make sure that they’re congruent with each other. That’s actually very, very important. Next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. Um, and in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. This is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. Uh the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. So we have systems for every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly and definitely not least is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting. Even if you’re not getting a lot of views, it’s very very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. Now, this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. People hitting tons of different milestones. And you can see 20 hours ago, 1 day ago, 1 day ago, 3 days, 4 days, 4 days, 2 days, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, people getting to 5,000 subs, people closing their first client, etc., etc. You can see that this is just like a typical day uh inside of our community. People are crushing it, and they’re sharing their wins left and right. So, this is not just a course that you buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And it’s handson one-on-one coaching as well as a group coaching uh uh component to it as well. Right? So, these are just a few. This is what our school group looks like on any given day. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. Uh I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is also the system that’s responsible for these results as well. So, this is what a normal views graph looks like on YouTube. You’ll notice this shaded part right here. But check out this one. There’s no shaded part. Actually, there is, but it’s so close to the bottom line that you can’t even see it. And that’s because this person uh this client was posting on YouTube for over 5 years without ever having a single video hit over 100,000 views. Their very first video with us hit 180,000 views. This person right here started this channel from scratch. 1 month later after joining us, 1,456% more views than usual. So, 14 times more views than usual uh 1 month after joining us and making a heck of a lot more money than this. This was this is 1,000 from AdSense, but they were making more money than that. This person literally became number one in their niche. I think we have about five or 10 people now that are literally the kings and queens of their niche. They’re literally number one. We are the king makers in in many niches. king and queen makers, right? Um, this person right so yeah, making $50,000 a month, getting 8 million views uh a month as well. And these are all long form views as well. So this person right here closing 80% of their calls, right? Absolutely crushing it. Uh this guy right here, Bill, he transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177,000 subs and he’s now making over $30,000 plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all this time, to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about $30,000 a month for years, which is pretty good, don’t get me wrong, right? That’s that’s amazing. But he was stuck there for a long time just banging his head against the wall trying to scale his business, and he couldn’t do it for years. We helped him scale all the way up to over $500,000 in a single month. So, he said, “Sheay knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue.” Here’s Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. Before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for literally years with a great message, but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching. We helped her dial in her niche and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit over 128,000 views and now she’s actually landing brand deals and making money with her channel. This is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following a system that works. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry, right? I basically know all the different coaches, the consult uh consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll tell you kind of how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best people work with big corporations, right? And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least like a six-figure contract, right? Then the second highest of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. Now, I have some friends that do this and basically they’re one of the few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing, right? And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channels for the first 3 to 6 months. So they hire everybody for the channel, they build it out, they figure out exactly how the channel works and then they just release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them, right? And they charge about $300,000 to do this build and release offer. Now, CGE is kind of like a mini version of the build-in release offer and it’s for an absolute tiny fraction of the cost, right? But we basically took all the value from that build and release offer and we put it into CGE at a absolute tiny fraction of the cost and and made it as scalable as possible. Right now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000 and last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two and these are extremely valuable. I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s lots of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 just an opportunity cost, right? And mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get one of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer for this workshop only when you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. By the way, go.shenhomes.com/coaching. Uh, click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. Some of these bonuses, especially the one that I’m just about to share, uh, you’re going to they’re actually limited, right? So, you want to book your call as quickly as possible. So, bonus one, and this is a big one, you get a one-on-one YouTube uh, grow your business faster call with me personally, right? So, even if you don’t have a business, right? You tr we treat YouTube like a business. That’s how we operate here at CG. We treat YouTube like a business. So, you get a one-on-one grow your business faster call with me personally. And let me tell you why this matters. Because when I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam and he was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is all about. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. So, this one is worth $12,000 easily, but this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. So, this is what the actual coaching looks like. Um, you know, right here in my kitchen, you right here with me. I might be traveling at the time, but it’ll be wherever I am. And I can already see people signing up, by the way, as I’m talking. So, do not miss out on this one because again, it’s for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. The sooner you sign up, the higher the chances are that you get the coaching, right? So, if you’re seeing this right now, you’re still way early because once we send this replay out to everybody, that’s typically where most of the people sign up. Like the vast majority of people sign up in the replay. So, if you’re seeing this right now, you are early. Uh definitely sign up and you’ll have a much higher chance of getting it, right? Um so, again, go to go.shm.com/coaching. com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the YouTube idea generator GPT. Now, we’re calling this a GPT, but this is also available as a claude skill. So, it’s a GPT and a cloud skill at the same time. That needs to be updated on the slide next time. So, it’s GPT chat GPT plus a cloud skill. Okay. Um, so if you were to sit down and find winning video ideas yourself, researching what is working, checking view counts, analyzing channels, you’re going to be looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. If you hire somebody to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $7,500 easily. But we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And I’m not talking about some generic chaty pet garbage that spits out random titles. This thing is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and gives you better versions of it. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. You get this included as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. You get a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. Then, it spits out five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning video ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the noclick script writer pro. This is worth $6,000 at least. Uh scripting is the biggest bottleneck for most creators. You know what you want to say, but turning that into a full script that actually keeps people watching takes a long time, hours minimum. In many cases, tens of hours, right? This tool eliminates all of that. You just talk and it writes, right? You talk back and forth with it. It interviews you a little bit and it writes your script. No typing, no clicking. Uh you speak your ideas out loud. It gives you a full script. Hook, body, CTA, all of it ready to record. Um and it’s actually it actually sounds like you. It’s not AI slop, right? It actually sounds like you. It’s actually your ideas. And so it it it’s going to feel really good when you actually present it because it’s something that you would actually say, right? So, if you hire a professional script writer, kind of like a ghost writer to do this for you, who actually understands YouTube and actually takes the time to understand, you know, your perspective, your opinions, and the way that you would like to write in the way that you would like to speak, you’re going to be paying $500 to $1,000 per video, and that’s minimum, right? Post once a week, and that’s 26 to $52,000 a year. This tool does it in seconds, and it sounds like you, not like a robot. So, go to go.shenhus.com/coaching, shinhomus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. Uh, you say your script idea out loud and it turns it into a ready toreord script. No typing, no clicking. You just talk. Okay? And you can even pick your vibe. Friendly, high energy, calm, conversational, authority, whatever fits your channel. It matches your tone so that the script sounds like you, not like a robot. So go to go.chainhome.com/coaching, chainhumus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the Hummus Thumbnail System Deluxe. Great name, I know. Worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything else. If your thumbnail does not stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. Now, there’s also a psychology behind thumbnails. You don’t just want to attract anybody. Again, you want to attract the right viewers to your video. You could attract a, you know, millions of the wrong viewers and they’re not going to buy anything from you, right? So, you want to attract the right people to your video as well. And if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube and actually understands this, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month minimum, right? And that’s just part-time, right? That’s $18,000 a year. and they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming but not for educational content because again there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. This is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So go to go.chainhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, uh the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and they’re yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works. Where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own templates. Right? So, go to go.trainhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the subscriber accelerator AI. This is worth $5,000. Now, everyone wants to hit 1,000 subscribers. That is the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized and that’s when it starts to feel real. But most people take months or even years to get there. Some never make it. This tool is designed to get you to a,000 subscribers as fast as possible. We’re talking in days, not months. Now, there are a bunch of different ways to get to 1,000 subscribers. A lot of these ways I don’t recommend after getting to a,000, right? This is literally just something that you do to get monetized, get to a,000 and get monetized. There are paid ways, there are alternative ways where you use certain tricks and that kind of thing that that work. Um, and by the way, with paid, I’m not talking about paying for fake subscribers. I’m talking about paying YouTube directly, right? So, this goes over exactly how to do those things, right? It builds a strategy specific to your niche that so that you’re uh not just posting random videos and praying. You’re posting the right videos to the right audience uh at the right time and you’re doing it in such a way where you’re going to get to 1,000 subscribers as quickly as possible. Right? So go to go.sh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the donefor you YouTube funnel essentials via go highle. This one is 30 days completely free. Go high level and it’s worth at least $10,000 because we cloned all of our funnels that we paid tens of thousands of dollars. Some of the funnels, just like one funnel alone, we paid over $10,000 to a copywriter to create. So, we cloned all of our funnels, all the different ones for every type of product that you could imagine, right? Low ticket, webinar, um high ticket, VSSL, uh medium ticket, like a course, etc., etc. We cloned all those different types of funnels and we’re giving it to you completely free uh with GoHigh Level. We also negotiated with GoHigh Lee to give you your first 30 days completely free and then a discount after that. So it’s very very affordable compared to what you’d have to pay to buy all the different softwares separately. Okay. So the copy, the design, the automations, you’re looking at $5 to $10,000 easily if you hired uh somebody to build your funnel from scratch. um easily five to $10,000 and that’s before they even turn it on, right? We are giving you ours completely free. Um go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Insane value. These are professionally written and designed funnels. They’re also designed in such a way where you can easily just copy whatever you’re doing into the funnel. So obviously our funnel is about YouTube, but you can copy whatever your niche is about very easily. And there’s prompts and there’s directions on how to do that very easily into your funnel. Right? So the exact funnels we use, the landing pages, the sales page, the application pages, all of it ready to go. Uh you are not building from scratch. You’re copying what is already uh working. So you’re copying what’s already making us money, right? Um and you get all the automations if I didn’t mention that as well. So the email sequences, the follow-ups, the booking flows, everything runs on autopilot. Someone opts in, the system follows up, it books the call, even it could even close the deal. Uh go high level has that functionality all while you sleep. Plus, you get 30 days for free on GoHigh Level, so you can launch it without paying a dime up front. So, go to go.shanehomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. We negotiated this deal with GoHighle uh just for you guys. Right now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the niche profit engine. And this one is different from all the other bonuses. And again, this one is available with Claude Skills as well as the GPT. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money figures itself out later. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So, you know exactly what you’re building toward from day one. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So go to go.mus.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, the second you show up to the call that you book, you get instant access, and this tool is yours for life. Bonus A is the 90-day YouTube Creators Advantage money back guarantee. Now, this one is priceless. Um, you’ve got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work for you, you get your money back. We have a very low refund rate, but if you did the work and you got no results, we give you your money back, no questions asked. We sent out a survey uh to people that we worked with. 91% of respondents said that they felt that they got an ROI from the program. A 91% success rate, guys, is I I can’t tell you how absurdly high that is in the coaching industry. Nobody gets a 91% ROI, 91% success rate, right? Um in surveys they sent out. Um, if you’re familiar with NPS score, we did an NPS survey. We got nearly a 9.5 out of 10 on our NPS survey. Right? So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. We have a very low refund rate. Very few people actually take us up on this. And that’s because they know that they’re getting value from the program. They’re getting massive amounts of value. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses. Total value $62,000. um zero risk for you as well because there’s a guarantee. Um now remember bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit engine, you only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included completely free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. And after that, these bonuses go away. and this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick as well because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on the calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that’s totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. Go to go.shom.com/coach. nomomas.com/coaching. Scan the QR code right now. Book the free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, you get a lot of value from the call, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell. But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. One last thing, uh oh yeah, go to go.shade.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. One last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you will get two emails. uh one from Calendarly and the other from the consultant that you booked with, right? Both are titled CGE MasterClass call. So, check your inbox right now. Uh if you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folders, what whatever it’s called. Sometimes they hide uh in there instead of your main inbox. The best one to look in is just all mail cuz it’s definitely going to be in all mail if you’re on Gmail. Um sometimes they hide in there. Uh just drag it over to your main inbox. Uh those emails have your call details, so find them and open them. Very important that you do that. Um and yeah, let’s go ahead and take some questions, guys. Um and by the way, we do have a price increase happening soon, so I highly recommend just sign up now. Um we did recently increase our prices. Um and uh let me actually go over that because I know somebody already asked that question. So we did recently increase our prices. So the pricing is it depends on your needs, right? So we work with people all the way up to like big companies. Big companies uh sometimes we’ve worked with them to help them build out entire departments in their company. So course careers is an example of that. I actually got equity in course careers by doing by helping them do that. Right? So that is going to be like a six-f figureure contract right because that’s just a totally different scope. It’s just completely different deliverables what you want us to do. You want us to hire for you. You want us to, you know, build out entire departments, build out SOPs, systems, etc., etc. Right? Then we always have a few people uh in every call that that are in that situation. Then down from that, we’ve got like your six-figure, your seven figure, your eight figure business owners, right? Uh these people typically want more of a done for you type product, right? So you just want us to just do the work for you. In some cases, it’s literally just doing all the videos for you. In some cases, it’s more of like a semi-build and release offer where we hire the people for you and then um we kind of help them like build everything out. we hire them for you and all that kind of thing. Um, so you know, it could be a little bit different in in that particular case. Um, and so, uh, you know, that’s going to be anywhere between, uh, especially if we’re doing all the work for you, it’s going to be anywhere between 12 to $60,000 overall for like business owners that want us to just do the work for them, right? Then that third tier, which is kind of the beginner program, content growth engine, we, you know, the majority of you are kind of in that. That one you can get started for as little as $1,000 a month, right? You can get started for as little as $1,000 a month. Um, we even have in-house payment plans if we think your niche is good and we think you’re a good fit to work with us, which we only accept about 18% of people to work with us. But if we think your niche is good and you’re a good fit to work with us, we even have in-house payment plans that we do offer some people. It’s 0% APR, so it’s not, you know, it’s nothing, you know, crazy. It’s like 0% APR, so it’s just an in-house payment plan um that we offer people where you can get it even less than $1,000. So, if we think you’re a good fit to work with us, we can get the the payments down uh pretty low, right? Um but overall, the program is $9,800, right? But you can get started for as little as $1,000 a month. Okay? So, that is what we offer. It’s a one-on-one coaching program. Uh the reason we get such incredible results is because we hire some of the best coaches in the world. Uh people with 100,000 subscriber plaques behind them, people that have grown million subscriber channels in many cases, right? We hired these people that are absolutely incredible coaches. We have to pay them a lot of money. We have 15 total people on the team. Uh it’s one-on-one coaching. This isn’t some kind of group coaching program where there’s a call at midnight that you show up to once a month or so or once every week or something. We do have the group coaching calls as well. We have lots of those and they’re a bunch of different times, but this is a one-on-one uh coaching program where we proactively reach out to you and make sure that you get results. That is why we’re able to get such incredible results. You have your own private chat with your coach. You can ask them questions anytime. And then you have regular calls one-on-one with your coaches and our experts, right? And that is why we get people such incredible results. We also have the community component. We have a great course component. We have lots of templates, AI systems that only you guys have access to as well. So um that is how that works. That is the pricing. I won’t answer that question again. I’m just answering it one time because it’s obviously kind of complicated depending on what your needs are. So the pricing is going to change depending on your needs. But that’s the basics of the pricing. All right. Um, cool. Let me go ahead and answer questions. Bruce,

    I have a follow-up call on June 19th. Uh, will everything still be available and the reason the launch of my chair into production this Monday and the finalization of um my book launch and want to match everything up so the brand works on a perfect schedule and all the timing with Ela CGA. just go ahead and stay in contact with your um with your consultant, your contact, and he’ll he’ll keep you up to date on that. I I have a feeling he’ll probably be able to help you out with that. But but uh go ahead and just stay in touch with your your contact. Elizabeth says, “Manifesting the destiny. Love to hear it.” Audrey says, “Awesome. Awesome. Thanks, Shane. Got to jump off.” Awesome. Audrey, hope hopefully you signed up signed up for a call before you jumped off. Good stuff. Cindy, I booked a call. My channel is going to be for parents of the disabled. I love that niche. That’s a great niche. Obviously, it needs a little more dialing in, but that’s that’s a great niche. I’m letting people know they aren’t alone, and I’m offering them info, guides, and support to be able to cope and survive. Should I use the category of education or howto? I believe education is more correct and better as an ad uh as ad revenue. Your thoughts and why? Thank you for your time and knowledge, Shane. By the way, my niche rank was 8.74. Love to hear it. That’s awesome, Cindy. Um, I would probably go with education out of the two. They’re both pretty good, but I’d probably lean slightly towards education for the for the channel um type. And that’s one thing, guys, by the way. Cindy’s asking some great questions here. Something we help people dial in is all the channel settings and all that kind of thing. We even have a GPT for that. We even have an AI for that inside of the program that where you can literally screenshot your channel settings and ask it if it’s what we recommend um for for you know your niche and stuff like that. So yeah uh great great question there Cindy and uh I I’d go with education so I’d lean slightly in that direction. Donald uh so the okay I I just answered the questions on the price. I’m not going to answer the questions again. We can get it down to as little as $1,000 a month. We can even get it lower than that with our in-house payment plans. Yep. Okay, Elizabeth, thank you for talking about the payment plan info. Yep, I’m I’m to we’re totally transparent with how much we charge. We’re not trying to, you know, bait and switch you, but at the same time, we have different offerings at different levels, which is why I went went through in detail and explained that. Um, Bruce, awesome. Thank you, Shane. You got it, Bruce. My pleasure. Nick, I booked a call for tomorrow. I’m ready to get started. Awesome. Nick, Vanessa, I have to leave for work. I look forward to the call. Awesome, Vanessa. Good stuff. Uh, Mary signed up. Thanks a bunch, Shane. You got it, Mary. My pleasure, Elizabeth. I’m an OT Sherry. Awesome. Odetta. Well, okay. Okay, you can cancel the call, Odetta. All good, Samuelson. I am oversee right now and thank you. Awesome, Samson. Yeah, so it must be a bit later for you now. Uh, thanks for staying up for the call. Appreciate you. Um,

    Admin Aaron, great. Vanessa, take care. Um, Kaya, this is pretty exciting. Yep, absolutely. Um, we we built something incredible here. We are super super happy about this uh community that we built. Elizabeth, we can collaborate. Yes, absolutely. Nancy, can we get the niche skill again? Yes, we’ll be dropping it. So, we have the chat GPT version and the cloud version, guys. So, uh the admins are dropping it. Okay. So, go ahead and check in the chat. You’ll see in the chat the admins are dropping it there. Elizabeth, nice. Awesome. Elizabeth Kelsey, will I be able to uh get your help without spitting money up front? I have two niche ideas. Uh first is to make videos for mostly women on how to fix things on their cars, and the other is to uh helping people who are on probation or have loved ones who are in trouble with the law. Um yeah, hey, those two niche ideas sound promising. Uh unfortunately, you are getting my help right now. This is me giving you free help, right? Free live training, free YouTube content. Uh we give out, you know, free uh lead magnets as well. Sometimes we give out super valuable stuff on YouTube as well as on, you know, Twitter X uh as well. So that’s me giving you free stuff there. No, we cannot give you one-on-one coaching for free. I can’t pay somebody tons and tons of money and then they spend a significant amount of their time giving coaching for free. That’s that’s unfortunately I would not be able to have a profitable business if I did that. Uh Holly, what do we do to get the niche validator pro? Uh, I’m not sure how I missed that. Sorry, I’m not techy. Uh, just you gotta uh just make an account on either Claude or ChatgBT and then click on which one you prefer, the Claude one or the ChatgBT one. Um, it’s a the admin dropped it in the in the chat. Nick, I don’t know what my niche is. And by the way, guys, go.shenhommus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click link in the chat. Uh, it looks like we’re running out of spots. So, you definitely want to uh secure your spot now, guys. This call will be valuable whether we end up working together or not. It’s going to be valuable for you. There’s lots of people who dial in their niche on the call itself. Right? So there’s tons of people where they literally dial in the niche on the call itself. So the call is going to be valuable for you whether we end up working together or not. Okay? So just book the call. Uh you know a lot of people end up dialing in the niche on the call. Just book it. It’s going to be valuable for you whether we end up working together or not. Right? Click that link in the chat. Um,

    uh, I don’t know. Uh, Nick says, “I don’t know what my niche should be. I’ll need your help. I want to hit the ground running with this to produce a profitable channel as fast as possible.” Yeah, we help. That’s one of the main things we do, Nick, is we help people dial in their niche. That is like one of the the biggest and like most common things that we do. So, we’ve helped probably thousands of people at this point dial in their niche. So, people come in the program all the time and they’ll say, you know, after the first week, they’re like, “I this is already worth my money.” Like, literally just dialing in the niche. Um, like after the first week, in many cases, they’re like raving about the program and they’re saying, “I I feel like I got my money’s worth already.” So, yeah, just book a call. We’re going to help you dial in your niche. Um, that is one of the main things we help people with. Samuelson, I live in the USA since 1984, but now I got deported to Vietnam. Really? Sorry to hear that, Samson. Wow. Um,

    I mean that might be a a video that you can you can make content about, honestly. Um, that sounds like a a very strange story. Sorry to hear that, man. I’m Yeah, maybe make a video about it. Samuelson. Carla, I look forward to my call. Have a good evening. Awesome. Carla Cindy, I booked a call for tomorrow at 11:40 a.m. I don’t see anything in my email about the bonuses. Uh, the niche profit engine, you have to show up to the call to get that. If you’re talking about that bonus, you have to show up to the call to get that. Cindy, so we we give that away on the call. Samuelson, I am currently living in Ho Chi Men City. Uh yeah. Oh yeah, Saigon. Yeah, Ho Chi Min City. Yeah, beautiful, beautiful place. I’ve been there. Really nice. Jerry, great webinar. Lol. Posted my first video last night and definitely need the help. All good, Jerry. We all need the help when we first start on YouTube. My first videos were awful. Absolutely awful. And now people think that I’m like a YouTube genius, right? But it’s it nobody starts off as a as, you know, being a master of anything, you know? It’s like you got to start somewhere. So we will help you shortcut that learning curve by, you know, five or 10 years. Um, Elizabeth OT work with disabled people, so I already see collaboration in the future. Thank you, Shane. Awesome. Love to hear it, Elizabeth. Good stuff. Justin, I’m a YouTube basketballer. I need to grow my subscribers and make money. Got it. Sounds good, Justin. Um, lots of different opportunities inside of the basketball niche. Um, by the way, so a lot of people think like, “Oh, Shane, you only teach education. I I’m in an entertainment niche.” You might think basketball’s entertainment. No, you can still make educational content about entertainment niches. The only the whole thing here is that you’re solving people’s problems. So, just as an example, one of our clients who recently just made a full-time income, he’s in the chess niche. So, he helps people get better at chess. So, his specific niche is helping adult learners get to a 2,000 rating online uh in chess, right? Um with with his specific system, right? So, that is incred like that’s an incredibly, you know, obviously that’s entertainment, but he’s solving a problem within entertainment. That’s the whole point. And he is now making a full-time income uh as a chess coach. He’s got a bunch of full-time uh full paying uh clients as a chess coach. probably getting pretty close to six figures a year as a chess coach. Brand new, too. Um, my uh So, so yeah, lots of opportunities, Justin. And and basketball niche. I figured I’d give that one as example just cuz it’s like top of mind and it’s kind of a game just like basketball is. Um, uh, Mr. Registrant, eye opening. Lots to think about. My name is also Shane, but spelled slightly differently. Awesome. Hey, with great power comes great responsibility, Shane. Uh, represent the name well. Um, but by the way, fun fact about the name Shane. It’s actually John. Shane is actually the I believe it’s the Irish or Gaelic version of John. So, John, Ian, Shane, Sean, and I think there’s other ones, something else. It’s the Irish version of uh Jean. Yan. All All Irish version of John. But yeah, guys, go. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. We are running out of spots, guys. Probably only a few more spots left. We only accept a small amount of people at a time into the program. We can’t really like like it’s so hands-on that we can only onboard so many people at a time. So, uh only a small amount of spots left, guys. Uh book your call now to lock that in and lock all of these bonuses in. Uh don’t miss out on it. Once we once we send out the replay, all the slots are going to get filled up immediately. So, just uh go ahead and and book your slots now. In fact, we will go ahead and open a few spots up. I think I’m getting uh news here that we can actually open a few spots up, right? Yeah. Okay. I’m I’m seeing the slots open. Um we can actually open a few spots up. So, um I I think we’re going to go ahead and open a few. So, if you tried to book and you couldn’t find a good spot um a good good, you know, something that’s convenient for your time, go ahead and try to book again. Um Samuelson, it’s actually morning here. I got up at 5:30 to see your Zoom. Awesome. Samuelson, thanks for waking up early. Tiffany, is life after 50 a niche? That is yes, but I think you need to be a little bit more specific than that. Life After 50 for retirement, life after 50 for, you know, how to have a better life, you know, etc., etc. So, so you’re getting there, but it’s not quite there, but you’re you’re definitely getting there. Ka, um, Kelsey says, “Appreciate you.” Appreciate you, Kelsey. Kaia booked a call and we’ll play with the niche generator tool before I talk to Dimmitri. Awesome. Katherine, I’m a low-income woman who is disabled. I am successful writer and former journalist. I want to help women understand the news and how it affects them through a lens of a disabled woman in her 50s, a single mother, and a homeowner who has found many ways to succeed without money. Yeah, I mean, it it looks like you have a ton of amazing life experience, Catherine, and I think you could uh share that life experience with other people. So, um definitely something that could be really good for you. Um definitely book a call. We’ll we’ll be happy to help you whether we end up working together or not. Um, but yeah, and also check out the niche validator because I think that’ll help you kind of refine what your channel could be about. Um, Claude version and ChatGpt version, guys. I know a lot of you wanted the Claude version. We got a lot of requests from that. We do listen to you guys. Uh, you know, we got a lot of requests uh from you folks about that and uh we we created the cloud version for you. So now we got almost all of the uh tools we had before but hosted and claude. Holly, thank you so much Shane. You’re really great. Ah, thank you so much, Holly. I appreciate you. You’re great. Jerry already uh getting some great ideas. Thank you. Awesome. Jerry, how’d you guys like the niche validator by the way? Go definitely check that out if you haven’t already. Nick, I booked a call. Awesome, Nick. Samuelson, I hope to. Awesome. Samuelson. Nick, are we okay to sign off for it? Yep, you’re okay, Nick. Holly, oh my god, I accidentally left the chat again. I’m sorry. Could you post the niche validator pro link again? Yeah, guys, hey, save that link. And then also, there’s a way of actually saving it inside of chat GPT. I think it’s called pinning, but if if you’re not sure how to do that, just go ahead and save the link, right? Make sure you guys save the link. But yeah, we’ll post it again, Holly. No problem. Katherine, looking forward to the call. I have ADHD. It helps to have someone else dial down my topics and niche. Definitely, definitely helps, Katherine. For sure. Um, Holly register, love you. Thank you. Ah, thanks Holly. Appreciate you. Thank you. Lots of love, guys. Bruce, uh, Shane, I can’t thank you enough for all of your help as I have already learned a lot from you. Having a great evening. Thanks again. Awesome. Bruce, uh, glad you enjoyed it. Uh, Lynn, providing tips to parents with kids with autism. Yeah, I think that’s a phenomenal niche, Lynn. I think I think there’s a lot of opportunity there. Definitely needs a little refinement, but great niche. Jeff Admin Aaron downloads got in with a link. Good stuff. Payton, if I booked a call, can I change the date? I was wondering if I could move it to June. Um, contact your uh consultant uh the person that you booked a call with. Reach out to them and there’s a good chance they might be able to change the date. Michelle, thank you so much for this opportunity, Shane. This is a great webinar and I appreciate you very much. Hope you have a great night, rest of your night. Awesome. You got it, Michelle. My pleasure. Appreciate you as well. Uh, Elizabeth Shamus Irish. Yep. There you go. Absolutely. Absolutely. Kelsey, I was named after the movie. The movie Shane. It’s an old western movie. That’s what I was named after. So, Kelsey, have a great night. Thank you so much. Much love. Awesome. Have a great night, Kelsey. Um, Ruth Nelson, I have registered for a call. I am certifying elementary school teachers, parents, and youth coaches to teach kids aged 10 and under volleyball, five decades in this profession. Awesome, Ruth. Yeah, that sounds amazing. Um, yeah, I think uh there’s a lot of wisdom that you could share and niches related to that and that’s something we can help you dial in. Obviously, check out our niche validator as well. That’ll help you uh formulate an idea, but once it helps you formulate an idea, we can dial it in even harder. And guys, also uh all of the uh amazing AI tools that we have, go-sh.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. um you will a lot of so many people tell me that um you know they they booked a call and they were able to dial in their niche on the call right so just book a call guys it’s going to be valuable whether we end up working together or not um we have this saying in our business it’s called greatness on all surfaces right and what this basically means is anytime we interact with our prospects our our viewers we give them value whether it is our um our YouTube videos our lead magnets, our live trainings, our um uh call even even calls that people book with us. We give them value on everything. That is a standard that we have, right? So, our calls are valuable whether we end up working together or not. Only a few minutes left for you guys to book the call, okay? Probably about 5 or 10 minutes left. So, book a call now. Uh don’t wait till later. Once we send out the replay, uh all the spots are going to get filled up. We did open up a few extra spots, so if you checked it earlier, check it again. There might be some better spots open for you. Um but yeah, just book the call now. Do not wait on it. Mr. Registrant, have any of your clients started more than one channel with no prior experience? Yes, uh they have. I always recommend to start one channel at a time, though. And the reason for that is because there’s this old proverb. It’s it’s it’s uh if you chase two rabbits at once, you will cast you will catch no rabbits. If you chase two rabbits at once, you will catch no rabbits, right? Do not chase two rabbits at once. Chase one rabbit at a time. Chase rabbit A first, then chase rabbit B. Right. So, um do not recommend starting multiple channels at once. You always want to start one channel at a time and focus on it. Once that channel’s running smoothly, then you can launch another channel, right? Um but yeah, we have helped people do that. Jerry, thanks again. Got to jump off. Can’t wait for my call. Awesome. Jerry, can’t wait as well. Um yes,

    call is about uh uh 45 minutes or so, Katherine. Yep. Yep. Call uh make make sure you got uh you you keep about four. Make sure you uh uh have a whole hour just in case though. Tiffany, can’t wait to sign up and work with you. I’m definitely in. Awesome. Tiffany, love to hear it. Elizabeth, another great collaboration ideas. Yep, absolutely. Uh Steph, is it better to have a channel sharing your lived experiences or how to manage through specific life struggles? Both actually. We found tons of people have monetized their kind of like when life gives give them gives them lemons, they turn it into lemonade type thing. Uh so they’ve monetized the bad things that have happened in their life because at the end of the day, you’re helping people solve problems and it’s a lot easier for them to relate to you and it’s a lot easier for you to help them solve a problem that you’ve already had, right? So if you’ve had the problem, you’ve had the experience, it’s easier for you to help other people solve the problem. So many people monetize in that way. um that’s very very common and a lot of people just monetize from the life experience that they already have as well um or things that they’re passionate about. That’s all part of the process that we help you uh to dial in your niche. Okay, Bruce says that validator is awesome. Great to hear, Bruce. Elizabeth, I booked a call. What should I be doing next? Uh oh yeah, great question, Elizabeth. Okay, so once you book the call, there’s going to be a page like this that pops up, right? It’s going to look like either this or this. Make sure you watch the video on this page. It’s very important that you actually watch the video on this page. Okay? So, it’s going to look like this or this. It’s not that long. It’s only about a minute and a half or or 28 seconds. Watch the video on this page. Follow the instructions on this page. I I’ll be honest with you guys. If you can’t follow the instructions, it’s going to be a much lower chance that we’re going to want to work with you, right? We cuz you have to be able to follow instructions for us to be able to work with you, right? So, you need to say, “I know the sender.” So, follow the instructions. It’s not that many. And then check out all of the te the amazing testimonials that we have on this page. So, you can just check out all these incredible testimonials we have. Just it’s just an endless scroll of testimonials. These are all videos. Just it just doesn’t end. It’s just an endless scroll of testimonials, right? And just keep scrolling down. Check out those testimonials. Um see if you relate to any of them. if if those are the types of channels that you think um you would uh want to uh you know start, right? So, you’ll notice we don’t do any prank channels or any like gaming channels or anything like that, but we we do those uh a lot of those types of channels, right? Um and uh yeah, and then just make sure you read your email, right? Uh get those two emails just like we talked about right here, these directions right here. Uh confirm the invitation uh from from the uh uh consultants, right? your uh masterclass call. Confirm that. And uh any emails we send to you, make sure you read them. Anytime we reach out to you via text message or even a call or whatever, make sure you respond to us. And that’ll give you the best chances of success. And it’ll also make sure that you’re prepared and you’re and you get the most value out of your call. Okay? So, make sure you do all those things. Very important. Um and yeah, that that’s a that’s a great question, Elizabeth. And that’s what to do next. Thank you so much for that great question. Elellena, thanks a lot, Shane, for the webinar. You got it, Ellena. My pleasure. Payton, never mind. I see you don’t have that many dates available. Oh, yeah. Sorry about that. We are running out of spots. There’s There’s probably not that many spots left. And I I’m sorry, but that that’s just how it is. Like, we almost always run out of spots. So, so book your spot while you have still have a time, guys. There’s probably only a few spots left. Uh so, definitely book that spot while you still have the opportunity to do so. Um, by the way, note to um, uh, Alexis and everybody, put the actual link to the Calendarly that they get linked to. Put the actual link to that page uh, here so that I can click on it in the future and I can actually see live how many spots we have. Scott, I help narrative designers, worldbuilders, and fantasy sci-fi authors use AI to accelerate their process and complement their creativity. I absolutely love that niche, Scott. I actually know somebody making money in a niche very similar to that. Um, it is in the gaming niche, but you know, it’s definitely very similar with world building, you know, authoring, that kind of thing. Um, love what you’re doing there, Scott. I think that is absolutely phenomenal. Um, yeah, and I and I love the direction of that niche. Um, I love the direction you’re going with that for sure. Um, so yeah, book a call. I think I think that’s awesome. Um, of course, you need a little bit of We always need a little bit of refinement, right? But book a call. Robert, thanks for the cloud version two. Yep. Uh, book a call for the cloud version, guys. People love that Claude stuff. Uh, Scott, thoughts. Yeah, like it, Scott. I like it. Carmen, thanks for the new toy. Already checking it out. Awesome. You got it, Carmen. My pleasure. Deborah, thank you. My pleasure. Uh, Deborah Samuelson, I did book the call. Awesome, Samson. Hoping I can work with your help. Good stuff, Samson. Uh, Kimberly, Shane, thank you so much for all of your encouragement. So awesome that you were reaching out in all directions. It’s great to think that I can help others. Have a great evening. Yes, you got it. Uh yeah, this is this is my life purpose for sure, guys. This is this is uh I’m super passionate about doing this. I’m glad you you’re enjoying it as well. Elizabeth, I have heard three ideas that are similar in nature, but we could help each other bring more value to their ideas under their niche. Sorry for my long-winded messages, but honestly, I was excited for this call all day. Yeah. Hey, uh totally totally makes sense, Elizabeth. And yeah, um there’s a lot of room for a lot of different ideas on YouTube. There’s really so many different niches out there. There’s more niches popping up every single day. Just as an example, look at pickle ball, right? There’s channels that pickle ball was like nowhere a year ago and now there’s channels popping up left and right teaching you how to do pickle ball. It’s huge now, right?

    Samson, I can commit full-time since I’m unemployed now. Makes sense. Hamilton, good stuff. Yeah, Samuelson. Sorry, Samuelson. Marie, uh Shane, I’m a student and working for CEG program now. My question is, do I get these new upgrades, too? Yes, we we are dropping those new upgrades. Um, that’s one thing. Uh, Lexus, we need to drop the claw updates for the the clients. So, make sure that gets posted for the clients. Um, Elizabeth, uh, didn’t you just poke a quote? I only ever heard of my mom say, “Chase two rabbits, catch none. Story of my life.” Yeah, there you go. Yeah. I mean, it’s such a great quote. It’s so true. If you chase two rabbits at the same time, you are guaranteed to not catch either of the rabbits, right? You got to chase one rabbit at a time. It’s so It’s so important. Um, once you catch the rabbit, then you can chase the other rabbit, right? But you got to catch it first. Justin, do people help subscribe and make money with entertainment like YouTube, basketball, or anything uh like that? Yeah. I mean, hey, you can make money with entertainment, right? Like, there’s a lot of people that make money with that. It is much harder. It’s much more competitive. Um, I personally don’t work with entertainment channels cuz I just know it’s way harder to get them results. We wor we work with niche education channels. Now, you can talk about entertainment topics, right? like basketball, but you have to be helping them solve a problem. You can even talk about gaming or something like that, but again, you have to be helping them solve a problem, right? So, world building, for instance, that’s entertainment, but he you’re teaching people how to do world building. So, that is helping them solve a problem. Chess, that’s entertainment, but you’re teaching adult learners how to get to a 2,000 rating online in chess. That is uh education, right? That is that is uh authority, right? So, even though it’s an entertainment niche, you can make it educational and you can help people solve their problems. Hopefully, that makes sense. All right, guys. Uh, last call. Uh, definitely sign up for a call, guys. Uh, go.Homes.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat, guys. Last call. I don’t even know how many spots are open. There may not even be any spots open. Um, with that being said, guys, we are going to send the links to these uh this qualified schedule call page so that you can uh review these links. Um, we’re going to we’re going to go ahead and send the links to that page. Um, so you can review those links and um uh watch all of this stuff just in case you close the the link down. You can watch all of this stuff before your call. Um, do make sure, as I said before, this is very important. Make sure to check your spam, your trash, your all mail. If you signed up for a call, make sure you actually saw the call in your email. It’s very important you see the call in your email. And then you add the call to your calendar. Okay? Super super important that you do that. If you don’t do that, there’s a very high chance that you know we won’t end up working together either because you’ll miss the call or we see that you don’t f you can’t follow instructions, right? So, uh, scan the QR code. This remember this is a fit to see if we’re good to work with each other. We do not accept everybody. We only accept about 18% of the people who apply to work with us. Uh we tell our representatives all the time, do not accept everybody, right? Do not accept it. Like like be picky about who you accept. Only accept people if you think that they’re a good fit to work with us and you think that there’s a very high chance that we can get results. So, um make sure you do all these things. That’ll give you a higher chance of being accepted. And uh also screenshot this page right here. If for whatever reason you have not signed up, go ahead and screenshot this page or copy and paste the link in the chat. Okay, so we have a link uh in the chat. You can copy and paste that. I will actually go ahead and and uh copy that link and post it myself right now. Okay, so I just posted it apply for the one-on-one YouTube coaching. You can copy and paste that link and save it. And uh if for whatever reason maybe you’re driving or something, you can’t uh do it right now, you can you can just uh save that link, screenshot this uh uh and and and apply later and and uh uh uh actually sign up for the call later. So thanks guys. Was an awesome one. I’m going to go ahead and sign off now. Um but yeah, you can screenshot this. You can uh save that link. Had a great time guys. Hope you guys enjoyed it. Had a great evening spending it with you guys. Uh helping you guys guys with this stuff. Again, this is my passion. And this is my my life purpose to help people do this. I love helping people grow and make money on YouTube. And I love helping people uh share their wisdom and share their you know educate others through YouTube which is amazing. Um so looking forward to working with you guys and uh have a good one. Good evening to uh most of you I’d say. Good evening guys. Cheers. Have a good night.

  • 05/26/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy Tax Planning – How Tax Planning Changes Through Four Stages of Retirement

    Good evening everyone. Thanks for joining. Uh gonna get started about one minute after the hour. Today’s uh a little bit longer of a presentation, so not as much leeway can be given today. Uh if somebody does not mind hopping in the chat or the Q&A section, just let me know that you can hear me. We got a quick mic check. I’d really appreciate that. Perfect. Thank you very much to everyone. Thank you. Thank you. All right. Great. Like I said, we’ll get started here in about three and a half, four minutes. That way can get through it. But today’s webinar is great. It’s one of my top two, three favorite ones to present. A lot of information. Um wouldn’t say that there’s really any downtime in it either. A lot of great scenarios to go through, a lot of information to be learned. Um we’ll get into it. Might even want to grab a pen and paper for this one. But of course, you know, you can always schedule a meeting with me after to review the information. We’ll get started here in about three minutes. Right folks, we’re going to get started in about 30 seconds or so. Anybody who’s running late, experiencing technical difficulties, give them an extra second to join in early on. Again, if you didn’t hear my spiel about 3 minutes ago, today is a great webinar to show up for. Uh top two or three favorite one of mine to present. A lot to be learned. Um you know, a lot of folks join these webinars. They want to know if they can retire on time, how much they need to save, etc., etc. And that’s simple to show with financial planning. Um, this gets into a lot more than that. Gets into the taxes and the weeds of things. So, just be prepared for a great webinar today. It is longer. So, we’ll be getting started here in just a second. But again, thank you all for joining. Hope you learned something. I’m sure you will. All right. With that, let’s begin. So, good evening everyone. My name is Beep T Sprreer. I’m one of the financial consultants with Alliant and I’m part of the team of financial professionals through the credit union that just offer webinars and educational seminars on a regular basis to educate our members. You guys are our boss. This is why credit unions are better than banks. Not owned by shareholders, owned by you, the members. Of course, all the other perks that come to with a credit union, too, but we’re here to just assist our members and give you the best experience possible. And again, like to just start thanking all of you for taking the time to learn about taxes in retirement, ways to save money, how to avoid some very costly mistakes, and of course, as always, I will reserve time at the end to answer any questions you may have. If you answer ask any during the uh webinar, I can’t get to them just yet cuz I will be on a roll. But feel free to pop any questions you have in the chat or the Q&A section. Two different areas you can ask questions. Go ahead and identify both. But when that time comes at the end, ask your questions in those sections. I will be sure to get to them. New disclosure that we have here. Uh some people have been putting their AI notetaker in the meetings. Sorry, this is proprietary information. We can’t allow people to do that. I don’t think I see any in here right now. So, please don’t put your AI noteaker in here. If you want to take photos with your camera, I can’t stop you from doing that. But feel free to ask any questions, take photos. Again, can’t stop you from doing that, but no notetakers.

    All right, upcoming webinars, state matters, state planning. This one ties into today’s, too. So, we’re going to cover a little bit about estate planning. Want to really get into the weed up weeds of it? There it is. Thursday, June 11th, 2:00 Central, 3:00 for you Flidians and my East Coast folks out that way. And then another thing we’re going to be touching on today too because it does assist you with tax preparations, saving money in taxes, Roth IRA conversions. This is another one of my top two top three favorite webinars. And that will also be at evening webinar Tuesday, June 23rd. Please join us for that one. And of course, our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We are focused on helping you, our members, understand the ins and outs of investing, retirement, being savvy with your finances, of course, much more. Take a photo of this slide. Oh, boom. Sorry about that. Please go ahead and take a photo of this slide. Check out our webinar schedule, aerosis.allantcreditun.com/event.

    Then we have our podcast. We also have a plethora of other resources that you can check out as well on there in our resource center. All right. So, before we dive into our presentation, we’re just going to warm up with a little bit of a tax brain teaser about Bill here. Sounds like fun. And so, after working hard for his whole adult life, Bill, he’s 63 now. He’s finally retired and he’s going to go to a lot more concerts now more than ever before. That’s how he wants to sell uh celebrate his retirement, enjoy himself. So, Bill has $58,688 in taxable income, which includes 375 of Social Security benefits this year. As you can see, Bill’s $58,688 of taxable income puts him squarely in that 22% tax bracket. Because it’s more than 50, 401, but less than 1057. Now, towards the end of the year, Bill decides to take an extra,000 out of his IRA for a trip to see Willie Nelson, old Willie, playing in Austin. And how much is he taxing that extra thousand dollar? Well, I mean, the the logical answer is that for every dollar of IRA money he pulls out, he’ll pay 22 cents in federal income taxes, right? You know, 22% bracket. And therefore, if he took out $1,000, he should only owe $220 in federal income tax. That 22% tax bracket. I mean, simple enough, right? Well, you’re wrong. He owes $47 in taxes, a 40.7% federal tax rate on that income. That’s thanks to the madness that is our tax code and the unique formula that determines how your social security benefits are taxed. And the real answer is that billow is $47 and that extra income. We’ll get into that a lot more soon, but everyone’s tax situation is different and you should always consult a qualified professional tax advisor to discuss your specific tax situation, especially about these topics. You traditional IAS are tax deferred, must pay taxes on the distributions or the conversions at ordinary, federal, and state rates down the road. Your Roth IRA, that’s your money that grows taxfree. You already paid taxes on it, taken care of. Then there’s state taxes, too. But this presentation references federal taxes. So if you’re in the state of Florida or Texas, obviously it doesn’t matter. Um you may still face state taxes depending on where you are. Check with your tax pro. We can go over that too should you decide to meet with me afterwards. But I am a financial consultant folks. I do not prepare taxes or provide tax advice. What I do though is tax planning and I help people understand how that tax code and other rules could impact their financial planning and investments. And then we develop a plan to take into account many of the odd things people encounter, especially around taxes in retirement.

    But our goal here is to help you understand that the retirement distribution game, spending assets in retirement, is much different than the accumulation game when you’re saving for retirement. So, chances are you’ve been in the accumulation phase for most of your life, for several decades. You’ve been working hard and just trying to save money, and hopefully your accounts have grown. But now, as you may be entering or preparing for retirement, you’re in an extremely entirely different place, the distribution phase. And the distribution phase has new strange rules that can catch people off guard. And along with those new rules, there are often many changes in your own personal life that can have a big impact on your taxes, too.

    So, that brings us to a simple statement about the problem we’re here to discuss. Simply put, people often pay more in taxes in retirement than expected because a confusing system treats various income types differently and contains hidden taxes and penalties. So in the accumulation phase, people build their assets in several different forms, stocks, bonds, etc. 401ks. In the distribution phase, your regular wages stop coming in and you have to take the money you’ve saved and use it to fund your retirement, which can go on for decades, hopefully. So hope everyone here lives to be 120 plus but with just good health in your side. And that’s challenging because you’ll need to make informed decisions about the tax implications of tapping different accounts and it can be costly. So in retirement your tax rate can vary dramatically based on decisions you make such as the timing and order which you use different sources of money to pay for your expenses. And those poor choices through misunderstanding or ignorance of the rules can result in people paying way more money in taxes than it’s necessary. And as a result, they may see their savings drop faster. That can mean less to leave to your kids, grandkids. You know, of course, we don’t want that to be you. And the fact that you are here means to me that you’re willing to work towards a solution, which is of course the most important first step. But because your tax exposure will change throughout four stages of retirement, you’ll need a strategy that anticipates both traditional taxes and possible taxes. You know, possible search charges, penalties related to social security, Medicare, and other income sources. But that means you’ll need an informed and proactive plan that addresses how you create your income in retirement. But my goal here for you today is to introduce you to the major aspects of such a strategy, show you the challenges we all face, and then explain what makes up a workable solution to our retirement tax problem. But the first step is to develop an understanding of the types of taxes you may face. And what I mean by taxes, I’m talking about all the costs that can increase as your income does, including some that aren’t actually called a tax. You know, to me, if your cost goes up as your income rises, it it’s a tax in my book. So, you also need to understand the retirement expenses you’ll face. And you’ll need to create a strategy that will help you decide which of your assets to tap first, how much you should be taking from those assets, and when those distributions should occur. And getting this right will help you pay as low a tax rate as possible. Hopefully, you save a fortune in taxes. You’ve paid enough already, more than likely. But before we go on, here are four stages of retirement that we’ll discuss. These are rough ranges and descriptions. You your experience may differ. This is just a framework for discussing our topic. First, there’s pre-retirement, the final home stretch, the work and save years of 50 to 60. Next, the early years of retirement, 60 to 70, those go-go years. People often have grand plans for this time, like you’re traveling, volunteering, starting some new hobbies, etc. Then you reach those middle years of retirement, 70 to 80, the go slow years, which brings more financial decisions such as how to deal with RMDs if you had we’ll get into RMDs, required minimum distributions from your IAS and other retirement accounts. Finally, there’s the later years of retirement when your health may not be as good and you’re thinking about your legacy and your estate. You know, the no-go years starting around age 80. Hey, for some of you that’s not until 90, 95, 100 probably. Um, but as you’ll see, there’s just a wide range of issues that have to be planned for in each phase. And this can be a lot harder than it seems because retirement is just full of surprises. And even the best planning will divert from reality at some point. One future unknown is inflation. People tend to view their future costs in current dollars, and they don’t always anticipate how those costs grow with inflation. Think back 30 years ago to the cost of a gallon of milk or a gallon of gas or a Coke at the vending machine. Used to be a nickel when I or a quarter when I was a kid. Now it’s a buck buck 50 or a visit to the emergency room. We know how much how expensive medical uh costs have gone up. Now think about those costs today and imagine what they’ll grow to over the next 30 years when you’re not working. That’s inflation. Or how about your longevity? Many people end up living far longer than expected, which is great, but that requires more money at a time when it’s difficult to work. So, how long do you think you might live? And many people also understate how much money they need to maintain a pre-retirement standard of living. And who wants to see their standard of living drop? These are the go-go years. You want to have a lot of fun now. And then there are health care costs. That’s that 10,000lb gorilla in the room. That includes your out-ofpocket payments for services and drugs plus Medicare and insurance costs which just keep rising. They’re about double what standard inflation or it doubles. They grow by more than double standard inflation too. For many retirees though, taxes could be their largest expense in retirement. But it is not often discussed or addressed with a thoughtful plan. Now, at this point, you may be thinking, okay, so what’s the first thing I need to understand about retirement and taxes? Here it is. It’s our first key. You have to know what your after tax retirement savings picture looks like before you actually retire

    because a $500,000 401k or IRA balance isn’t really worth $500,000 if it’s pre-taxed. That’s what we mean. If it’s a pre-tax 401k or IRA, the government still has a claim on part of that money because the taxes were deferred. They’ll get their share when you’re forced to start your required minimum distributions at 73 or 75. The Secure Act 2.0’s push back RMDs to 73 if you were born between 51 and 59. If you were born after that in 1960 or later, you won’t have to start taking them until 75. Obviously, the higher your tax rate in retirement, the less your account is actually worth, though. So, here’s an example of that. This chart shows you the cumulative after tax value of a half a million dollar IRA. That’s just earning a modest 6% per year at different tax rates. And as you can see, the lower your tax rate, the more you get to keep. Simple in theory, very difficult in practice, though. And by the way, of course, this presentation applies to both pre-retirees and retirees. So don’t worry if you’ve already started your retirement. Tax planning is important throughout your retirement.

    Now, you may be thinking, okay, my accounts may not be worth as much as I thought, but I’ll have a steady flow of benefits from Social Security to supplement my income, and I’ll have Medicare to pay my health costs. But one thing that you need to understand when creating your retirement tax strategy is social security and Medicare have their own tax traps that you need to plan for as well. So let’s get into social security and taxes now. Let’s go back to Bill from our tax brain teaser at the beginning. And we want to understand why he paid such a high tax rate on that extra amount of money that he took. It was just $1,000, but he took his extra $1,000 from his IRA to go on a concert road trip to go see Willie. You know, remember he has $45,000 of IRA income. Part of his adjusted gross income is $65,538. He has $37,500 of social security benefits. So that puts him squarely in that 22% bracket. And he takes the standard deduction. Yet, when he took the extra$1,000 IRA distribution, he got hit with a nearly 41% marginal tax rate on that $1,000. So, let’s break down how this actually happens. First, let’s remember the only difference between our two scenarios here is that Bill takes an additional $1,000 from an IRA. You see that in that after concert trip column, he has for $46,000 in IRA income. So we see here that by adding that additional $1,000 of actual income, it increased both his AGI and his taxable income by $1850. And that means for every dollar of income he actually received, he’s being taxed on a dollar on a $185. Huh? How? Why? Well, here’s the deal. Depending upon how much other income you have, the amount of your social security benefits that are taxable varies. For instance, if your other income is low enough, all of your social security benefits can possibly be income taxfree at the federal level. On the other hand, if your income is high enough, up to 85% of your social security benefits can be taxable at whatever your personal rate is. When Bill finds himself in the later scenario in the latter scenario at his current income after the concert trip, for every dollar that he takes out of his IRA, he not only adds $1 of IRA money to his taxable income, but he must also add an additional 85 of taxable social security benefits.

    And if you add that up, that’s a $1.85 85 taxable at his 22% rate for every $1 of additional IRA income that he actually receives. And if you do the math on that, it comes out to 40.7% real tax rate on that additional $1,000 income. And that’s the so-called social security tax torpedo. It can impact single filers. It can impact married couples with even fairly modest income during any stage of retirement. And it’s just one reason planning for taxes and retirement is so important. Let’s look at another aspect of social security and taxation and how people approach retirement. Pardon me, somebody’s driving by with a motorcycle. Now, during the go-go year stage, some people retire altogether, but other people enter into a sort of a semi-retirement. And sometimes it’s a continuation of a previous job just with fewer hours. Others use it to explore an interest in a new field. Still others use semi-retirement to pursue non-paid rewarding volunteer work. So working retirement can impact your planning and taxes in just a number of ways. And some good, some bad, and some can just be downright ugly.

    So let’s look at how working during these years can be a good thing. Chances are you’ve researched what your social security benefits might be at various ages, but you may not know that your social security benefit is calculated using your highest 35 years of inflation adjusted earnings. Well, what if you started working late in life? Or what if you left work to raise children? You may not even have 35 years of earnings history. You suppose you have only 28. The remaining seven years just count as big old fat zeros when they calculate your benefits. And if anybody’s ever missed a quiz or a test or remembers their school days, a zero really can pull your grade down way worse than, you know, just a regular old F between getting a 40 or 60. That zero really drags you down. But there’s good news. Earnings at any age can help you increase your social security benefit. And thanks to how Social Security calculates benefits, replacing several years of zeros with even my earnings can positively impact your benefits down the road.

    Now, let’s look at how working during your go-go years can be somewhat bad, though, if you’re already collecting benefits and unaware of the Social Security earnings limit that applies prior to reaching your full retirement age. Here’s how the rule works. If you start social security, be it your own retirement benefit or spousal benefits, prior to the year you reach your full retirement age, probably 67 for most of you, every $2 above a certain amount that you earn, which $24,480 in 2026. So for $2 that you earn above that, Social Security will be withhold the dollar in benefits. So, just keep in mind that we’re talking about earnings here, like a W2 salary or self-employment income, not talking about pensions, interest, dividends, capital gains. They don’t count and won’t reduce early social security benefits. For instance, let’s say you earn $25,400 in 2026. That’s 200 two $2,000 over the limit. Therefore, under the one one for two withholding, Social Security would withhold $1,000 of your 2026 benefits. But these benefits aren’t truly lost, though. When you do turn your full retirement age, your benefit will just be adjusted upward to make it as if you’d applied at full retirement age with respect to those withheld benefits. In other words, your benefit going forward will be a bit higher. Also, in the year you reach full retirement age, there’s a separate higher earnings limit.

    Okay? So, now we talked about the good and the bad. So, now we got to get to the ugly. And we’re here today to talk about taxes retirement. But there are other taxes that you may face too. For instance, while you’re working, you’re subject to the 7.65% Social Security and Medicare taxes in addition to income tax. The self-employed pay twice that amount, 15.3% to cover their employer’s contribution. Now, these taxes don’t go away if you’re working past your full retirement age or even if you’re collecting social security. Worse, if your go- go year’s earnings don’t make it into your top 35 years, those social security taxes go into the trust fund and do not increase your benefit. So, keep that in mind. Next, let’s get into Medicare and taxes.

    Let’s just take a look at how Medicare and something it calls IRA can impact some couples in the go-go years and beyond. IRMA basically is what you’re going to be paying towards social security or towards Medicare while you’re under uh while you’re in Medicare. Think of it as your premium. First, what is it? It stands for the income related monthly adjustment amount. And the emphasis is on income because it is a monthly tiered search charge. Again, it’s a kind of a tax and it’s tacked on to people’s Medicare Part B and D premiums, but it only happens if you have income over 109,000 for single filers and 218,000 for married couples filing a joint return. So, let’s take a look at what this means in action. Let’s meet George and Martha here. They are a high earning married couple and both are Medicare Part B and D participants. And ears charges affect income from 2 years prior. And this couple is on track for $342,000 in modified adjusted gross income uh in 2024. So it’s 2026 now. So they’re going to be judged in 2026. Their taxation or their IMA charges are going to be p um based off of what they made in 2024. But on December 1st, 2024, George decided to sell a stock that he bought for $10,000 on July 1st, 2007. He sold the stock for 11,000 resulting in $1,000 of gain. Was taxed at 15% long-term capital gains rate, which is standard for most, plus an additional 3.8% of net investment income sir tax for a total federal tax bill of 18.8%. And that 3.8% net investment income sir tax is another tax that does come into play when your modified adjusted gross income exceeds 200,000 for singles and 250,000 for married couples. So George and Martha owe $188 of tax and the gain from the sale of their stock, right? 18.8 of a,000. Or do they? Remember, my definition of a tax is any cost that increases as your income increases. So then George and Martha will owe more than $188 because the gain from the sale of the stock pushed them off the Medicare IMA cliff into paying higher Medicare premiums. Let’s take a look at those. So look at this part B here in my chart. That extra thousand gain pushed their AGI into the next premium tier that starts with $342,01. So now instead of paying $405 each for their monthly Medicare Part B premiums, George and Martha are now going to owe 527.50 each per month. So that’s an extra $121.70 bucks.70 per month. Multiply it by two, it’s $243 $244 more a month for an annual total in additional income related monthly adjusted Medicare Part B premiums of $2,920 just for selling the stock. He threw himself into another bracket. And we do this kind of planning, too. So we’ll keep an eye out for that. But we can help you with this. But it’s not over though because now Medicare Part D, we just we were just looking at Part B. Now Medicare Part D is going to also be impacted. And George and Martha will now pay each another 22 $23 per month for their drug plan, which is an extra $550 for the couple over the course of a year. So we’re talking about a $3,600 a year swing just from the sale of the stock.

    Again, just adding all those search charges together. George and Martha will each owe an extra $145 a month, more than $3,400 a year of combined additional charges for the year.

    Now, combine that amount with the $188 of actual federal tax income income tax they would have owed on the sale of that stock and the total tax owed on $1,000 of gains. That comes to 3658.40 40 cents and that’s tax rate of 337%. Let me repeat that. That’s a tax rate of 30 365%. So, let’s just do a quick review. They sold stock for $1,000 income gain. The stock sale tax was $188, $15 for long-term capital gains plus the net investment income tax, 3.8%. The extra income from the stock sale triggers new IRA tiers, new Medicare costs. And the total IRMA charges amounts for the year to it increases it to $3470. So the $1,000 extra income triggered taxes of $3,658.

    Again, $365% real tax rate. You see, being pushed into a higher Medicare Part B and D premium range is worse than being pushed into a higher tax bracket for most. That’s because if you go over a regular tax bracket by even a single dollar, only those last dollars are taxed at that higher rate. But if you go over the Medicare Part B and D income levels by even a single dollar, you then move into the next premium tier. It doesn’t matter if you exceed the limit by a dollar or $10,000. That’s what they call the earma cliff. Just keep in mind your IMA payments are not determined, again, let me just repeat this. Your IMA payments aren’t determined by how much money you made the previous year, but rather your modified adjusted gross income from two years ago. And it’s another tax thing that catches people by surprise and it needs planning.

    And making sure that you enroll in Medicare at the right time is a critical decision. If you bungle it, you’ll get hit by a lifelong penalty. So to help you understand that Jim and Anne here, both 68. Jim retired at 65. Anne retired at 66. Prior to her retirement, the couple had health insurance through Ann’s employer, and they continued that after Ann retired because her employer offers her their own health benefits. Unfortunately though, they didn’t know they had to enroll in Medicare Part B as soon as an retired. And even though Anne’s employer offered you retirey health insurance benefits, those benefits are generally paid secondary to Medicare after retirement. But Jim and Anne didn’t realize the mistake until it was too late. And thanks to the way Medicare enrollment periods work, they weren’t able to begin coverage until the next year. And in a worst case scenario, this might have resulted in a gap in coverage for Jim and Anne. They had a major medical need. But even in a best case scenario, because Jim and Annne missed their deadline to sign up for Medicare Part B, they will each owe 10% Medicare Part B base premium penalty for life. Again, for life, they penalize you perpetually for this. And you can see how much that translates to in real dollars. They owe $487 in extra in 2026. And historically, we can estimate that the premiums will be higher. So that 10% penalty would just grow and grow and grow over the course of a lifetime. That could translate into a $10,000 mistake for the couple. But just for simplicity sake, we’re assuming that Ann’s retiree health insurance covers prescription drugs so they don’t have to sign up for part D. Just know there’s a penalty for that, too, though.

    We’ve seen how Social Security and Medicare have their own tax traps and unique rules and penalties. So, if you’re like some who’ve seen this presentation, you may be asking yourself, “Wow, are there other tax traps we can face in retirement?” Well, the rest of what we’ll cover isn’t like what we’ve seen with the Social Security tax torpedo or the Medicare earmar isn’t aware of those tax squeezes. What we’re going to see now is how the tax code in plain view snags retirees, especially when there’s no planning. And that brings us to our third key.

    You must plan how and when you will use taxable, tax deferred, and tax-free assets to manage your income and tax brackets efficiently. You can’t be halfhazard about tapping into your tax deferred savings. Timing is everything. And if you don’t plan carefully through all stages of retirement, you will encounter unintended tax consequences. Let’s take a look by first addressing a question I hear often when doing retirement planning. Which accounts to spend first? And here’s a common example. I told you guys earlier, this one’s nothing but examples, but hopefully they they’re able to make the point across. Talking about Sam and Mary here. They’ve been great savers, as you can see, and are looking forward to spending their retirement years traveling and seeing their grandchildren. In addition to social security benefits, though, they also have uh $450,000 each in an IRA, $60,000 each in a Roth IRA, and 300K in a joint bank account. They want to spend about $8,500 a month or just over 100k a year. You where would you take the money from first? Most people think first take the after tax money in the bank, then take the tax deferred IRA money, then take the tax-free or Roth IRA money. And this is conventional wisdom. It has been promoted by many big investment firms for some time. And it’s not a bad plan, but we know conventional wisdom isn’t always the best approach for that matter. And not surprisingly, this topic has drawn the attention of academic researchers specializing in financial planning. They’ve conducted multiple studies on how to prepare for retirement using a combination of social security, taxable banks, bank accounts, tax deferred accounts like IAS and pensions, tax exempt Roth accounts as well. And you can see some study titles there. The research has shown that the conventional wisdom approach probably isn’t ideal. I mean, again, everybody’s we might have a bunch of cookie cutter homes here in Texas, but shouldn’t be subject to cookie cutter ways and just conventional wisdom, especially in retirement. But here, in an alternative approach, there are two key elements in the early years. First, use the taxable bank money for expenses, but also during the same period, accelerate IRA distributions during otherwise lowinccome years, then putting that money into Roth accounts. And this is the fill in your tax bracket approach, which we’ll discuss here in a second. And this alternative approach gives you more flexibility to use that tax-free Roth money strategically in future years. Does it make a big difference? I mean, I think so. And in the academic studies, this approach has been shown to increase portfolio longevity, and that is how long your portfolio assets will last without requiring you to take on additional risk. The big takeaway here, of course, is that you’ve got to plan all the way through retirement, especially around how you handle your tax deferred assets. And of course, see your tax pro and financial consultant for tax advice and tax planning. One way to help manage your income both before and during retirement is to utilize Roth IRA conversions. And a Roth IRA conversion is just a simple process that allows you to move money from a traditional IRA or the other pre-tax retirement accounts like a 401k to a Roth IRA. In general, the amount that you convert is added to your income for the year and will be taxed at your rate. So, for example, if Jill from earlier converts $100,000 from her IRA to a Roth IRA, she’ll have to add $100,000 to her income and the conversion income will be taxed at Jill’s rate for that year. For that reason, it’s recommended that prior to making any conversion, again, t consult with the professional. But it doesn’t always have to be all or nothing. In fact, rarely do should you ever do a conversion all in one year. Break it up. And one helpful conversion approaches using something called filling up the tax bracket. You know, often you may find yourself in the middle of one of the tax brackets with a lot of room to add more income without pushing yourself into a higher bracket from there. So, for example, in 2026, 22% tax bracket for married couples filing a joint return goes from about 50,000 to about 105 106,000. If you file a joint return, your taxable income is 110,000. That means that you could add another $100,000 of income without going into that next tax bracket. Making a Roth IRA conversion like that could make sense to some. Maybe you do a little bit less. There are ways of finding out the best strategy for you. But if you plan to convert a large IRA, this approach is often more tax efficient than converting the full amount in one year. Instead, you can make smaller Roth conversion num um conversions over a number of years, filling up tax brackets or just doing a smaller fixed amount. And this can really help the average tax rate that you’ll pay on your converted money and spreads out that tax bill over a very long period of time. And generally speaking, sometimes that happens between when you retire and whenever you hit your RMD age, when you are in a much lower tax bracket, more than likely. But conversions can be especially powerful in years when your taxable income is low, such as having a high non-recurring medical expense deduction, low sales years, maybe you’re retired and you’re just living off of cash reserves and social security. It’s also common for people who retire early, like I mentioned, just not receiving social security benefits, their pensions yet. They just may have a very low tax bracket, making it a good time to complete, you know, filling up those brackets throughout the years.

    So, this is a good time to spell out the crux of things. You know, you must know whether you’re trying to keep income below a bracket threshold to avoid bumping up to the next highest tax rate or whether you’re trying to increase income to fill up a bracket to take advantage of that tax rate. And some tactic some tactics you could use in managing income around tax brackets might include withdrawing taxfree money from life insurance policies to keep that income low. Selling highly appreciate stocks for low or no capital gains. Taking distributions from IRA or 401ks take advantage of a lower tax rate. And as we’ve seen, you can also consider a partial Roth conversion to fill up those lower brackets.

    There are also other pre-retirement strategies to consider, but they don’t apply to all people. First has to do with how you use a health savings account, and this would only apply to people who are covered by those high deductible uh HDHP health plans. And the second has to do with small business owners, those who want to be extra tax savvy and saving for retirement. Yeah, you can fund a company pension plan which for certain high earning business owners can increase their ability to claim that qualified business income deduction. Uh both of these features of the tax code could be used to manage you know your tax exposure and provide significant tax favor benefits throughout retirement. If either or both of these apply to you, just go ahead and note that now in the questions area of your value um you can note that now and just make a mention of it later.

    All right. So, we’ve seen throughout the presentation the critical importance of managing our tax deferred accounts because at some point you’ll be forced to take out RMDs required minimum distributions and that can be troublesome for your tax bill. Many people make charitable donations too supporting their favorite nonprofit with annual gifts. So, let’s look at how your RMDs and charitable giving may work for you with some planning. Now, we have Albert and Shirley. Thank you for joining us, Albert and Shirley, who are in the 24% tax bracket. Now, the standard deduction for a married couple filing a joint return this year is $32,200. Albert and Shirley are over 65, though. So, they each get an additional standard deduction, bringing their total standard deduction for 2026 to roughly 322 for the purpose of the scenario because they’re in that 24% bracket, meaning their taxable income is 27,000 plus. We assume they do not qualify for that enhanced senior deduction of $6,000 per person because they that starts phasing out at 150 grand. That’s the new one that came in with the one big beautiful bill passed last year. However, if they take the standard deduction, they qualify for the maximum $2,000 for married filing jointly. Additional charitable deductions available in 2026 as well. We’re not going to get too far into this, but if Albert Shirley had $15,000 of existing itemized deductions, say from state and local taxes, deductible medical expenses, mortgage interest, if they’re still paying their mortgage, what happens tax-wise if they donate $5,000 to charity, they get no federal income tax benefit from making that charitable contribution because it doesn’t exceed that 32,200 standard deduction. Now, that’s not to say they shouldn’t do it, but they should understand it’s not going to help them in saving their taxes.

    Now, if you’re over 70 and a half, though, you have an IRA or inherited IRA, there’s another way to give to charity than simply just writing a check. It’s called a QCD, qualified charitable distribution. Let me explain how it works real quick so you can see how they can be powerful in tax planning. First, some rules. If you’re over 70 and a half or older, you can make a QCD of up to $111,000 a year. At least for this year, it’s going to be adjusted with inflation from your IRA. You can do this. If you’re married and both of you are over 70 and a half, then both of you have an IRA and both of you have an IRA, then you can each make that $111,000 QCD maxed out. Second, any qualified charitable distributions you make count towards satisfying your RMD distribution for the year. So, if you didn’t need that extra money that Uncle Sam’s forcing you to take out, you can apply that towards QCD and lower your taxes. But whenever you make the distribution from your IRA, it must go directly from your IRA to a qualified charity. Has to be a direct rollover, direct transfer. You can receive a check from your IRA custodian, just make it payable to the charity. Third, this is the odd part. Even though you gave to charity, you get no income tax deduction. So why would I suggest a strategy where you get no deduction for giving it to charity? Because when you make a QCD, the distribution from the IRA is never counted towards your income when then you compute when you compute your taxes later. So let’s see how that can actually help out Albert and Shirley. So we’re we’re under the assumption that um let’s just suppose that Albert Shirley do what many retirees do. Albert takes his RMD of $5,000 at the beginning of the year and deposits it into the bank. He’s done with his R&D for the year. Now, being the charitable people that they are, they donate 5,000 to charity. And the end result is that that charity gets 5,000. Everybody understands that. But let’s look more closely. By virtue of giving to charity this way, Albert and Shirley’s $5,000 charitable contribution will cost them a total of $5,720. Why? Well, because the $5,000 RMD that went into Albert’s checking account at the beginning of the year still has a tax cost. Remember, the couples, they’re in the 24% bracket, 24% of 5,720. So, there’s 720 additional taxes that Albert and Shirley must pay when they file their taxes. Means the total cost of their charitable gift is 5,000 plus 720 or 5,720. So, remember, the gift didn’t impact their standard deduction. RMD behind the gift just added to their income. Big ouch. But let’s see what happens if instead of just writing a check from the bank account to them, if you made it in the form of a QCD, which is what they’re doing here, they give a $5,000 QCD and instead of requesting a $5,000 distribution from his IRA to go into his bank account, Albert’s simply just having the IRA custodian make the check directly out to the charity of his choice. It satisfies Albert’s uh RMD because he’s over 73 at this point. And now the charity is in the same position as before. They receive a $5,000 donation. Good day for them. Albert and Shirley, however, are also in a better position because they still give $5,000 to charity even though they receive no deduction from making contribution, but their IRA distribution is excluded from their tax return. Therefore, they owe no income tax in that $5,000 distribution. and their total cost to give the $5,000 to charity is $5,000. So that’s a savings of $720 of our previous example. So again, simply by knowing how to use these tax rules to their your advantage can work out if if giving you a charity is important to you and they did it all without ever even getting a deduction.

    Have one person here saying they lost sound. Did anybody else lose sound or you can still hear me? Can everybody still hear me?

    Okay, great.

    And I didn’t even click through these. I’m sorry, folks. All right. Well, we all know charity starts at home. Got it. Sorry. Thank you. We all know charity starts at home. So, it’s a natural question to ask, how does retirement tax planning factor in? And it’s a very good question because the government still wants its share of those tax deferred assets when you pass away. And like we’ve seen, how you set things up does really matter. Which leads us up to our final key number four. Organize your assets for your family’s benefit. Estate planning still matters here. Estate planning is always a relevant topic, even though people don’t like to discuss death, but we’re not going to discuss it in the traditional way. That’s because the new tax law excludes estated values at up to $13.99 million from the federal estate tax, meaning only the tiniest fraction of people need to worry about estate taxes. Now, again, you might still face them at a state level. something that we can talk about though still very important very important tax issues remain around how your assets are received by your beneficiaries after you pass. One example is making sure married couples plan for their available step up in basis. That’s quite a tax term, right? Simply put, step up in basis is a tax rule that readjusts the value of an inherited asset. So its value is not what your spouse or the death paid for initially. said it stepped up to its price in the date of death. And this can make a big tax difference as we’ll see. Another example, if you bought stock in GE 50 years ago, $10,000 worth of stock in GE 50 years ago, and it’s worth $200,000 today. So, it’s $190,000 of capital gains for you. You pass away, you give it to your children, your children receive it at a new cost basis of $200,000. Should they continue to let that stock grow, now they have capital gains, but it’s not from 10,000 to two, it’s 2 to2, whatever new gains have from there. It’s likely that most assets you own though, other than your retirement accounts and annuities, they will be eligible for a step up in basis.

    All right, let’s see how this works with two scenarios. In the first, Phil and Mary make no planning changes to their assets. And when Phil passes, Mary will receive a step up in basis on Phil’s half of the joint account, which is $60,000. So, she’ll still face a future $60,000 of unrealized gain on her half of the account. Simply put, that means if Mary decides to sell all the assets, she’ll owe tax on her $60,000 of gain. Now, suppose that upon Phil’s diagnosis, Mary and Phil move all the investments into one account in Phil’s name. And as long as Phil lived longer than one year, Mary would receive a full step up in basis on the entire $120,000 account. So simply put, Mary could sell that account and pay no tax.

    And when you sell your investments, would you rather owe tax on $60,000 a gain or none at all? Let me say planning around death is hard. A lot of city buses out there that could just come out of nowhere, but this is where a professional can help because they are emotionally removed from the situation. They can assist you to make good decisions that may seem hard at the time. Now, maybe you’re someone who’s managed to save up quite a bit in your IRA or your 401k. You feel pretty confident that you’ll be comfortable in retirement and you’re hopeful that you’ll leave behind the account to your children. And in the past, we we have recommended that because with the right structure, your heir could withdraw the money throughout its lifetime, possibly over decades. That changed recently though in December of 2019 with the Secure Act 2.0. And now beneficiaries of inherited accounts, with some exceptions, they have to withdraw all the money within 10 years of the owner’s passing and pay taxes on that money. That is for those pre-tax accounts, of course. Now, the restriction what was called stretch IAS shines a light on how important tax planning is and laws can change at any time. So, you need to have a plan and revisit that plan regularly. Let’s look at Pamela and Kyle as an example of what choices beneficiaries have when they inherit IAS and no longer can stretch distributions over the course of their lifetime. The first scenario we have involves Pamela and her son Kyle. Pamela unfortunately passed away at 70, leaving the full IRA to her son Kyle. He is an only child. He’s healthy and the sole beneficiary of that IRA. Now, we know that Kyle has a maximum of 10 years to withdraw the IRA monies to meet those required minimum distribution rules. And Kyle likes regular distributions. So, he chooses to take equal distributions of the funds over 10 years. And that IRA earns an average 6% rate of return annually. This payment will calculate to be 54,347 to Kyle each year for 10 years. Kyle would have to add this amount as income on his tax return for 10 years. Second scenario for Kyle looks a little different though. Kyle lost just lost track of time. He’s already reached year 10, the required minimum distribution window. And since it’s year 10, he must now take out the full distribution in one year. And assuming that same rate of return earned um same rate of return earned annually on the $400,000 IRA, we can calculate the IRA balance has now grown to $716,000 and change. Now Kyle has to take out $716,000 all in one year and pay income tax on that amount from the top tier bracket. So now he’s going to be spending about 37 he’s going to be paying 37% in taxes on that full amount. But enough about death. Let’s talk about long-term care. It’s not a long-term care presentation. It’s about retirement and taxes. Just believe it or not,

    there are a number of tax breaks that are associated with long-term care insurance. It can be beneficial. If you want to learn more about it, give me a holler. Be happy to help you understand more about long-term care. I just don’t want to get into it too much today. Um, but it can lower your taxes. A lot of these costs can be deductible. You can pay it out over a couple years. You can pay it all up for it upfront. There are different ways to get benefits from it. So, we’re going to skip through that one.

    All right. So, again, we’re towards the end, probably thinking, goodness, how in the word world will we ever manage this? And it’s a good question. So, let’s just bring it all together here. We started with a clear statement about the problem. Retirees just often pay way more in taxes than expected because a confusing system treats various income types differently and contains hidden taxes and penalties. Yay, you’ve finally retired and now here’s all these taxes and penalties. Well, let’s just do a quick review on what we’ve learned in the context of the four stages of retirement. So, under the pre-retirement heading, we saw the importance of understanding the after tax value of your retirement savings before you retire. And we also saw that in those pre-retirement years, it’s critical to consider your tax deferred savings and start taking advantage of funding Roth accounts to fill your brackets. something you do through your early retirement years in low tax years. We also looked at social security and taxes plus the importance of couples ha um plus the importance of couples having benefit strategies that consider surviving spouse and we saw Medicare has its own tax-like structure that can push you off the earlift. And we saw the importance of signing up for Medicare on time right in the middle of those early go-go years. That’s because starting in your middle retirement years, you’ll be confronted with RMDs. And we’ve seen the importance of planning your income needs before then and the tax issues involved. Then we saw the importance of setting up your assets and managing them during the later years of retirement so that you can preserve the most for your heirs and leave them with the most tax flexibility. All those items together lead us to the obvious solution to our original problem because your tax exposure will change throughout retirement. And you need a strategy for that. You need a strategy that anticipates how and when your t you tap assets, which assets to cover your personal expenses. Understand the range of taxes you’ll face at various stages and manage your actions so that you pay the lowest tax rate possible.

    So again, so by attending today, I hope that means that you’re preparing to leave the accumulation phase. I hope that you’re finally seeing the light at the end of your career and being able to go retire and moving towards that distribution phase when you get to start spending all this money now. And we’ve seen that the distribution phase is more complicated than working and collecting a paycheck. You know, managing your tax rate throughout those four stages of retirement is part of the challenge of retirement planning. And we’ve seen the cost of mistakes. And naturally, we want to be efficient with our savings. And there are strategies to reduce your tax burden. But as with many things in life, this takes education and planning and advice and it’s a lot to think about and our tax code is complex and the rules keep changing. But what doesn’t change is that you need a plan. So look, you’re all members of the credit union. This is part of a service that we offer and I’d like to help you get started with creating a retirement tax planning strategy. So in a minute, I’m going to go ahead and put up a poll. Click yes, no, not at this time. It doesn’t hurt my feelings if you say no, but we’re here to offer this service to you. It’s at no cost. There’s no obligation. Let’s just help you make sure that you don’t hit any of these tax pitfalls. We’re here to help. So during that meeting, we’ll identify where you and your family stand in regard to preparing for retirement, review your timeline, and identify key retirement planning and tax issues you need to anticipate. And then coming out of that, we can act as your resource and help you find, you know, if you need help with the finding a CPA. We have a referral network of CPAs to work with as well that we work together with. So again, let me go ahead and set up the poll. If you don’t mind answering it, we’re here to help. If you do answer yes, it is almost 8:00 for some of you and 7:00 for the rest. And you know, if you’re one of the folks from California that’s on here, I know it’s earlier, but I’ll be reaching out to you tomorrow um via email or phone. But please, if everybody would answer the poll, at least I get to have a good attentive score here. Um, I I brag about this a lot and forgive me, but uh I do have the best attention and um best answered number of polls, folks answering polls. I I wear that badge with uh with pride. So, please, if everybody could answer the poll, would really appreciate it. Show my boss that I kept everybody’s attention for all 53 minutes of today. Um and with that, let’s get into some questions here. Be happy to answer everyone’s question, but please everybody answer the poll.

    Okay. Uh, I do apologize to the person who wanted me to send a link to the presentation. We can’t offer that. I am pushing it on my boss to let me record these and put them on YouTube. Then I can push every I can direct everybody to see them. There’s just a lot of compliance in this business. We deal with people’s money. It’s a lot of uh SEC and Federal rules out there. Uh, it’s like pulling teeth in order to have anything posted. So, we’ll look into it.

    Okay. Uh, like more info on the small business tax strategy, go ahead and either send me an email or click yes to an appointment. We can go ahead and discuss that one.

    When you discuss converting IAS to Roths and low tax years, are you also talking about converting 401ks? You can you can convert 401ks too. It just depends because IAS and 401ks have their own benefits. 401ks, you get to contribute more, but whatever 2025 investment options your HR department pick, that’s all you have. With an IRA, you have basically you’re fully independent with it. It’s an individual plan. So, you can sometimes take some funds out of your 401k and move it to a Roth IRA. Sometimes you might just want to move over a larger chunk so you don’t have to make that phone call every year. It depends on the person. It depends on your plan. I’d be happy to look over that with you and see what’s offered to you.

    This presentation is for married people. How can I use this for single unmarried people? Now, it applies to everyone. We’re just using married people here, but really the thresholds are just cut in half. So, if we’re looking at $218,000 means we’re crossing into the next bracket. It’s 109,000 for the f for the lower bracket in that case. But again, click yes, scan the QR code on the screen, send me an email, whichever one works for you. We can go over it and see how it affects you personally. Again, we do a lot of financial planning here. I can make a financial plan for anybody on here today and show you exactly what you need to do, what might be the best route, and show you some options.

    You also put link for appointment to schedule. Uh that would be the QR code here or just go ahead and select the poll.

    Is there a positive reason for moving my 401k into an IRA at age 70 or before RMDs? Yes, I find it to be I mean if you if you haven’t retired yet, it doesn’t matter. But I like to IAS more than 401ks simply for the fact of having more options, more control over your account, and most importantly, more investment options. Depending on who you’re using as your custodian, you could have endless investment options available to you, different products, whether it be structured notes, different ETFs, different mutual funds, etc., etc., but for the sake of doing a conversion too. And again, everybody’s different. There’s no cookie cutter portfolio approach here. Go ahead and select a meeting with me. I’d be happy to go over that with you and show you how it might be bene more more beneficial. Might not be, but we could solve that together.

    I I hate seeing this one now. Didn’t see the poll. Poll said it failed. My response is yes. Let me go ahead and make a note of that one there, Suzanne. And I’ll reach out to you via email.

    Sounds great. Looking forward to scheduling to seeing you in a meeting.

    Okay, great question here. I’m over 65 and have a good health insurance plan. I’m still working full-time. Do I have to take Medicare to avoid the penalty? You don’t have to take Medicare yet. You don’t have to start paying into Irma. You can keep your plan. You still need to sign up, though. There’s a way of doing that online. It m they make it easy. They have a fairly good phone call system, too. Um or you could go into the office for that one. But you have to sign up or you could hit that penalty. So, just make sure that you sign up. That’s the most important thing.

    Wow. Well, look, we got a lot of responses today. I have a lot of people to make a phone call to. Again, to those who said yes, um I will call you tomorrow or send you an email this evening and you get to go into that email. Click in the calendar link, schedule a meeting with me at a time that works best for you. If you cannot meet during normal working hours and my calendar link doesn’t let you pick select outside of 5:00 my time, send me an email saying that and I will make we can work to do something outside of normal business hours. It’s not a problem. Um, but again, there’s about eight more people to us to to click on the poll. If you don’t mind, please do so. I’d appreciate it. If if it failed, it’s okay. I’ll just report that you said yes or or that you clicked on it. That way, I’ll keep my numbers up. Looking good. Look, folks, today was a great webinar. I hope you learned a lot. Um, I’m not seeing any new questions in here yet, but I I really do hope that you all learned something. I don’t think I’m allowed to let you talk to the person who just raised their hand. Just go ahead and ask me the question in here. I’d be happy to right there or send me an email. Yeah, I’d be happy to uh do a phone call or something there. But look, this is a great presentation. It really does open up Pok’s eyes and to some serious pitfalls you might come across in retirement. And it just it I I hope it doesn’t make it seem like, Lord, when does it all end? I mean, I’ve been working my whole life being taxed by the tax man. Now I’m getting ready to retire to only have to worry about more taxes. There’s a solution to this. It’s not the hardest thing ever. Sometimes it’s just having a financial consultant and a CPA working together. Sometimes it’s just one or the other. But have a plan done. Make sure you don’t hit any of those pitfalls because you’ve already been paying taxes for 30, 40, 50 years right now. No need for you to keep paying an insane amount much more if there’s ways around it. How can I say yes? Uh, go ahead and just do me a favor. If you can scan that QR code, Alana, go ahead and scan that QR code and you can go ahead and schedule a meeting with me directly. If not, just take a photo of that email address and send me one. Be happy to help you with that, too.

    All right, folks. Well, look, I hope everybody here learned something today. Um, looks like we’re out of questions. I’ll stay on for another minute or so in case other questions come through. If anybody else needs any questions, anything that we didn’t cover today that you were hoping to have covered or other financial pitfall questions, retirement planning questions, that’s what we’re here for. That that is what my job exists for. There’s my information. There’s the QR code. Schedule a meeting with me. Please, we’re here to help any way possible. And that’s again why credit unions are better than banks. So, thank you very much, folks. You all have a wonderful day. And like I said, I’ll stick Oh, yes. I am a fiduciary. Sorry, somebody just asked that. Uh, I am a fiduciary. So, here to help folks. Let me know. Oh, wait. We did have more questions come in. What kind of info do I need to prepare for appointment? Thanks. Have a good understanding of your current financial situation. What you spend, what you make, what you have. Have those ready. If you have statements ready with you, I’d like to know what those balances are. Um, that’s step one. But also, here’s the fun part. Understand your retirement. What are your goals? What do you want to do in retirement? That’s the fun part that we’ve all been saving up for. Have an understanding of what that might cost.

    Well, I’m glad to hear that. Congratulations on being retired for 5 years.

    It is very important. Absolutely. If you ever want to look over them together, that’s what we’re here for, sir.

    No, I do not act as a tax advisor and a financial planner. So tax advisors are tax preparers, the guys that take the numbers, crunch them together, tell you what you owe in taxes. You know what we can do though is we can help you with tax planning. A lot of that might be Roth conversions in some cases. A lot of it’s going to be working on your, you know, hey, you want to spend X amount of dollars towards X goal. you might hit these issues here, but I’m not crunching your numbers for you. Unfortunately, I’m not certified for that. But I am a fiduciary here to assist in that. A lot of times though, I will work with my client CPAs. That’s a fun part, too, cuz then somebody else can crunch the numbers for me and I get to get to do the investment side of things, which is a lot more fun. So, that’s what we’re here to help out with. But, I do love working with my client CPAs because that way we can come up with a good if like somebody’s doing a Roth conversion. Okay. Can we do 30 or $50,000 this year? You know, the CPA will be able to tell us how much we can convert and what that tax bill will look like and help us make sure that we’re not going to cross into the social security tax torpedo or any of those pitfalls. So, we can work together on that one.

    Dynasty Trust. Uh, I can help you figure out maybe what a tr what trust might be best for you. And depending on where you are, I can help find you an attorney to put that together. A lot of people ask me about trust and if it’s necessary. For most people, it’s not. It’s more of a hassle to have a trust, but depends on what’s most important to you at the end of the day. Um, I think trusts are great. I think wills are great. Trust can be a fantastic um fantastic legacy planning vehicle. It just matters on who you are and what you’re trying to do. And then really you can come down to seeing if you if you want the burden of that extra tax return because a trust is another entity. So that is another thing you have to file for your taxes and keep up with. But that they find their place from a lot of people and if you need help with finding an attorney to set that up, we can help you with that, too.

    trying to understand this question.

    Uh we have a meeting coming up too, so we’ll talk about that. I cannot update a will for you. I’m not an attorney. My my mother who was an attorney told me not to be an attorney. So, I just do I just deal with money instead. Um, but I can I have another attorney who I have here in Texas, I have a couple of attorneys that deal with just trust and I have a couple of attorneys that deal with just wills. If you’re okay with working with somebody in Houston, I know you’re in Dallas area. Um, I can find one up there for you if you’d like to.

    How is a charitable donation from an IRA treated normally? You see, Gary, that’s a good question. So, how is the charitable donation from an IRA treated if you normally can deduct exceeded standard deductions? It might make sense in some cases to add it on. It’s just a matter of are you going to surpass that ch that uh the deduction amount. So, it can make sense and again that’s something that we can review. That’s a good CPA question though.

    All right. Well, again, I think there’s two more people who didn’t answer. We had about 200 people on today. So, good presentation. I do appreciate everybody joining. But again, I’ll wait for another 60 seconds on here. Everybody else can start signing off. But if you had any other questions, I’ll be on here for another 60 seconds. Thank you everyone. Have a wonderful evening and please join me for the next one on estate planning since we just had a bunch of estate planning questions. But Roth IRA conversion one that along with this webinar top two three favorite ones to do best amount of information there. Have a good evening.

    I’m glad you enjoyed. Thank you. I’m over here shaking whenever I give these presentations. So, it means the world to me for you to say that. Thank you very much.

    All right, folks.

    I’m going to sign off now. Have a wonderful evening everybody. Thank you very much for your time today. See you at the next one.

  • 05/17/2026 – ContentRyte

    All right, we are officially live. Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. Settle in. The room is open. And let me tell you right off the bat, you’ve made such a smart decision showing up live here today. You could have been anywhere, but because you were smart enough to show up here today, you are about to witness how you can easily and effortlessly tap into high quality Google traffic for any offer that you want to sell. We’re going to show you how easy this is. We have some insane elite powerful beta testers already that are seeing massive results. And I can’t wait to show you all the case studies we’ve done as well as the results that are generated. So with that being said, let me know first and foremost if you can hear my voice, if you can see the screen, the sooner you do those two things, the faster we can get started. So just drop a quick yes in the question box or in the chat box, wherever you can type so we can get this party started. Let me open up the attendee list here. The room is still filling up. I see Anthony. I see Stephen. I see Don. I see Rebecca. I see Amy. I see Ali. I see Bert. Amazing. Yes. AKOK. Okay. Loud and clear. Uh I see David. David Rogers. Uh I think that’s you. For those of you that don’t know, David Rogers is a retired teacher. He’s actually one of our beta testers and he’s crushing it. David, I think we got one of your testimonials uh in the presentation here today. Uh but let me know if you actually sent it uh to us on time. Would love to put it on here. I think you sent a second testimonial with some of your crazy results. And again guys, what you’re about to witness has been battle tested and is crushing it. So with that being said, I see lots of guests coming in. We got an amazing demo coming up. We got the founder here as well. As a matter of fact, FAS, feel free to come on and say hi real quick. And everybody here in the chat, say hi to Fas for me as well. So Fas, let me pass the mic over to you for a second. Thank you, Raheem. I really, really appreciate it. So guys, Fasami here. I’m going to be with you until the end. We’re going to have a really amazing demo. Raheem is going to break down something we’ve actually come up with that will blow your mind even with AI ranking how you can leverage making money and making for your clients money as well. We’re going to have a sick ass deal at the end and I’m going to be with you step by step. Okay, I’ll give the mic back to you Raheem and thank you my man. Awesome. Now, as you can see, you will get fully monetized authority sites with builtin Google traffic in just 15 minutes or less. And this will allow you to get high quality free traffic without writing a single word. Because here’s the truth. In 2026, marketing has changed forever. As you might be aware of, and let me know in the chat box if you do, people are now using GPTs as primary search engines next to Google. A lot of people go to either chat GPT and type in what they’re looking for to do their research and due diligence as well as Google. And you can see this right here. Mckenzian company saying the new front door to the internet is winning the age of AI search. About 50% of Google searches already have AI summaries. Right here 77% of people use chat GPT as a search engine and 80% of search users rely on AI written summaries. Now right here daily searches are roughly 600 to 800 million. These are specifically search related queries on GPTs. And you can see the way people look for your product and services is massively shifting. Now answer the following question for me to see if you can already understand this. Who do you reckon is the perfect qualified lead? Is it A person that is actively searching to find an answer to their problem? Or is it B a person just, you know, scrolling on social media and they just get sponsored ads or content or reals whenever and whatever? Now, I think the answer is pretty obvious here, but let me know. Just give me an A or B in the chat because once you understand this, you will know exactly what needs to happen to get the perfect buyers for your products and services. There you go. I see a lots of A’s coming in. The person actively searching to find an answer to their problem. And it indeed is A. If you can get in front of this person, you can practically make money every single day because this person is actually looking for a solution. They’re actually looking for what you have to offer. As a matter of fact, right here, right now, someone is searching for the exact offer that you can provide. And how do I know this? It’s because Google search statistics show that nearly 16.4 billion searches take place every day. That’s 189,000 plus searches per second. Let that sink in. Every single second that we are here, over 189,000 searches are done. And that’s just Google. On top of that, we have over 2 billion search queries on chat GPT every single day. And these people are actually looking for a solution. They have a problem. and your offer, your service, your product is most likely the solution to whatever problem they have. You just need to be able to get in front of the people that are searching for it. And we call this search intent traffic and it is known as the highest quality traffic. You can see right here, searching traffic is considered the highest quality traffic because it targets users based on their specific and immediate needs. On top of that, a great blog here from Getfound is why search intent is probably the most important thing. It drives targeted traffic and the importance of search intent also extends to attracting high quality targeted traffic. Now, who here wants highquality traffic, not just any type of traffic, but people that are actually in need and are searching desperately for what you have to offer. I see lots of yeses coming in. That’s what I need. Kevin Daniel now this is where the problem starts because that is why if right now you have maybe invested in a ton of AI tools and let me know if you have right we have done so as well I mean we’re living in the day and age of AI and everybody’s gearing up getting the best AI tools out there but regardless even though you have maybe you’re still struggling with just getting the right eyeballs on your products and services let me know if this sounds familiar if this is what you’re facing right now because we’re going to show you what the problem is and how to solve it. There we go. Lots of yeses coming in. Now, if you’re right now posting on social media and it isn’t bringing in sales, you’re putting out content non-stop, you got the latest video tools, image tools, and you’re still not seeing results, there you go. More yeses coming in. I want you to understand, first of all, you came to the right place. But second of all, the problem is you’re just not getting in front of people that are actually looking to buy. People that are actually walking around with the exact problem that you can solve, whether it’s your own product or an affiliate product or a service that you provide. People that are actually searching for how to solve that problem. You’re not getting in front of them right now. or you’re getting in front of people that are just, you know, scrolling by, going about their day, and maybe they’re enticed enough to click and move forward. Now, comment yes if you understand why search intent traffic gets you sales way faster because those are people that are actually searching for what you have to offer. Let me know if this makes sense because if this makes sense, you’ll be able to leverage this because Viros and Rahul have been solving behind the scenes how anyone can tap into search intent traffic in a way nobody has done before. Literally in record time, immediately after this webinar, you can have what we call an authority site filled with the exact content that attracts and has all these search queries point to you. And they’ve solved exactly how to do it. We’re going to break it down here today. Now, these niche authority sites generate search intent traffic literally for any offer and gets you sales consistently. People are already replacing their job income with these niche incomes authority sites. You can see right here uh this is a good one on business insider person runs 25 of these that brings in 130 grand a month in revenue. They say Ann Moss says success is all about quality content and she blogs about home decor. You can see right here a beginner, absolute beginner is doing 300k putting out affiliate offers on their authority niche sites. Now here how I created a niche site that makes four figures a month. My uh like watching paint dry 35k a month niche authority site and I’m going to show you if you’ve never seen what a niche authority site is, how it’s put together and why it works so well. That’s exactly what we’re going to show you here today. Because what if I told you that after this training, you will literally generate a flood of highquality traffic using a brand new niche authority site builder. Meaning when you grab this today, you will own a unique solution that will auto rank on Google and GPT engine for your offers or products and services as well as works on complete autopilot, keeping it high quality traffic attracting by continuously creating new articles for you that gets more search queries to your website as well as works for complete beginners, generates high quality traffic fast and it does not require any tech skills because The AI that FAS and Rahul put together is so intelligent, it literally leverages something called site intelligence. We’ll show that in a moment that it will do everything for you. And on top of that, you will have businesses begging you to give them a niche authority side. We have some of our students that are actually working with local businesses right now and they’re loving it. And I actually prove it to you. Like I said, we have many case studies and beta testers, meaning we have people using our new AI niche authority system and are making money with it. Right here, David uh David Roger, this is your time to shine. David is with us here uh live as well. Like I said, he’s a retired teacher. He said, “Finally, something that doesn’t require me to be a content creator. I’m 52 years old. I don’t want to be on camera. I don’t want to build a personal brand on Instagram.” And content was the first thing that made sense to me because it’s like building digital real estate. Now, long story short, he’s not right now doing 800 a month. David, I think you’re already at about 12 to,300 a month. He has four sites running and it’s all being done for him. We have Marcus, an affiliate marketer, published 23 articles, all done for him in his first week, hitting 127 bucks. I’m going to show you exactly how they did it and how it’s being done for them because you too will own a niche authority system that’s growing your business daily. We have so many success stories. Sarah here uh who was skeptical at first and is now ranking on Google effortlessly. She’s on page one for over 14 keywords. And the best part about this is you don’t need any sales skills. You don’t need marketing skills. You don’t need tech skills as well as without needing leads to begin with because your authority sites will immediately get the exact highquality person that is looking to buy what you have to offer immediately over to you. So, what you’re about to witness here today, as per usual, is not just information. This is transformation as we’re going to change the way you generate traffic, make it better, faster, more high quality, and traffic that actually wants to buy from you. So, comment yes if you’re going to stay until the end. Let me know in the chat box if you’re excited, if you now understand what we’re going to talk about, how this works. We’re going to dive in. We’re going to do an amazing demo. So, comment yes if you’re going to stay until the end to see how this works. So, with that being said, we’re going to cover three secrets here today. Number one is the instant authority side. I’m going to show you the absolute and fastest way to generate thousands of buyer intent search leads on a daily basis from scratch. On top of that, I’m going to show you how to monetize your authority site in ways you’ve never thought of before. This is how you can quickly monetize any niche site, including your existing website if you have it as a complete beginner and earn anywhere anywhere from 5,000 to 10,000 per month. And then last but not least, because you were so smart to show up live here today, we’re going to do something like Fur said earlier as well that you won’t be able to get anywhere outside of this webinar, which is special and exclusive access to the most powerful AI, the biggest bang for your buck at the massive discount only available on this very webinar with some insane bonuses as well. So, I hope you’re excited. Let me know in the chat box if you are. And without further ado, let’s go ahead and get started with secret number one, the instant authority site. Now, here’s the make money online truth. You see, there are lots and lots of different business models online. You have agencies, affiliate marketers, white label resellers. As a matter of fact, since we’re live, let me know in the chat box or question box what you’re doing. Are you an affiliate marketer? Maybe you’re working with local businesses. And all of these are great business models. I see Michael saying, “I work with real estate.” I see Jason saying, “I’m doing affiliate marketing, digital products.” James is saying I do coaching and that’s awesome. All of them are great business models. Now, after trying every little trick in the book, I can honestly tell you it always comes down to the same thing, no matter what business model you have. And it’s the evergreen proven my money formula that stands the test of time. And I’ve shared this before and it holds true every single time. The formula is as follows. You have a product or service like many of you already have. And if you combine that with qualified leads, people that actually need your product, people that are actually looking for your surface, if you add those two up enough times, you’ll reach financial freedom. Now, the great thing is, and by the way, let me know if you agree with this formula. When you strip it all down, all the buzzwords, all the technicalities, this is what it boils out down to. This is your favorite guru, the person you look up to. The only reason they’re as successful as they are is because they have a product or service. and they managed to put it in front of qualified leads, people that actually want what they have. There you go. Lots of people saying, “Makes sense.” Now, the good news is you’re already 50% successful because most of you already have the first part of the equation solved. Lots of people already have a great offer or product or service that they can sell. And even if you’re here and you don’t have that right now, we will make sure you have. Now, the real problem is the remaining 50%. which is supplying the business with a constant flow of high quality leads. Now, we tried every possible way in today’s day and age to generate hot leads for different offers, and I’m talking AI content generation tools, spend money on paid advertising, as well as spending so much time and money on posting public content, social media videos, both short form and long form. However, we noticed that even using the latest AI, it’s hard to get consistent traction, consistent results, and specifically getting in front of the right people. Let me know if you’ve noticed this as well. Let me know in the chat box if you agree with this. Just give me a quick yes if you’ve noticed this as well that even if you have maybe the best AI tools out there right now, it seems very hard to consistently get in front of the person that actually wants and needs what you have. There you go. You see John saying yes. Brian saying story of my life. Stephanie says I agree. Matthew says yes. Now we started doing deep research because there’s something really interesting that you can fix and that will instantly solve this problem. And what we realized next changed everything. You see the trust factor is at an alltime low. And this is something that a lot of people are not aware of yet they wonder why am I not getting any results? You see right now online trust has fallen to new lows in 2026 according to Forbes articles and many other case study and researchers. You can see that before that people already knew that in social media the trust was very low. However, in the last few weeks it has hit an all-time low across the entire internet and there’s many articles and studies supporting this and now more than ever people research extensively before they buy. They go to chat GBT, they go to Perplexity, they go to their favorite AI tools that ask questions before they make a decision, as well as going to Google to research the topic further. And let me know if you’ve done this as well. Let me know if this sounds familiar or you can recognize this where people now first do extensive research before they pull the trigger. And now more than ever, the perfect lead doesn’t guess anymore. They follow trusted recommendations. whether they’re looking for something such as a laptop stand. They go to, for example, GPT, they ask about what is the best one, this is who I am, this is how much I work on the computer, and it’s going to recommend them exactly what they want, what they need, and why it’s the best. And same goes for any other computer program or software or tool or even marketing service. Now, answer the following question. What builds more trust before someone buys? You tell me. Is it a different reels and you know lots of 30 secondond little videos which are often AI generated or is it an authority site that gets recommended either by Google or chat GPT filled with helpful and dedicated articles around the problem answering specific questions that your high quality lead has. You tell me which one will build more trust. The quick little video that is most likely AI generated or a side filled with studies and articles around the exact topic that you’re looking for. There we go. Rhetorical question without a doubt it is the second one right B. Now with that being said even though we know this and everybody here has the answer correct all of us are playing this game right here. just putting out as much, you know, quick content, little social media videos, which are good for getting attention, but they’re not good to do what we really want, which is getting high quality traffic to make a decision and buy from us specifically. And that’s when it hit me. We realized if we really wanted to get easy buyer leads, we need to understand authority sites. You can see right here, 92.96% of global traffic comes from Google search, right? SEO drives a thousand% more traffic than organic social media. Now, niche authority sites are the easiest way to attract these serious leads and buyers. And if you don’t know what niche authority sites are, these are a highquality trustinducing websites recognized by both the reader and search engines as a leading source. And if you’re able to have these sites for your offers, your products, and services, you are guaranteed to win. And again, this is backed up by so many results. You can see right here, niche tours these sites, which are owned assets, provide long-term SEO value, high trust, and 24/7 passive traffic, not just after you post a video and it dies down, it stays up, and people keep searching and finding your site nonstop. And don’t take my word for it. As described right here, social media, which is, you know, rented platforms, you don’t own it, offers, you know, indeed rapid high-reach engagement, which is also good, but it relies on algorithms and creating fleeting yet heavily volatile traffic. And then on top of that, right here, you can see an authority site is one that regularly delivers the exact content that is being searched for when the internet user types their niche specific quiry. And that’s exactly what you want in 2026. If you want to get highquality traffic in a sea of competition, you need authority sites. Because remember, if you can get in front of this person, you can actually make money every day. And that’s the person that is actively searching to find a solution to a problem. Now, here’s where it gets even better. Google has not too long ago mentioned that AI generated content is completely acceptable for ranking. Meaning you can now rank on both Google and AI chat engines extremely fast just by using AI generated content. Now smart people have already started to figure this out. They create articles with AI. They create whole essays with AI and they smartly rank it accordingly to start getting 24/7 highquality traffic. You can see right here 400k plus a year, you know, math without doing any complicated SEO link building, but literally just using an authority site which is bringing in 400K a year. Now, you can see right here, Power Target LLC generates 350K per month. We have, you know, this person right here doing a niche side and doing 40K a month. And then on top of that, so many people left, right, and center are leveraging this. You can see um I started in May and it open um it’s an open startup. You may find the income and outcome history log published and updated on a monthly basis across 1K this month with 21 articles published and the articles were published using AI. Now to top it all off, Gregory Alfrink which is you know considered one of the you know most respected entrepreneurs when it comes to authority sites saying authority sites when done well are some of the best incomeroucing assets that you can create in a business yet so many people overlook it or just not are just not aware of it. So, now that you are, comment yes in the question or chat box if you actually and truly understand why it’s so crucial to own an authority side for your offers in 2026, giving regular people and business owners an unfair advantage to immediately get their products and services in the hands of the exact people that are searching for them. So, let me know in the chat box. Let me have a quick look here. I see John saying yes. Daniel says yes. Jeffrey says yes. Richard saying yes. Scott says yes. Julie says yes. Timothy Angela makes so much sense. Jennifer love to have an authority site. James saying yes as well. Amazing. So that only bears the question then why is not everyone doing this? If this works so well and if it’s so powerful then why is not everyone creating authority sites? Well first of all a lot of people are not aware of them and that’s why it’s so great that you’re here live today. But second of all, to create them, it’s actually extremely hard because here’s what it takes to create a profitable authority site. You need domain and brand signals, branded search volume. You need to know different keywords and high rank tags, content clusters, internal linking hierarchy, semantic coverage, intent alignment, target keywords, AI friendly formatting, clear H1, H2, H3 hierarchy, consistent name usage throughout your entire site, and so much more. Even worse, it takes so much time to do it manually. Even if you use some AI tools, it will take you tons of time to do it right. And that’s why F Ross and Rahul created a fast way, one that allows you to instantly have everything in one go and transform your website into a high ranking search intent traffic generating website in a matter of a few clicks. You see, Ferus and Rahul trained a state-of-the-art AI on the most expensive and authority side ranking algorithms, allowing anyone, for example, right here, a brand new authority site, they instantly generate over 223 clicks of people that are actually looking for the problem that you solve. There are people that are actually looking for the products and services that you can deliver. Now, they developed what they call site intelligence. It’s a system that immediately adapts your site for search intent traffic in a matter of a few clicks. It finds all the gaps and it can upgrade your website to generate search intent traffic. But it gets even better. This is where the shortcut gets serious and that’s why again it’s such a great thing that you’re here today because once you have access to this, getting highquality traffic will be extremely easy for you. It even comes with traffic pulling sites for you in any niche and fills it with high search intent articles 24/7, siphoning Google traffic and GPT traffic over to your sites that are pre-made and done for you, ready to pull traffic the moment you log in. Now, who here thinks that is extremely powerful? You literally step into a traffic vehicle in any niche for your products and services. Now, let me ask you a quick question. What if we actually equipped you with this? What if you had your very own personal authority AI that makes sure your offer gets leads with search intent 247? I’m talking tons of real and actual people that currently are in need of the products you promote or the offers that you provide. If you had access to this, do you see yourself growing your business a whole lot faster? Let me know in the chat box. Those of you that say yes, I want you to pay very close attention. Just give me a quick yes. And if you did, content right will actually make this happen for you. It will get you qualified buyers and leads from your authority sites. Now, if you want to see this firsthand, comment, I want this. If you want an inside look, comment, I want this in the chat box right now. We’re going to go and have an inside demo. So comment I want this if you want to see this firsthand right here right now. I see lots of people the commenting. So without further ado, let’s dive right in. Welcome to the content right demo. The first AI platform that analyzes your site’s DNA to identify gaps and optimize your rankings through AEO and GEO. Experience seamless automated content creation and publishing designed to strategically enhance your site’s visibility. Let’s quickly jump to dashboard. Once you log in, you will see this intro video demo. This is your dashboard where you will see a quick overview of your entire workings. The first step is to connect your WordPress site in seconds for seamless content publishing. If you have your WordPress login and application password, you can enter them here. Alternatively, you can create a new test WordPress site directly from the development environment. Simply click the test development link to generate a new test site and get started immediately. Once you have connected your WordPress website, you can dive into site intelligence, your AI powered content health analyzer, and your centralized dashboard for literally everything. Click on overview to open and view comprehensive metrics that reveal your content’s true performance. Verify your WordPress connection status for instant publishing capability and see all the tabs available here for your site. From here, you can manage your WordPress integration settings and publishing preferences. You can fine-tune platform configurations to match your workflow perfectly. Once your website is connected, you can easily sync your authors, categories, tags, and posts directly from this dashboard. Refresh your site data to ensure AI recommendations stay current. The WordPress connection steps are all written and well described here below. Moving on to workspaces from where you can organize multiple projects with dedicated workspaces for each brand. Create isolated environments to manage different content strategies separately. Fill in all your workspace details and seed keywords for your products and services you want to rank for and click create and analyze. Since we already added the sites, we will return to explore more powerful content tools. Once your workspace is added, just click explore to be mind-b blown with our analyzations and content topics crafted by our expert AI writing engine. Look at one of the explore tabs of our website and see how powerful recommendations it gave here and the quality of topics and the information provided with ranking difficulties, pillar content, silo contents and more. Navigate through all the article topics and choose anyone to start writing. trigger the blog wizard for intelligent article generation. You will be amazed to see that by simply clicking the right button, the blog wizard doesn’t just start from scratch. Instead, it instantly pulls and generates all the necessary components for you, including outlines, titles, keywords, and metad descriptions. Everything you need in just one click. Look at all the professionally crafted outlines it generated for you. The only thing you need to do here is check all settings and just hit generate to launch AI powered article creation that researches and writes for you. That’s literally less than 30 seconds and a 2,000word article is written right in front of you. Review your article quality and see how it even inserted authority links for you. Right from this same interface, you can instantly create social media posts from your article content. Have you ever dreamed of publishing directly to WordPress from your AI writing tool? With content write, it’s all possible in a single action. No copy pasting required. After you are done writing, publishing, and social posting to your social media, see your complete article library with status tracking. Access your article dashboard to monitor content performance. Filter articles by publishing status to prioritize workflow. Now let’s navigate to site intelligence for deep content analysis. View your content health overview and optimization opportunities. Now look at this complete website control center. On your left you can see the entire site intelligence tool stack to literally rank, analyze, optimize, train, find gaps, analyze health and more. Let’s quickly jump to analyze your site DNA your AIL learn brand voice and content patterns.

    Site DNA understands your niche, your writing patterns, your writing style, and in-depth analysis of your entire site. Visualize your content architecture and discover structural gaps, your categories, coverage gaps, authors. It understands and scans all via the Bridge WordPress plug-in provided to you for free. This is the content health dashboard where you can monitor the performance and optimization status of your articles at a glance. The content planner provides a centralized dashboard to manage your editorial calendar with AIdriven insights. It automatically generates high priority improvement suggestions for your articles, helping you focus on the content that will have the most impact on your site’s performance and SEO rankings. Explore accepted recommendations that boost your content quality. Train your AI with custom data for hyperpersonalized content generation. But for a few of these modules, you would require premium Lumen AI writer plug-in. This upgrade gives you a major advantage by training the content write AI specifically on your website, products, and services. This ensures your content is highly personalized and perfectly aligned with your brand. Click continue to access specialized optimization tools. Now let’s move on to the most significant trend in search optimization AEO and GEO. These strategies optimize your content for AIdriven search engines like Cad GPT, Perplexity and Gemini to ensure your brand is cited and surfaced in AI generated answers. The GEO optimizer helps you adapt your content for generative engine optimization, ensuring your site remains visible and authoritative as search evolves toward AIdriven answers. By analyzing and improving your GEO readiness score, you can prioritize optimizations that make your articles more likely to be cited by AI engines like ChatGpt and Perplexity. Filter articles by GEO readiness score to prioritize optimization. Receive instant AI powered fixes that improve discoverability. Discover specific issues preventing AI engines from surfacing your content. Take a look at the data pointer quality which highlights the specific areas that need attention. Now let’s return to the GEO optimizer dashboard. Focus on high impact optimizations that boost your visibility in AIdriven search results. The GEO optimizer analyzes your site’s readiness for generative engines like ChatGpt and Perplexity, identifying key improvements to help your brand be cited as a primary source. Start by addressing the lowscoring pages with high quick win potential. Focus on mediumcing content with quick win optimization potential. Adjust filters to analyze different performance tiers. Examine detailed geo scoring to understand ranking factors. Return to the site intelligence hub. Track how AI engines currently reference your brand and content. Monitor competing brands appearing in AI search results. View automated tracking frequency ensuring fresh intelligence. Access advanced site intelligence features. Enhance WordPress with content writes native plug-in for deeper integration. We have partnered with lumen themes.com to bring you the Lumen AI writer, a premium WordPress plug-in specifically built to enhance your content write workflows. If you are interested in taking your productivity to the next level, get Lumen AI Writer Pro and enhance your content writing workflows today. You can also explore the free plug-in provided in partnership with Lumen themes. Next, we will use our quality check module to perform automated checks, ensuring content writes writing quality is top-notch before you publish. Scan content for plagiarism to protect your reputation. Switch between plagiarism detection and AI content analysis. Detect AI generated content patterns to maintain authenticity. Not using WordPress? No worries. ContentRight connects with every platform through custom web hook integrations, allowing you to automate your publishing workflows with ease. Learn how web hooks connect Content Wright to any platform automatically. Access step-by-step integration guides for popular platforms. View platform specific web hook configuration instructions. Host Legends provides ultra fast manage hosting with safe shell technology to ensure your website preserves a 99 n 99% uptime guarantee. Leverage host legends to manage your site security and performance with automated backups that preserve your data integrity around the clock. Review pricing options that scale with your content ambitions. Discover unlimited website support across all plan tiers. Create stunning multimedia content, images, videos, audio, all AI powered. Generate professional images from text descriptions instantly. Access the textto image generator for custom visuals. Launch image creation with your custom prompt. Generate multiple image variations to choose your favorite. Start creating professional videos from your content. Prepare text for voice conversion. Create realistic audio narration for accessibility and engagement. Continue to transcription tools. Transcribe audio files into editable text with AI accuracy. Access your transcription library and available credits. Chat with AI assistants trained on your brand and content. Interact with contextaware AI that understands your content strategy. Enhance conversations by adding visual context. Expand AI chat capabilities. Upload images for AI analysis and content suggestions. Extract insights from PDF documents using AI comprehension. Generate code snippets and technical documentation with AI assistance. You can do one-page codings from here and get yourself helped when you are stuck somewhere. Browse 150 plus pre-built templates for instant content creation. Explore the complete template library organized by category. Navigate through template categories. Create high converting email campaigns using proven templates. Generate professional business communications instantly. Access developer focused templates for documentation and code. Discover done for you monetized websites ready to publish. Let’s move on to the DFY websites and configure monetization strategies across affiliate networks. Navigate monetization settings and fill in all the affiliate network IDs here once so you can use them while writing articles. Look at all the monetization options we provide here and these will be automatically used to link your affiliate links while writing contents using DFY sites. Once you are done entering your affiliate IDs, save profile and go back to affiliate guides. Here you can learn affiliate marketing strategies for maximum revenue and understand the various networks and payouts. Explore our comprehensive affiliate network integration guides tailored for every individual or business from Vaneer to Pro. Amazon Associates, Google AdSense, and all other such networks are listed here for you with detailed steps and guidances.

    Here

    you can see a quick summary of affiliate networks versus best niche use cases. View your complete library of ready to launch monetized sites on the DFY sites. You will get multiple website slots to complete your article packs and then publish in oneclick or download article bundles to import directly to your WP sites. Obviously, due to the length of the demo video, it’s impossible to show each and everything step by step. Therefore, we only show you the preview of everything here in this demo and the rest detailed step-by-step tutorials are provided in the tutorial sections. Once you enter any website slot that is completed, you will see this huge list of completely done for you articles ready to publish and import. Access step-by-step tutorials here for maximizing content write platform. Sorry for my speedy demo because of time constraints. Browse all our tutorials to become expert in using our platform. And if you still stuck anywhere, feel free to connect with our dedicated support team for personalized assistance. You’ve just witnessed the future of content production. AIdriven, profit focused, and remarkably easy. Are you ready to scale your content empire today and willing to start the high-income authority sites business today? Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely love the power of what they just saw? As a matter of fact, can you imagine yourself getting tons of traffic when you have your very own AI authority sites as well as turning any website that you might right now currently own into a high search intent traffic website using the included site intelligence. Let me know in the chat box. Because with what you’re about to get access to, AI will literally go over your website, find the gaps, and turn it into a high quality search intent traffic site from scratch. Whether you have a website already or you want to start a new one in any given niche, let me know if you absolutely love that and see the power of that. And again, this is something that nobody else has access to. And the way this works is phenomenal. We have so many people crushing it. That’s the power of content right right there. It creates the exact type of content that gets those search queries for the exact person that needs your product or service. Now, with that being said, that is secret number one. Let’s quickly dive into authority income. I see lots of people in the chat loving it. I see Joseph. Jeffrey, Richard, Scott, Mark, Julie, uh, again, Scott, Amanda, Anthony. Amazing. Now, once you have access to this, there will be three ways to automatically earn from your authority sites. And these might be ways you have never thought of before, especially the last one, which I’ll review now. The first one is pretty obvious, which is selling your own offers. If you right now have a product or service that you can sell, you can now get the exact person that is actually looking for the solution that your offer or service provides to your site and actually get them to be invested into your products and services. Now this is simply by the following three steps. You pick any niche and authority site from content right or you leverage your current one and upgrade it with site intelligence. Then the content ride builds your site with all the articles and monetization that is required to get immediately in front of the right person. Remember, there are close to 190,000 searches per second, meaning you will get guaranteed traffic. And then you turn these searches into buyers for your offers and services by obviously letting them click the buy button as well as opt in or if you prefer, have them call you. Now this is the first way you can automatically earn because once your authority sites are set up you can expect a nonstop floods of high quality traffic over to your site. Now the second one is where you don’t need your own products or services but content right will fill your site with the appropriate affiliate links for your niche. This can be Amazon affiliate links. This can be digital products, physical products. And this is extremely powerful because it creates an auto affiliate income. Meaning you get an affiliate link of your product you want to promote and it will put it all over your website literally from the exact sources that are related to your niche. This can be home improvement. This can be again digital products. This can be AI products. And then you will watch your authority site make these commissions for you. again in the garden niche, in the fitness niche, it will make sure it creates the exact type of content that people are looking for. So they come in, they research, they click your affiliate link, and they buy the product you redirected them to. Now, this creates an automated cash flow on the side of whatever business you currently have. Now, you can imagine that every single business needs an authority site, and that’s why you can also get paid for surface delivery. I’ll actually show you in a moment from now how many people on the daily are looking for this exact surface and the demand is much higher than the supply. Not a lot of people are providing this service and all these businesses have one thing in common. Whether it’s the gyms, the dental practice, the car dealership, people in all these niches are looking up, you know, what’s the best car? They’re comparing gym, what exercises, dental practice, what can I do, how can I fix this? They need these high authoritative blogs that gets the right search intent traffic that redirects over to their company or business. They all need qualified traffic daily. And they’re willing to pay recurring money to anyone who can get leads for them. And that’s why they’re continuously looking for content writers. And that’s exactly what Content Writer does. And this allows you to open up a three-step content write agency. Number one is you should pick from the hundreds of clients daily. I’ll actually show you the massive demand that is here for people that can provide this service. Just go to Upwork and type in content writer right here. And you can see the massive demand. People that are willing to pay 600, over 1,500, 700, right? I need um a content writer for pet services. I need a content writer for herbal supplement brand. I need AI content writers and editors. Right? We’re looking for AI content writers that can help us across multiple industry. They should be fluent in AI writing tools, right? The list goes on and on and on. Again, content writer needed, content writer, content writer, content writer nonstop. If you really want to see massive demand, I can even type in SEO writer and you’ll see again a massive heaps of people demanding SEO content writing, meaning there is such a high demand for this. And unfortunately, the supply is very low, but that makes it great because it allows you to tap in and guarantee yourself clients. Now, from here, all you have to do is provide a free oneweek trial. For one week, just write their content and they’ll be absolutely amazed, not only at the quality, but the traffic it generates and as well as the accuracy of the search intent traffic related to the content that the AI creates for them. From that point, they’re ready to take you on as a full-time paid content writer for their site. And we even help you with this entire process and have a special training for them so you can land your first clients in record time. Now, you have a three automatically earning ways with Content Rider, whether it’s selling your own offers, automated affiliate income, as well as getting paid for service delivery. And in each scenario, Content Ride does the work for you. But there’s one more thing you can do. Since you’re on this webinar, we’re only going to reveal this right here. Who wants a bonus method that is most likely one of the easiest and fastest ways to turn on content, right? Let it create an authority site for you in any niche. Have it fill it with articles and monetize it. Comment bonus in the chat if you want a bonus method. Just comment quick bonus in the question or chat box if you want a bonus method. There we I see lots of people commenting bonus. Now, here is the special bonus method and it is called Google AdSense for beginners. This is quite frankly one of the fastest and easiest ways because you don’t have to sell anything. You don’t have to talk to anyone, yet you’re going to get paid. You see, anyone can get approved for Google AdSense. It literally is completely free to start with for anyone and everyone. From there you place a little ad code on your site. This is a code that Google AdSense will give to you and you place it inside content ride as it will create your authority site. From there every single person that visits your site, you even get paid for just displaying the ads. Even if they don’t click on it or don’t buy anything from it, just displaying those ads on the side next to your articles, you will get paid per view. Now, we have people doing over tens of thousands of dollars with this. You can see here, Mr. Row doing 10K a month with Google AdSense. And let me actually show you how powerful this is. I’m going to go to a Google AdSense calculator. This is the official Google AdSense calculator from Google itself. I’m going to go down here. It’s super easy. You create will help you earn. It’s three steps. Anyone can do this. And this is why we know everyone that grabs this today will see a massive results. Now I’m going to go down here and let’s say you tell content right to create you an authority site in let’s say we do um you know let’s do an interesting one here what we have and you can have a site created in any of these niches let’s do finance right and then from there we’re going to do you know Americas and we’re going to keep it an absolute minimum monthly page views and this is exactly what content ride can go ahead and generate for you now on this alone phone, you’ll be generating about 2,000 a month just from displaying Google AdSense on your site. Every time a person visits your site, you will start earning this amount. Now, from here, if we amp it up to more site visitors, let’s say we get over to, you know, a nice 86,000 site visitors, you’re looking at 3.4K a month from Google AdSense. Now, if we go into a different niche, maybe we go into business and industrial, right? And we again keep it um at minimum, you’ll see at 2,000, let’s say you want to do it, you know, in Europe, in the Middle East, it’s going to be $1,300. At Asia, it’s $1,900. And this is exactly on, you know, Google’s AdSense official site. They know exactly, they call this the um pay-per-view metric, how much you get paid per the total accumulated views on your authority sites. Basically, you’ll be building, and that’s what our students like as well or beta testers love, pieces of real estate that keep increasing in value as they keep getting more views as more articles get published, as more search intent queries happen because more articles are on there. Your site’s getting displayed more and more and more as it’s growing literally every single day, and you reach an income without even selling a product. Now, it is soon enough you will hit your first 100,000 views on your website. So, I’m actually going to try and aim it at about a 100,000. So, let’s say just shy or just over 100,000. That’s already $6.6k. And that’s Asia. Let’s say America’s. We’re looking at $4.1. Now, this is income again without you having to sell anything. It’s literally taking a code from Google AdSense, putting it on your site, and you start getting pay-per-view revenue. And this is something that we even help you with as well. So, with that being said, let me know if you now see how having content right do everything for you, allowing you to actually have a real online income because it creates your authority sites. It upgrades your existing site with site intelligence as well as creates done for you articles 24/7. Upgrades your site with them continuously making sure you get in front of the hundreds of thousands of search intent inquiries around your niche. Making you a specialized authority site around the clock, ranking on chat GBT, on Google and any other place that people are looking for your offers and services or just related to the problem that you solve. whatever search quiring they put in, they will find your authority site and it will be recommended by all these trusted sources. Let me know if you can see how because of that you now will be able to have a real online income as you can leverage these authority sites in the ways I’ve just shown. You give me a quick yes and then we’re going to go into the special access. So, I see yes is coming in. Let me open up the chat box here. Phenomenal. This is super powerful. Uh, this sounds way better than using social media. Now, you can have the best of both worlds. It’s not either or. You can use social media to still get attention because social media is powerful, but you know, the traffic on social media is not always looking to buy. They’re often just scrolling. You have to put in a lot of persuasive power to get someone over from social media to, you know, move forward and buy a product. However, people that are searching for a solution or for information, whether it’s on Google, whether it’s on, you know, Chat GBT, those are people that are actually in need of a solution and they’re looking for trusted sources and websites and recommendations that can help them out, make them wiser, give them clarity, and provide them a solution. And that’s what Instant Authority Sites does. That’s why you’ll be getting a lot more buyers quickly and easily while Content Ride publishes articles that gets you these people 24/7 while you sleep. So, I hope that makes sense. I see lots of yeses coming in. I see people asking for the link already. So, without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number three, special access. Who wants to know everything you’re getting today as part of the webinar special deal? So, let me know in the chat box who wants to know everything you’re getting today as part of the webinar special deal. Just comment a quick yes in the chat and then we’re going to reveal it to you. If you do not comment yes, we’re going to assume you don’t want to see it and that means you won’t be able to. So, make sure you comment yes. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get access to the ContentRight premium account. This includes the entire content write AI content engine that learns your niche and then optimizes it for Google automatically. This is an absolute must-have. You’ll have the keyword to traffic article generator where it creates professional media assets and publishes it to unlimited sites. Over 1,500 to 3,000 plus word SEO articles completely generated for you. 15 plus premium AI engines in one dashboard. You have GPT4, Claude, Gemini, Deepseek, and 15 more that normally would have you paying over 200 a month. You have it all under one roof without spending a dime. Now, AI powered writing assistant to make sure you have those high quality traffic, search intent articles 24/7. You have blogs, scripts, documents, captions, code all created for you. the real time content streaming. So you’ll watch AI write your article alive as you type your topic. Perfect for instant content generation. You have a multilingual content creator. So you can do this in any language. You have a human-like content paraphraser. So instead of having very rigid and robotic text, it actually sounds human. Now you have a one-click article spinner which creates unique variations of any article for multiple sites without rewriting from scratch. Now, on top of that, you’ll have the AI rewriter for old content to refresh any content you might have on your existing site and upgrade it to high searched intent traffic articles. Now, here’s why all of this matters. From this point forward, you can now fill your sites with content that attracts buyers from Google and GPT without spending weeks writing articles yourself. Because before, maybe you’ve been trying to get traffic either from social media or just creating a website and waiting for someone to find it. Now, your website actually matters. Since it’s ongoingly being updated with fresh articles that people are actually leveraging in their search queries, you’ll be seeing consistent traffic coming in from people that are actually looking for you. Now, it doesn’t stop there. Because you’re on this webinar, you’re also getting the built-in SEO optimization system. This includes the smart SEO content optimizer making sure you actually rank on page one Google without fill. You have a ranking potential analysis so you can immediately see on your topic on the product and everything around it how quickly and how fast you’re going to rank and what the potential of it is. Now you have automatic internal linking engine. This allows you to strategically have internal links from one page to another page, from one article to another article. So it boosts its own site and helps people stay on your site longer. Now you have the human vsi content scoring. So you see exactly how human your content actually reads. And that’s the flaw with most people out there. They create content leveraged by AI but it does not read as human. It reads very rigid. Now you want things to be simple, fluent on the eyes, something that people that can consume and go through and completely grasp and have full clarity on. And that’s one of the unique powers of what you’re getting access to here today as well. Now, the SEO ready article structure is already built in. So, every article it creates immediately helps you rank on Google and actually gets you trusted recommendations from chat GPT. Now, you have old content refresh tools again. So, making sure that if you have an existing website or any old content out there and you want to revamp that content to make sure it actually gets you traffic, you have access to that inside your SEO optimization system. And on top of that, it creates content designed for Google search to begin with. So every single new content piece or article that you will create, it is automatically ranking on Google from day one. And this allows every article to quickly attract the right traffic without becoming an SEO expert. And that’s not just Google traffic, but also traffic from chat GPT engines. Now, this is where you start becoming a real authority brand. What you’re about to be able to do next with Content, Ride takes it to a whole new level. You see, you’re going to get the AI media asset generation suite. This allows you to create any image on autopilot in tandem with all of your articles. It has the most powerful image engine such as Doll E2, Doll E3, stable diffusion. Now, it does auto image generation from Pixels and Onsplash, meaning every article it creates. It’s not just a heap of very curated text, but it actually has the visuals to support it that are aligned with what your customers want to see. Now, it has a professional product shot generator. So, if you’re selling a digital or physical product, maybe an Amazon affiliate product, it has the right images for it as well. Now, it is studio quality product photos, text to image creation. If there’s any image you need to be created, just type it in text and it will create it for you. You have image to image transformation. So you can give it any image and it can make multiple variations if not better alternatives of it. Now you have image upscaling and background removal making it a professional high quality and great visual block consistently because of all this power. Now you even have seam replacement and image analysis so it can analyze an image, understand the sentiment and create an article around it. It has the right insights. Quite frankly, just upload any image and let AI vision analyze it to describe what it sees or brainstorm content ideas around it. This means you can turn an image into a full-blown high quality article that gets people drawn to you. Now, you have featured images for your blog post and authority posts all taken care of for you. And this keeps visitors on your site longer with visuals that build trust fast and turn more readers into clicks, leads, and sales. Now, it gets even better because on top of the AI media asset generation suite, you’re also getting the publishing and automation center. So, everything will be done for you on autopilot. You have both publishing and scheduling power, meaning you even have an email campaign builder with drag and drop that’s all done for you. An AI writing assistant that writes your blogs for you. An AI chat agent and custom research experts that are ongoingly finding the best topics to write content on. You have an audio to text and voice cloning feature where you can convert entire podcasts and interviews or voice memos into written text. You also have a step-by-step video training to actually make sure this is the most valuable asset of your business and 247 support, making sure you have all the handholding you need to finally have the right people see your offers ongoingly and have multiple authority sites earning you a real income. Whether it is from AdSense, affiliate products, or your own products or services. Long story short, you will own a complete system to create, publish, and promote content that sends traffic back to your sites. Now, let me know in the chat box, who is loving everything they’re getting so far? Let me know in the question box or chat box. Just give me a quick yes. Who is loving everything they’re getting so far? Having content, right, do all the work for you. Make sure your offers get seen. Make sure you get traffic to your website and it grows every single day on autopilot. I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, because you’re on this webinar and because you are smart enough to show up live here, you will actually unlock what we call the webinar only bundle deal. And this is only available on this live webinar, which will include insane bonuses as well as features that nobody else will have access to. Meaning, first of all, on top of your Content Write premium account, you’re also getting upgraded to the unlimited version. This makes sure you have unlimited site connections, unlimited AI content credits, you’ll never run out, premium image models, royalty-free stock image library, priority rendering, advanced content analytics per site, founders lifetime access, and founders lifetime support. Now, this in my honest opinion is an absolute must because you do not want to be limited or capped by the amount of articles you can put out and the amount of sites you can create. And with the enterprise unlimited feature, you have unlimited access. This allows you to scale from just one site to multiple authority assets instantly, getting traffic for any offer or service. So, on top of the premium account, you’re also getting the enterprise unlimited valued at $6997. Now, here’s where it really gets done for you. And when I say done for you, I mean truly done for you. This is only available on this webinar. You’re going to get the content right done for you sites pro. We will actually on a silver platter uniquely only to your account give you 25 to 30 SEO optimized articles per done for you site. These are sites we already created for you, already are getting traffic, and you can literally turn on in a second. It’s 100% fresh, unique content only for your account, meaning no other account will have that. Built for immediate Google authority. Amazon associates pre-structured, meaning you have affiliate links from Amazon products immediately ready to go. AdSense optimized layout, meaning you can immediately earn from AdSense. one-click site import, 48 hour quick launch checklist, and eight profitable niche categories. This is a literally stepping into a traffic generating and monetized site from the get-go. Now, you’re going to get multiple done for you sites filled with over 25 high search intent driven articles and again, AdSense ready, Amazon ready. You literally have profitability from the start. Now, who here absolutely loves this? because this is something we can only do on this webinar due to the nature of the offer. We’re going to provide unique done for you sites to each and everyone here with unique articles. So there you go. See Jeffree saying that’s phenomenal. Steven says amazing. Joshua says great. Paul says please share the link. I want this right now. Amazing. Now it gets even better. This means on top of everything you’re getting already, you’re also getting the done for you sites. Now, imagine publishing your own sites for free. Meaning, you don’t have to take care of the hosting. You don’t have to buy the domain names and all of that jazz. Now, you can obviously, but you don’t have to because we’re going to give you a free hosting upgrade. This will allow you to host unlimited sites for free on high-speed servers with a free SSL certificate on all the domains. Daily cloud backups, one-click install plus pro toolkit, web application firewall, 100% compliant, and your sites go live for free. Now, in case you don’t know, getting hosting for a ton of sites can cost you a lot over time. You can see right here, DreamHost to host your site is $800 a year. HostGator, you can get at 1,200 a year. Blue Host 750, hosting at 900, GoDaddy 1,100 a year. In total, if you’re looking at 5 years of hosting just on DreamHost alone, you’ll be paying 4K in hosting fees. That’s what it normally takes to host your authority sites. Now, we’re going to give you access to what we call Host Legends, giving you completely free hosting capabilities where you can host all of your sites without having to pay a dime. Now, who here absolutely loves this? Give me a big thank you in the chat to furulo because they didn’t have to do this yet, they went the extra mile and even take care of that for you, taking all the hosting, making sure you won’t have to worry and immediately can go live and people can visit and find your site instantly. So, there we go. You see lots of thank yous coming in. Now, it gets even better. You’re also getting access to the AI multimedia studio, making sure you have high quality image capabilities such as AI avatars or turning an image into an actual video. You have an AI photo studio where you can edit any image and the entire social media pack. If you want to publish your articles to social media with the right visuals, you can in a matter of clicks. Now, on top of that, you’re also getting, and only because you’re on this webinar, and this is probably one of the most powerful things out of the entire bundle, which is the agency reseller. It’s also valued the highest at close to $13,000 because you’re going to get 50 reseller licenses, white label rights to the entire thing, done for you sales assets, as well as priority agency support. This allows you to literally create an account for anyone and get paid every single month for others to use content, right? And tons of people, pretty much everyone that has a website needs to keep filling it with articles, updating it, making sure their website is always relevant and they’ll happily use content, right? Especially when we give you all the sales videos, sales page, and sales material where they simply are sold the moment they see it. You have 50 reseller licenses and complete white label rights to change the logo and name it to anything you want. Now, the combined value of everything that you’re seeing here right now is close to $49,000, specifically 48 and $982. Now, Content Ride provides you everything you need to generate your first 5K month. This is because the traffic is built in and the monetization is as well. You already saw David doing right now actually 1,200 a month in um the time that he sent this testimonial it was 800. You can see Marcus here already, you know, getting over 1,200 visitors. He’s already done from the get-go 127 bucks from his 23 articles that content ride published for him. You’ll have a done for you bundle upgrades that gives you instant earning capabilities on AdSense. You can have site number one in home and garden getting you 30,000 visitors a month and making you at least $800 to $2,400 a month. On the personal finance side, you can instantly get over 20,000 visitors. And this is a very high revenue model where you on AdSense get anywhere from 500 to 1,600 a month on top of selling all your affiliate offers or any other products or services. Now, we’re going to hand you on a silver platter a unique health and wellness site which right now is doing really well as well. and you’ll be aiming and getting 25,000 visitors a month. And it’s selling Amazon supplements. We’ve already taken care of all of that for you, making you 600 to 2K a month. You’re going to get the tech and gadgets. This will get you about 15,000 visitors a month that we’ve already, you know, predefined. You get anywhere from 400 to 1,800 a month. And our food and recipe site that is right now crushing it, getting 40,000 visitors a month. We’ve already pre-ested this. This will get you anywhere from 400 to 1K a month. Now, the combined portfolio of what we’re going to give you, these are done for you sites pre-ranked, ready to roll, uniquely only in this bundle on the webinar, making you anywhere from 2,700 to 8.8K a month. And these are five done for you sites without having to write a single word yourself. Now, who here would absolutely love this? We’ve already spent the time, energy, and everything that is required to make these sites work. And we have accumulated this money to make sure we can provide this on the webinar. Now, who would absolutely love this? There you go. Now, we have tons of early users that are currently earning from their DFW sites, right? We have Derek, we have Marcus, we have Patricia saying, “As someone with zero tech skills, the input process took me only 47 minutes from start to finish.” You can see right here, I’ve made $1,240 in Amazon commissions. You know, we I’ve deployed three done for you sites. I’m already at 3.4K a month. And this is across done for you niches. And they used our done for you sites that are ready to go. Now, he grabbed the done for you sites pro took uh the pet side, tech gadgets, and food. And each one took me about an afternoon to set up using content ride to add 15 to 20 more articles to the site. And in the following months, you know, 1,600 month, one came on, 3.4 for from these three sites. Now with content right on top of making money from AdSense and offers, you can easily sign your retainer client immediately after this webinar as people are ready to pay you to, you know, write copy for either their SEO travel blog, need a content writer for their website, for the articles right here, as well as, you know, a blog writing position for short content. Experience is not required. We’re just looking for someone that can help us and they’re willing to pay $2300. We’re even going to show you and point you where all these clients are and how you can easily pick them up. And therefore, because the earning potential of this is practically guaranteed and it would be foolish not to grab this or at least try it out because honestly, it can’t get easier than this. Therefore, outside of the special webinar, the investment for the entire content ride pack, as you can see right here, including the done for you sites as well as all the upgrades will be 5K annual or $4997 a year to be exact. Now, I want you to know even if we took 50% off 497 or 2500 bucks, it will still be worth it. Heck, we have people doing 3.4K a month and 1240 in commissions immediately after starting out. So, even if we took 50% off, it would still be worth it. Now, we decided on the webinar to make it 1997 annual, and even that is more than worth it. Remember, you’re going to get done for you sites that are ready to earn. And even if we’ve done 197, it will be more than worth it. Now, I want you to know because you’re smart enough to show up to the webinar, and that’s why I always say show up to the live webinar, you won’t have to pay anywhere near that. Now, we figured to drop it down to a fair and honest price that actually is reflective of the real value that you’re getting. And we thought 497 annual is more than fair because these are sites that are ready to earn. These are sites that are going to get you the right traffic. People that are actually looking for your offer. You’re not dependent on, you know, social media or luck or virality or algorithms. This is accurately based on real world search terms. People are looking for what you have to offer. It designs the right articles and make sure when they search they find you. Now 497 annual is the best investment you can make for your business to tap into all that traffic. And even that we won’t do on this webinar. Now I see a lot of people at 497 already saying that’s great. Please share the link. Now I want you to know we’re going to do something even crazier. if you comment the word live right now on this webinar to prove that you’re here live. Comment the word live if you want the live discount and we’re going to drop it down to even lower. Now let me know in the chat box if you think it’s crazy and a phenomenal discount all the way from 497 annual. We’re dropping it down. Comment live. I see lots of people commenting live to a onetime 397. Who here thinks that’s an insane discount already from $4997 annual to a one-time 397. Something that will get you accurate traffic, high quality traffic, AdSense ready sites, affiliate ready sites, traffic ready sites. I mean, investing 397 once tap into all of that. Having all that work done for you is insane. If you ever go out there and ask someone to do all of what content right can do for you, even if they’re using AI, they will charge you. so much more and they won’t even deliver the results that you’re about to get access to. Now, 397 therefore is an absolute steal because you’re guaranteed to tap into something that will benefit your business and actually give you a huge ROI. Like you see Derek, our you know, or David, our retired teacher crushing it, you know, uh we have earlier our students making 3.4K a month, 1,200 a month, all from content right here. So 397 is nothing compared to what you can expect when you’re on the inside. Now to make it the ultimate deal, as you know FAS, he always loves to spoil his audience, but only because you’re here live, we’re going to do 55 live coupons, and that’s to give away an ultimate discount. Now, you can only use this coupon once, and you can only use it while we’re live. Meaning instead of 397, we’re going to drop it down even more, which is crazy to me. Mind you, 5K annual is what this will be for as little as 297 one time. Now, mind you, this works for you while you’re sleeping, while you’re outside, while you’re taking care of any other business, your site is growing every single day. Every time you open up your site analytics, you see more visitors, and those are people that are actually looking for what you have to offer, meaning you’ll also see a ton of sales. Now, all of this will be available to you for the absolute steal of 297, but you’ll have to grab it right now because remember, we only have 55 live coupons available, which are only being distributed on this webinar, and this includes your done for you sites, which again is also something you only get on this webinar. Now, these done for you sites are designed to make sure you start earning from day one, and all it takes is a onetime 297. This is probably the best investment that you could possibly make, but you have to grab it right now before all the spots are gone. We cannot and you know will not extend the coupons. This is only while we are live. Now maybe if you’re really lucky and Fas feels generous, I’ll bring FOS on in a second. But trust me when I say you don’t want to take those chances. Make sure you grab this right now so you can assure yourself and benefit of a real highquality traffic, a site that actually is being visited by ongoing and real people that are looking for what you have to offer. Now, therefore, if your current situation is, if you’re wondering if you should grab this, if your current situation is you have great offers but nobody to sell it to, if your current situation is you’ve tried tons of AI tools and are still not seeing any results, maybe you’re posting on tons of social media places, and if your current situation is where you have so many tools, but it just requires a ton of skill and patience and you haven’t seen any results, then you can expect to solve all of these problems immediately the moment you grab this at 297 because again you will grow a niche authority system that is growing your business daily. Even Sarah, you know, was skeptical about AI content ranking, but she’s now on page one for over 14 keywords. She published, you know, just 10 articles and the built-in SEO score and internal linking engine are insane in her own words. You know, her organic traffic is up by 340% and she still can’t believe it. And that’s exactly what you can expect the moment you grab this. These niche authority sites generate search intent traffic and get sales for any offer. People are literally replacing their job income with niche authority sites as we speak. And these are regular people, everyday people that are leveraging niche authority sites because they’re sick and tired of trying to go viral on social media and all the competition that’s on there. They found that the people that are actually doing their research, the people that are actually putting in a search query on Google or Chat GPT are much more likely to buy and the traffic and the volume of it is insane. Lots of people every day are researching, you know, certain problems they have. They want information. They’re looking for recommended sources. And if they find your site, you know that you’re going to earn a lot. And that’s why you’ll have businesses wanting you to do this for them as well because they need to be seen whenever somebody searches for anything related to their business. You know, what’s the best way to lose weight or what are the best exercises or even what are the best local gyms and they want to be found on a niche authority site or at least they have or need articles that are pointing to them on their own website. It’s ranking on Google and it’s being recommended by Chad GPT. Same goes for dental practice, small businesses, chiropractors, courses. If somebody’s looking up what’s the best course to learn coding, you need a niche article site, an authority site, or any given power of SEO articles to make sure that you show up. And that’s exactly what these niche authority sites do. And again, the best part is you don’t need any sales skills. You don’t need marketing skills. You don’t need tech skills. And you don’t need leads to begin with because your niche authority sites will generate these leads for you. As a matter of fact, we’re going to give you ready and monetized sites that are traffic ready on a silver platter, so you can enjoy as many leads from the get- go. And all of this for a onetime 297. On top of that, you have unlimited access at no recurring cost. And that again is only because you’re on this webinar. You’ll have three ways to automatically earn from this. Whether it’s selling your own offers to all the high-quality traffic uh people that are actually searching for what you have to offer. Whether you want to provide them with affiliate offers, this can be Amazon digital products, physical products, or anything that you want to promote. You have a niche authority site that will people find consistently whenever they’re looking for a particular problem that they’re trying to solve or a solution that they need or they’re just doing research on a certain topic, they’ll find you and the products you recommend to solve that problem. and therefore you’re going to make a ton of commissions. You’ll also have a ton of businesses wanting you to create these sites for them or upgrade their existing site using site intelligence by finding their existing content gaps and filling it with the right articles. And last but not least, the Google AdSense will make sure you earn even if you’re not selling anything simply because of the sheer volume of high-quality traffic that you can expect on your done for you sites, you are standing to earn and all of that for just a onetime 297. Don’t let this stand in the way from guaranteeing you yourself amazing results as well as high quality traffic simply because you were smart enough to show up live here today. The decision you make right now can easily equate to making thousands of dollars a month moving forward. And you even have a 30-day money back guarantee to try it out. Now, all you have to do is go to the link right now. And you can see right here at the top, this will never be sold again at this price. This means this is your only unique chance to grab this. And this has everything in one go. The complete AI content empire built, hosted, automated, and ready to make money starting today. Now, all you have to do is copy this coupon code. We only have 55 or quite frankly, we’ll have a lot less by now. So, make sure you add quick. You click on this button here. It will take you down to everything you’re getting, which will all be working for you, including some insane bonuses, which I’ll reveal shortly. You click on the buy now button. It takes you to the order form. You enter your name, last name, details, and email. And then here, this is where the magic happens. You can see right now it’s 347, but because you’re on this webinar, you have an activated coupon code that I’ll paste in here. I’ll click on apply, and you’ll notice that the price magically drop down to a steel of a deal of a onetime 297. You’re going to get access to the world’s first AI content platform that learns your website before writing a single word. When a user connects their site, the content right scans everything, existing articles, whatever you got going on right now and then turns it using its site DNA intelligence to understand what type of content needs to be on there. It actually, you know, trains and creates the perfect blogs and articles that are fully long form and SEO optimized. Uses automatic internal linking. Long story short, you’ll see a flood of the right traffic coming in all of a sudden simply because Content Right knows exactly how to make that happen. Now, all you have to do next is enter your details right here if you’re paying with card or if you’re using PayPal. Just click on the PayPal button and you’re off to the races. And once again, you have a full 30-day return policy. So, you literally have a full 30 days to experience this, see it with your own eyes, enjoy it from up close, see the results, and then still decide if you want to keep it. You can even see how much money this will make you. And if you like it, you keep it. So, make sure you at least take advantage of this steal of a deal because of again, if you don’t grab this right now, you won’t be able to get this ever again at this very price. Now included in the AC reseller as you know you get the 50 reseller license the white label rights the done few sales access the priority the AC support and this normally alone I can actually show you the agency reseller on its own normally separate of everything else you’re getting is $397. I can actually show that to you. So let me actually break down everything that you’re getting right now so you’re aware of the steal of a deal you’re getting. Again, you will have the complete bundle to make sure you are able to get highquality traffic on demand as well as earn from all your authority sites like David, like Kelly, like Marcus, and all the people before you. Now, this will include zero monthly fees. You have everything including the agency license, all the five upgrades. Instead of having to pay over $1,400, you get it for a steal of a deal of a onetime 297. Now the world has changed and most people have not noticed it yet. But right now we see the biggest wealth transfer. People right now search extensively through all these platforms and then whatever resource they trust and find they go and visit and buy from. And that’s why having an authority site filled with articles filled with you know things that back it up where a person sees hey this site really is you know invested in this topic really knows what it’s talking about. They know you know it better than me. I’m, you know, trusting this website. I’m willing to buy from it. That’s the power that you’re about to tap into. So, here’s everything you’re getting right now. You’re getting the content, right? You’re getting the Enterprise Unlimited Pro, the Host Legends, the AI Multimedia Studio, as well as the agency reseller license. And instead of 347, you’re getting an additional discount to make it only 297. Now, you already know that authority sites are extremely powerful. you already know that you know just social media alone is not enough or way too competitive to try and get your products and services sold. This is a must. It’s not even a nice to have if you want to start seeing real results and people that are actually interested and want to work with you and buy from you. You use high quality authority sites that are upgrading itself with high-quality articles non-stop and that’s what you can expect. Now I see a lot of people are joining in as we speak. So, I want to congratulate a few people here. Uh, Daniel, congratulations to you. Jonathan, congratulations to you. Uh, Mo, congratulations to you. Edward, congratulations to you. Uh, Maria, congratulations to you as well. Uh, and again, you’re going to enjoy your done for you sites where you’re literally ready to go and set up, ready to get traffic, ready to earn. We’ve already pre-ested them and they’re work like a charm. Paul, same goes to you. Congratulations. And with that being said, that means we don’t have a lot of coupons left. So, if you’re still on the fence, make sure you grab this right now, at least for the sake of these done for you sites, because you won’t be able to get them ever again. And this price is only available on the webinar while the coupon lasts. You have a 30-day money back guarantee anyways. So, at least grab it to assure yourself of having the best deal and then decide if you want to keep it later. But I know for a fact the moment you have this and you see your site analytics and the amount of traffic, the amount of clicks and the Google AdSense income that you’re making as well as commissions, you know you’ve made the best decision for a steal of a deal. It only took 297 to finally start earning thousands of dollars online. Now you have a full foundation where you set up your workspace. This can be for your different niches, your different businesses. And from there, you have the entire AI content engine that creates SEO optimized articles and social content and marketing assets in minutes. And it does it around the clock, 247. You have a full WordPress integration. If you run your site on WordPress, even if you don’t, you can easily set that up. And it’s all done in a matter of seconds. Now, from there, you have the content repurposer, which turns any article you might already have in emails, social posts, scripts, and even upgrades it to make sure it is SEO proof. Now you can publish across multiple websites. Let’s say you have multiple websites in a similar niche or even different niches. You can upload content automatically in all websites simultaneously ongoingly getting you more and more of that highquality search intent traffic non-stop. Now it’s absolutely mind-blowing. And if we run the numbers, you’ll know that what you’re about to step into is not just a side hustle, but a complete business system in a market that’s worth billions right now. So normally right as an authority site builder you can literally get paid anywhere from 5 to 50k a month from a selfbuilt site portfolio. Now right now you’ll have AI do everything for you right as a content right AC owner including the 50 reseller licenses right you will have people paying you monthly to do this for you. You can even set deals and this is something we’ll show you as well where you get paid on refsh share of their authority sites. Now this is stuff we’re going to show you on the inside but the income potential is absolutely insane. Now right here you’ll have the AI content creation engine that will run for you 24/7. All of you will have this included. This runs on the latest GPTs. It creates articles in bulk. So not one by one. You can produce even 50 to 100 articles in a single session. Imagine, just imagine for a second, you publish a 100 articles to your website, all with the right keywords, search tags, exactly what makes Google fall in love with you, what makes you rank properly, both on GPT engines as well as Google. 100 articles back to back in a single session being uploaded to your website. Can you imagine the amount of search engines you’ll trigger? The amount of traffic that you can expect. You have to see it with your own eyes and you can only do it by getting it for a steal of a deal. But remember, it will never be sold at this price ever again. So, make sure you go to the link right now. I’ll ask the team to drop the link while we still have some coupons left, but time is running out. Now, you’ll have a multilingual content system. You can, you know, put it in any tone and style as well as EAT optimized structure. And if you don’t know what this is, this has to do with Google’s ranking algorithm. You know, showing expertise, authoritiveness, trust signals. This is all specifically designed to make sure when people look for anything related to what your site talks about, they find you, they click on you, and you start getting AdSense income, as well as the people that go to your site will love your articles, read and click through and buy from whatever products or services that you sell on there, whether it’s your own or affiliate offers. Now it has something called AI powered content gap analysis which is one of the site intelligence modules where it finds what competitors rank for and you do not and this is extremely powerful as well. You have the article spinning variation to avoid duplicate content across multiple sites. You have the news article generation to stay current in fastmoving niches because a lot of times when something happens in the world people you know go to the internet to find and research upon it. And if you can leverage those trends and tie it back to your products or service, especially if it’s something that’s happening in the news related to what you have to offer, then you will expect surges and influxes of traffic over and over again. And you have a custom AI persona creation which allows you to have consistent voice and image and brand throughout your entire content. Now, this will make sure you don’t just have a little website anymore. you have a beast of a traffic generating machine. A website that’s not just looking pretty. A website that actually does what it’s supposed to do, and that’s turning people and attracting people into real monetizable articles. It’s getting the right eyeballs from the start and turning them into buyers over and over again. That’s what your website should do. Way too many people have a website that just looks pretty. It sits, but it doesn’t do a lot. What you’ll have right now, it will turn your website into something that is required to actually rank on Google into something that is required to have chat dbt engines recommend you whenever somebody looks for a solution. Now, if you want to experience what that’s like and actually see your analytic numbers going up and up and up every time of the day, then this is it right here. This probably one of the smartest and most intelligent investments that you can make where people are actually going to wonder how are you able to get this much traffic to your site and you were smart enough to use a content right system that creates over 100 SEO optimized articles for you nonstop. There you go. Cynthia says, “Amazing. That’s all I needed to hear. I’m about to go in.” And there you have it. And you know, if you’re still not in by now, I just want you to ask yourself, what are you waiting for? Do you not want high quality traffic? Do you not want to experience what it’s like to have hundreds of people every single moment of the day visit your website? Because if that sounds like music to your ears, then you’re getting this for a steal of a deal right now to witness that firsthand. You came to this webinar to see something that can actually help you to actually be open to an experience that if you’ve been trying social media, it hasn’t been working out. If you’ve been trying different ways to monetize or make money or sell local business services, it hasn’t been working out, then this is your unfair advantage right now. On top of the AI content creation engine, you’re going to get the SEO ranking suite. And this is where we know for a fact that you’re going to see results because it’s built to win on Google. You have advanced keyword research, find high volume, low competition keywords in any niche. You have the NLP keyword optimization as well list the topic cluster and silo builder onpage SEO scoring LSI keyword integration. I mean imagine if you have to figure all of this out on your own, right? If you’re not Google savvy, you won’t know what NLP keyword optimization is or LSI keyword integration or even clusters and silo builders or metatitles. And if you don’t know what that is, you’ll always fall behind. Now, it doesn’t matter whether you know what this means or not. the content right does and that’s the only thing what matters and knows exactly what it’s required for you to rank and get in front of the right eyeballs and knows exactly what articles to create to make sure you get ranked in top of the 190,000 searches that they place every single second of the day now if you want to step into that power and turn your website into a beast of a traffic machine then go ahead and grab this right now because you’re just 297 away from solving all of your problems and making sure you start earning thousands more. Don’t let 297 stand in the way of actually making your first,000 then,200,500. David Rogers, 52 years old, retired teacher, and excuse me, David, if I’m putting you on the spot here, but I know you’re not tax savvy at all, and you stepped in, used this, and you are now seeing over $1,200 a month from your articles. Now we are giving you remember done for you sites that you can immediately leverage. Now these are sites in some of the hottest niches that people are always searching in. Now we’re talking about places like I’ll actually put it on the slides here. Once again the home and garden niche, the personal finance niche, health and wellness niche, tech and gadgets, food and recipes niche. They’re giving you done for you unique sites with unique articles that are ready to be monetized that are, you know, Amazon affiliated links are ready to go. You literally grab the done for you right now and you start earning way more than you’ve had in your entire online career. And the reason I’m able to say this is because we have people doing so as we speak. And it’s the exact reason why we’ll be charging 5K a year for this. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you won’t have to pay five nor7 nor 497, not even 397, but you’ll be taking advantage of the 55 live coupons that are here, taking it down all the way to just $297. A steal of a deal just because you were smart enough to show up live here today. So, go to the URL, grab this before it’s too late. We only have a finite amount of coupons and it’s now or never. On top of that, you also get the entire AI medium visual kit to really make your blog, your website, your authority site more captivating, right? The entire AI image generation suite, the royalty-free stock image library with over 10 million highquality images, the AI infographic creator to really show, you know, complex data transformed into sharable visual content. Whenever somebody sees an infographic, they trust you even more. AI product image enhancement, social media graphic templates, image SEO optimization, thumbnail generator, image to blog post converter, watermark and branding tools, as well as bulk image processing. You’ll have everything you need to stand out and have a high quality article created for any website, whether it’s your own authority sites that Contact Wright will build for you or your existing websites that you want to start ranking with better. On top of that, you have the WordPress autopublishing system where in one click you can make a WordPress connection. And even if you’ve never used WordPress before, it is so easy to use. This also allows you to have multi-sight publishing, schedule publishing, custom post type support, category and tag auto assignment, feature image auto assignment, SEO plug-in integration, revision history, and publishing Q manage manager. Meaning you can see every scheduled article that is about to take place in the future as well. Now, all you have to do is just put in your website URL and all else will happen from that point. The Content Write system is so intelligent and knows exactly what it needs to do next. Now, here’s where the magic really happens, which is the monetization tools. You just put in your Amazon associate link or your ClickBank ID or any other affiliate link you have. Maybe you’re a JV Zoo affiliate, maybe you’re providing, you know, Warrior Plus affiliate products or just put in your AdSense ID, any of your monetization links. It can be CJ affiliate, it can be, you know, Rocket and Skim Links. There’s so many affiliate platforms where you can pick up your link and it will find the best products to promote on those sites around your articles around your website and niche and whenever somebody clicks on the link to that product, you start earning commissions. And all it takes is using your Amazon associate ID which you can pick up for free as well as your ClickBank is for free. JVZ is for free. You can become an affiliate on all these places create these high ranking authority sites around the problems that people are looking to solve and you have the affiliate links for them. And every time somebody clicks on any of the links, they go to the site, they buy the product, you start earning commissions. Now this is the monetization suite that allows you to guarantee yourself a return on investment. Even if you don’t sell a product, your AdSense alone, just based on people viewing your ads on your website, which are just, you know, banners on the side, will make sure you start earning a nice income. So on top of that, you have the global skill and advanced tools, which give you know different language content creation tools, auto translation, a social media content suite, email newsletter, content repurposing, and a white label content delivery engine plus team access if you want to outsource this to your team members down the road. API access as well as advanced analytic dashboards and commercial license. This allows you to scale up from all of your results that you’re getting. Now, because you’re on this webinar, as mentioned before, you’re also getting only for 297 the Enterprise Unlimited. Now, the Enterprise unlimited allows you to have unlimited site connections, unlimited credits, no monthly caps, premium image models, royalty-free stock image library, priority rendering, and advanced content analytics per side. Now, if you want the unlimited upgrade included for free, normally you have to pay separately and recurringly for it. Now, it’s free in the bundle. This alone is a steal because this allows you to put up multiple sites with hundreds of articles, making you a force to reckon with. It’s just the biggest shortcut you can imagine. It’s only 297 and it’s included. Now, not only that, you’re also getting access to the done for you size pro. And again, this is where all the work has been done for you. You’re getting a done for you authority site. Uh multiple actually professionally built content loaded, dual monetized. Each site contains 25 to 30 SEO optimized articles with over 100% unique content never duplicated across other customers. Proper topic silo architecture. Your Amazon affiliate and AdSense monetization is pre-wired and a sevenstep import system that gets you live in under 48 hours. Turning this on means you instantly start earning. You have over 25 to 30 SEO optimized article per site. Their AdSense and affiliate optimized for maximum revenue. On top of that, 100% fresh unique content. You have everything you need to from within now to 48 hours start seeing the numbers go up and up and up. And all it takes is a onetime 297. It’s the best and smartest investment you can make into yourself. If you want to start seeing more traffic and actual sales numbers and AdSense revenue, just putting 297 into something to shortcut your way to literally buy your way into results very quickly. like doing this manually or you know doing this yourself will take so much time to even get there if you get there at all. It’s the slow way where you know you always are behind you don’t see results and you’re it’s very frustrating. You can buy yourself in for 297 skip all that hassle. Be a smarter person and actually start seeing results instantly. It’s like when you have a video game where you use the free version of the game and you’re always behind. You don’t have the perks that you know the paid members have. you can’t get as far. You die quicker. You keep having to restart. It is just not fun because you can never win or out compete the people that, you know, just bought the game or bought themselves some perk inside the game and all of a sudden, you know, they get all member features, perks, they’re faster, they’re better, they open up the new worlds. You know, it’s just such a huge gap between the people that buy themselves into a shortcut and the people that are trying it on their own and that even if they do, never will have the perks that paid members have. And that’s it right here. Now, you can buy yourself into getting the unfair advantage that people that are trying it madly will never even get to, even if they tried their best. You can buy yourself into results instantly and have a smile on your face and look back knowing that, you know, it’s so easy for you. Whereas other people will absolutely struggle to even get traffic in the first place. For you, it will be a matter of a few clicks and you’re enjoying 100% high quality traffic. Now, all of this is available to you at only $2971, but you’ll have to grab it right now. Now, if that’s not enough, you’re getting Host Legends WordPress hosting completely for free, allowing you to unlimitly have your sites hosted. And on top of that, completely safe shell technology, NFME SSD storage plus Intel gold processor. This basically means you have one of the fastest hosted hosting processing available. 99.99% uptime guarantee, free SSL certificate, daily cloud backups, one-click WordPress install plus pro toolkit, and a firewall and all the compliance that comes with it. Long story short, you can host unlimited sites for free without paying a dime. Other people that want to keep hosting sites that have to pay more and more and more. You can host every single site for free. And since you’re getting the unlimited upgrade for free, this is perfect for you as you can go into different niches, host different sites, fill them with articles, and normally, you know, more articles, the more media you put on the site, the more expensive your hosting will be. For you, it will stay free. Now, if that’s not enough, you’re also getting the multimedia pro studio, which like I said, you have image to video features, now AI photo studio, product shots, as well as the AI after pro and many more to really stand out and make it a professional, highquality authority site that captivates your audience and makes them trust and buy from you over and over again. And to top it all off, you’re getting the reseller license. Again, 50 reseller licenses. You keep 100% of every sale, white label rights included, done for you sales pitch deck, email outreach, client onboarding systems, objection handling, and we take care of all of the agency support, and we do a dedicated onboarding call for you. Meaning, every person that takes this from you, we make sure they absolutely love it and they keep paying you monthly. Now, on top of that, we’re also adding some insane bonuses, and you’ll have instant access to income streams, whether it’s, you know, your own authority site that’s earning for you. You have a content agency where you do this for others. On top of that, you’ll be owning, you know, and earning from commissions and AdSense nonstop. Now, we have so many case studies and testimonials. The one from Margaret, which is really cool. She used the done for you sites and, you know, seeing her first AdSense deposit, which is phenomenal. It only took her, you know, 47 minutes to set up. Host Legends was set up in another 20 minutes and she was good to go. And she instantly saw, you know, later that day she logged in, she saw $43 already from AdSense revenue. Now, we have Kevin here already doing 4.2K a month from three authority sites. Are you telling me you’re going to let 297 stand in the way from being able to do 4.2K a month from these authority sites, which we practically already built out for you? Make sure you grab this right now before it’s too late. Now, all of this included and you save a ton of money. You get it at a steal, even lower than what you see it here for. And that’s only because you’re on this webinar. But mind you, this webinar, the moment it ends, you’ll never see it sold at this price again. So, make sure you grab this while we are live because this is going to change everything for you for the better. Now, you’re also getting some insane bonuses that we’re adding only on this webinar and which I’ll reveal right here. You’re going to get our 30-day quick start action plan, which is a week-by-eek road map from purchase to your first income. You get our authority site income blueprint, which is the exact portfolio strategy on which site in which profitable niches, and some of them are really on top. There’s some niches that a lot of people are not thinking about. One of them is fly fishing, which is doing really well, especially now with the summers coming up. fly fishing niche is crazy lucrative. A lot of people are underestimating or, you know, underrating it, not even thinking about it. It is so lucrative. Just having a site on that gets you so much traffic because there’s not many on it on there, not ones that are fresh and continuously have great articles on them. And just like that, we’re going to give you these portfolio sites that will combined earn you over 10K a month. We’re going to give you our fast start playbook for starting an agency where you close your first five clients and those clients are already up for grabs and we’re going to point you to where they are and how to land them. We’re going to give you our SEO mastery crash course as well as a 30-day money back guarantee to at least try this out. And all you have to do is click on the buy now button you see right here. Enter your name and email. Then put in the coupon code which is bundle. Click on apply. And then you’ll see right here the amount to what it has come down to. It is a one-time payment, meaning no recurring and once again a full 30-day return policy. Now, everything you need is waiting for you on the inside, but you’ll have to grab it right now. Again, if you’re sick and tired of having a great offer but nobody to sell it to, or just not seeing any income or revenue at all, as well as you’ve tried tons of AI that is currently not really working for you, and it just takes too much or too long of a time, then grab this right now and watch your results change. Because what most people again are not aware of, it’s not them. No, you’re not the problem. The truth is once again, it’s shifting. In 2026, people are using GPTs and search engines next to Google. And again, we back this up with all the articles, McKenzie, which is reputable, Forbes, and many other sources, you know, verify this. Now, we already established that if you can get in front of the person that is actually doing research, that is looking for a solution, that is investing in the problem, then you can make the most money. Not the person that’s just scrolling for entertainment that you have to, you know, interrupt and, you know, persuade just enough to stop whatever they’re doing and go over to you, but the person that is already looking for you. If you can get in front of them, it is so much easier. And luckily for you, there are over 16.4 billion searches every day. over 189,000 per second. And trust me when I say tons of them are related to what you have to offer. And this search intent traffic is worth its weight in gold. Now, for the longest time, people did not know how to get in front of them as fast and as easy as possible. And that’s what you’re about to tap into. So, if you have a lot of tools right now, you’re still struggling with the problems that you want to solve here today. Know that your current situation is you’re just not getting in front of people that are actually looking to buy. You have everything you need to make money. You just need to get in front of the right people. And if you understand that, you know exactly what Ferrus and Rahul have done here. They’ve created these niche authority site builder that generates search intent traffic and get sales for any offer. It’s exactly what’s responsible for turning regular people into success stories and that will flood you with literally highquality traffic starting today. Meaning when you grab this right now, you can experience auto ranking on Google and GPT engines for any niche. The site’s built for you, the content’s made for you, and it’s growing every single day as it publishes content non-stop. Remember, over a 100 card articles in bulk, all SEO optimized and score. That is just a power that makes you unstoppable. It works on complete autopilot. It works for complete beginners. It generates high quality traffic and requires zero tech skills. You’ll have businesses begging you to give them a niche authority system and site so you can even do it for them or use your agency reseller to give them account and get paid monthly. And again, this is not our first rodeo. Before we’ve shown this to you, we’ve proven this. We make sure it works and we’ve even built out done for you sites so you can start earning as fast as humanly possible, allowing you to own a niche authority system that’s growing your business daily. And the best part once again is you don’t need sales skills, marketing skills, tech skills, or leads. This does everything for you and it literally transform your business starting today. But you’ll have to grab it right now. This will finally solve the equation of having the right product and service plus having qualified leads to go with it. Now again, remember the trust factor online right now is at an all-time low. And as long as you don’t have an authority side, you will always fall behind. Again, people do their due diligence more than ever. The perfectly doesn’t guess anymore. They go and search for recommendations. Now, we already established that the person that has an authority site filled with helpful and dedicated articles around the problem will always out compete the person that’s just using social media and a regular website. And that’s why if you’re able to rank, you’re able to tap into the 92% of global traffic that’s getting you a,000% more traffic than any organic social media. Now, niche sites are the easiest way to attract serious leads and buyers. And if that’s what you want, serious buyers, people that are ready to pay, people that are actually, you know, looking for your help, not just people that you have to convince and persuade and talk with and hop on calls to, but people that come to you and that just read a couple of your articles that are convinced and you already earn from them just being on your site because of your AdSense and then they either click and buy any affiliate product that you sell on your authority site or just pick the offer up that is your service or product, then this is it right here. And again, smart people have already started to figure this out. And if you’re wondering, does Google allow content traffic or AI rank traffic? Yes. Right. Google has mentioned publicly that it has indicated that AI generated content is acceptable for ranking provided it’s high quality and helpful. And that’s exactly what content right does. It works in tandem with all the rules and regulations of AI ranking. And the people that figured this out are right now crushing it. Now, normally if you want to do this yourself, it takes so much work as well as so much time. And that’s why Furas Rahul created a fast way. They trained this state-of-the-art AI to start getting you clicks from the get-go of real people. Now, the site intelligence alone, that system will allow it to find all the gaps in your current websites and making sure it start ranking and creates the right articles to do so. Now, it even comes with traffic pulling done for you sites in different niches and fills it with high search intent articles 247. Now, all of this is waiting for you while we’re here, but the moment you’re in, you get access to it. But if you’re too late, you miss out forever. So, this is your last chance to grab this. I’m going to hand it off to Fias here to give him, you know, the final words and he’ll tell you how many coupons there are left. But trust me when I say I believe we’re almost out. I want to congratulate Stefan, Sean, Aaron, Adam, Wendy, Maria, Chad, Gregory. Uh I see um Todd just got in just now. Congratulations. So, I mean, the order form is still open. You can still grab this. You still have the bonuses and the 30-day money back guarantee. If you want to experience high value traffic and you just want to grow your business for once and for all, go to the link. Don’t hesitate. Thank me later. You see people doing 3.4K 4K 1200 just from leveraging everything you’re getting right here in 297 once. Not even recurringly, but once is a steal to grab it. So FAZ, I’m going to pass it to you for some final words and in the meanwhile go ahead and grab this before it’s too late. Thank you very much, Raheem. So guys, it’s been blowing up on my end. 50 licenses are gone. Okay. So, I was talking under the radar with who my partner and I’ve decided before we end this webinar, I’m going to actually extend 10 licenses for you guys. So, whoever gets in on that under the 10 licenses, congratulations. You’re going to be golden inside with all the bonuses, all the perks, everything we demonstrated. Thank you so much, Raheem, for putting all the effort in actually explaining every single bit. You got you guys got an opportunity where other people are going to pay like almost two grand to get into and now you’ve got in right now. Congratulations to everybody and I’ll see you inside.

  • 05/15/2026 – Stock Market – Low Reclaims $50,000, Trump Xi Summit & Earnings

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on? Welcome to the True Chen Group live stream. Today is Thursday. It’s a day that ends in a Y, which means the markets make a new all-time high. That is the environment that we find ourselves in with a fresh new all-time high. And this market continues to just defy gravity. Continues to just defy, you know, I I haven’t I I don’t remember the last time that we had such a hated rally. I mean, there’s people out there that just hate this rally, that just don’t trust it, that just refuse to accept it, that are just waiting for the bottom to just drop out of this market and waiting for the markets to just completely crash. Um, and I I got to tell you, if you asked me, you know, a month ago, do I think with the market would have hit 750 in May, I would say absolutely not. If you asked me three months ago, do you think the market would make an all-time high with the 10-year Treasury at four and a half and the 30-year above um above five and oil above 100 and CPI at 3.8 and PPI at six, do you think the markets would be at an all-time high? I would say we’d probably be in a bare market. If you asked me that question three months ago, I probably would say the markets are probably down 20%. If those things wind up, but here we are with all of those things being true, and the markets are at an all-time high. And they’re not just at an all-time high. We’re up 19% from the March bottom. To put that into perspective for you, the average annual return on the S&P is between 9 and 10%. So we have just we have just had two years worth of performance in 45 days.

    That’s crazy. And as the more as we sit here, I still continue to to feel this. I felt the same way today as I have the last like three or four days where for me as an listen as a from the long-term portfolio standpoint, I absolutely love it. Obviously, you know, the my long-term portfolio is making new all new all-time highs every single day. So, it’s it’s amazing. It’s fantastic. But as an active trader, someone that also day trades and swing trades, it’s been the last couple days really difficult for me to go long on the index because to me, I just I feel like the markets are extended. To me, it feels like we’re we’re a bit overbought and we haven’t had a single pullback since that March 30th bottom. It’s been a month and a half and 19% without a pullback. At some point the market has to cool off and you’re going to get a little bit of a pullback. And typically that’s going to come when everybody least expects it. Um but

    you can’t you’re getting run over if you’re trying to short the market. And for me the last couple of days I’ve had a hard time going long. Now the last three days two three days have been phenomenal trades to the upside, right? just fantastic move to the upside. And I got to give props and give credit to all of our AI tools because our AI tools have been all over the long. Even when it looks like support levels might break, when it looks like we’re about to get a little bit of a pullback, all of our AI tools continuously keep saying go long, go long, go long, go long. Every pullback that we experience, the markets are like our AI tools like buy that, buy that, buy that. Um, and they’ve been right. And they’ve been right. I’ve been a little humbled by some of these things. It’s incred I’m incredibly proud of the tools and resources that we’ve been able to build here at True Trading Group. And I just got to give a shout out to the Holy Grail trade plan generator that we have. We call it the Holy Grail. It’s essentially a a trade plan generator that you can just type in whatever it is that you want to trade with your position size or or your account size and and the risk that you want and it’ll give you a detailed trading plan for an entry, profit targets, a stop-loss with a confidence score on that analysis. And right now it’s running at about a 72% accuracy. Uh over the last several months, our members have generated over 400 uh I’ve generated over 400 almost 450,000 trading plans over the last couple of months. Uh and of those plans, we have uh the win rate and the accuracy is around 72%. So it’s been remarkable and incredibly accurate um over these last couple of months. And uh although I’ve had a difficult time trying to go long on the indexes, um some of our other moderators have gone long just following along with some of those tools. Our futures room, we have a a dedicated futures room that’s part of True Trading Group. We trade stocks, options, crypto, futures, we do it all. We day trade, swing trade, scalp, long-term investments, everything. Um they’ve been just rocking this thing to the long side. two of our mods in there, Uni and Colin, that head up the futures program have been absolutely smashing it to the upside and just catching every single one of these pullbacks into support levels and just riding that upside move. So, it’s been a really great it’s been a really great week. We caught huge trades on small caps uh this week. TDIC was a monster. AeL was another one that we caught yesterday. I went after a AEHL again today. I actually lost a little bit of money on AHL today, but we made a bunch yesterday and then we caught uh the huge trade obviously on TDIC. So, it’s been a really really really strong week um P&L wise. There’s so much opportunity out there, guys. And I’m going to what I want to do here on this live stream is I want to kind of change your perspective a little bit on the way that you think about the market um to help you be a little bit more consistent in your results and not allow bias to really get in the way of your analysis and therefore of you know force you to make what end up looking like after the fact stupid trades. You know you all know what I’m talking about. You’ve all been there where you make a trade at the time you’re like oh this is fine. and let me go and make this trade and then when it’s over you’re like man that was stupid like why did I do that a lot of times that is a side effect of when you allow an overwhelming bias to influence all of your decision-m when you’re looking at charts rather than analyzing charts from a neutral standpoint and just trading what the what the market and trading what the charts are telling you. you already have this predetermined bias on what you think the market should be doing and that causes you to completely miss what the market actually is doing. Okay, a lot of people have blown themselves up over the last month continuously trying to short this market because they’re like, “But gas prices, but inflation, but the straight for moves is still closed.” And people just refuse to to accept the fact that the market is moving higher because the entire market is resting on the shoulders of the AI tech trade. you have earnings growth that’s coming from the the biggest companies in the world that’s north of 20%. And earnings have been astronomically good and instead of people being fixated and focused on, you know, Craft Hind talking about the lower-end consumer being stressed at the end of the month and sales for their cheese whiz is down, which Craft Hind was talking about. I’m not like making a joke. That’s actually something that was was taking place. instead of focusing on that and getting caught up in the fact, oh well, the markets therefore can’t be going to the can’t go higher. I should be buying put options, you’re missing out and you’re missing the point that 40% 45% of the S&P 500 is related to this tech this AI trade and those stocks are all moving to all-time highs and they are pulling this market higher. Now, if it wasn’t for the AI tech trade, we would most definitely probably be red on the year if it wasn’t for the AI tech trade because the rest of the market is not participating in this rally in the same way. When you look at the market breath that we’ve had over the last I think seven or eight of the last 10 all-time highs that we have made this year have been on negative market breath which means there are more stocks moving lower in the S&P than there are stocks moving higher. That’s not a healthy thing for you to see, but it’s showing you how incredibly topheavy the S&P 500 is being a market cap weighted index. I’m not telling you this because I’m saying I think the markets are going to crash. I do think the market’s going to give us a real nice healthy pullback at some point that takes us back down probably to like a 715, at least the 720s. We’re going to get a pullback that’s going to take us back into that area. And then I think you’re going to find support. I think you’re going to reestablish support back against the previous all-time high from this year and from last year. And I think you’re going to meet the all your your major moving averages, your 100, your 50, your 200 day moving average. They’re all sitting right here and they’re all curling to the upside. And once this pullback actually finally happens, you’re going to get these major moving averages are all going to come rushing to the upside and then they’re going to meet and you’re going to have this previous all-time high and then you’re going to have these major moving averages come up and they’re just going to meet and they’re going to coincide right around here. And then that’s where you’re going to find your support level and you’re going to move right back to the upside. That is how I think that this is going to play out. That’s how I expect this market and that’s how I expect the price action to to kind of work itself through. But when does that pullback happen? I’m not I don’t know. You know, I I I don’t know. I’ve been looking for topping signs now for the last like week or so. I’ve been looking for signs of like, hey, okay, looks like we’re about to top out. Looks like we’re about to top out and and it looks like we’re about to get that pullback. And every time it looks like maybe there’s no confirmation of the move and the setup that just the setup just deteriorates and then the long setup just breaks out and then you get the massive follow-through and you continue to move to new all-time highs. So, the chase is on, the FOMO is on. I’m going to continue. It doesn’t change my thoughts, though. I still think we’re overbought. I still think we’re extended. I still think we need a pullback um to at least, you know, pull back in and to test some of these some of these Fibonacci levels. Like, even to pull back to the 236 fib takes you back to 722, you know, you can at least get back to 725 and fill this gap. So, we had that big gap up on what this was on Wednesday the 6th. So, we had a huge gap up. you have an open gap that’s that still has to get filled back in there and that lines up at the 236 Fibonacci level. So, it’s like just pull back into some of these areas I think is incredibly healthy. I think it’s needed and I got to be honest with you, the further the markets go high from at this point. Okay, I’ve been very long biased and very long my analysis has been to the upside and has been long since that gap up in April from the so right here once you had the ceasefire announcement and we had this gap up we’ve been long. It wasn’t until we got to right around here that I started saying, uh, all right, you know, we’re getting a bit overbought here. We’re starting to get excessive to the upside. You know, I think we’re extended. I’m going to start to look for some type of a topping sign. We just haven’t had one. Like, you just have not had one. The move has just clearly been to the upside. That’s why I’m telling you, I’m just being honest. Like, that’s why I’m telling you, I did not capitalize on these last two days. Me personally, to the upside. Other other moderators did. Other members did. Me personally, I didn’t take any longs on the overall market these last two days. So, I’ve missed out on these two moves because on this day, I started saying, “Ah, you know what? It feels like we’re getting a bit extended here. Let me start to look for some time, some sign of a top.” So, I’ve missed the last two days to the upside. I didn’t go short and like lose. I just missed out on this upside move the last two days. Okay? But, you know, listen, when that pullback finally does come, you know, I I do expect to be all over it and I do expect it to come when everybody least expects it. Okay. So, that’s kind of, you know, what I’m thinking about with regards to the overall market. Um, we’ve got to keep our our ears open for what’s going on with the uh Trump she summit um in China. There was news about Boeing um an order for 200 planes, but it actually turns out the stock actually went down on the back of that news. And the reason is because the market was actually hoping for 300 planes, which is absolutely insane. But the market was hoping for an order of 300. They got an order of 200. I don’t know. Still don’t know why the market would trade lower. I’m very confused here about this move lower on Boeing. I mean a 200 plane order that is a very large order but it’s less than what the markets were were hoping for and the stock actually traded down 4 and a half%. I think this ends up being a buying opportunity for Boeing. I still think that Boeing is going to continue to push and move to the upside. I think there’s a really good support level down there in the 220s. So, you know, I think I’m a little surprised at the pullback today on this news. Uh, but the market was expecting 300 and they only got 200. So, that’s the reason that’s the reason there for the pullback. Nothing else really has given you a big move on news coming out of uh this meeting. The only thing is that Nvidia has really broken out to all-time highs after um it was found out that Jensen Wong was going to be going on the trip. Although, we have not had any news. Uh we have not had any news surrounding uh Nvidia um and China since this this meeting has started or this summit has started. Um so that’s yes Dean this is very true. So China was supposed to purchase planes from Boeing years ago. They never actually did it because it never actually got the final approvals. So they never actually took the um the delivery of those planes. Um so you know maybe there’s just a little bit of skepticism maybe on what what mechanisms there are to kind of hold China to this so that they actually do end up buying these planes from Boeing. But yeah, that’s what I that’s what I was you know that’s what they said today that it was 300 planes is what was expected. Um but they only got 200. I still think that’s a great order. I mean I don’t I don’t know how that could be perceived as bad news for Boeing but we’ll have to see if the order actually does go through. Right. So you are right about that though Dean. Right. But yeah you know guys again even though I’ve been here telling you these last couple of days that I have a tough time going long. Our trade uh our trade plan generator has really been all over this move to the upside. And it’s a huge reason why our members are having success. It’s a huge reason why our members are are making money. Um, and that’s really the that’s really what it it really comes down to here at True Trading Group is that members are successful. Members are making money. And I mean, I’ll just prove that to you. For those of you that are not members, if you are a member of True Trading Group and you guys are making money, you’re becoming better traders because of TTG, just go ahead and type the number one in chat right now. Just go ahead type the number one. If you guys are making money, if you’re becoming better traders because of the platform, I think it’s important for non-members to see how members are actually doing, not just how I am doing, right? because my money doesn’t doesn’t pay your bills. So what’s what matters is when you join your trading group, it’s not that if I make money, it’s if you make money. I’m sure many of you have been part of other groups where maybe the head trader makes money, but then the the members don’t. That is not what you’re dealing with here at True Trading Group. Members of TTG are actually making money. You can see all the people type number one inside of chat. We’ve got 11,000 members from 114 different countries. These two trading groups is a fintech platform with partnerships with the NASDAQ, Benzingga, OpenAI, Trading View, DataBento, and Unusual Wales. We are the recipient of the Benzingo Global Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool and are at the absolute forefront of the retail trading really evolution that implements AI technology to allow retail traders to a have an advantage truly to have an advantage and an edge over others and b be able to continuously trade and take advantage of the greatest market environment that I’ve ever seen in my entire life while still living their life and working their jobs. I encourage you guys to go actually check out my ex page. I posted a picture today that one of our members actually sent me and this person um they they paint for they’re a painter. They paint for a living. Not like art like like they paint like they’ll they paint your house. They’ll they paint like kitchen cabinets. And this person was at a job today. Was at literally at a job, you know, painting kitchen cabinets. and they sent me a picture and the whole kitchen is like covered in the plastics and they they have the cardboard paper like covered on all the the countertops and then right on the center island right right on the center island on top of that cardboard paper with a little piece of plastic is his laptop and open on his laptop he is running active trader mode which is our AI uh trading assistant with that you get that you guys can get with True Trading Group that can actually monitor, manage, and oversee your positions while you are busy. So, as he’s got his mask on and he’s like spraying kitchen cabinets, he’s got his laptop open and active trader mode is managing his Tesla position for him. Unbelievable to see this, you know, to see what this really has evolved into. So, I encourage you guys to go go check it out. It’s on my ex page. It’s my my handle is miked edward_tttg. Again, it’s miked edward_ttg. Um, give me a follow. If you guys don’t follow, go ahead. You’ll see the picture. I posted it right there. And that’s what this technology allows. It allows you to get back to living your life while still being able to take advantage of the greatest market environment and to capitalize on all the opportunities that are out there in the market on any given day. You don’t have to sit in front of your computer screen anymore, right? You don’t have to spend hours and hours and hours a day and a and a week in order to be able to to make money in this market. You don’t have to anymore. Technology exists that you guys can, you know, go to the gym. You could, you know, go take that meeting. You can answer that phone call. You could go catch your kids soccer game like and you don’t need to be in front of your computer in order to make money. Not with the technology that’s available now. That’s what True Trading Group is really all about. Okay, that’s what it’s really all about. So, I would I would go check it out. It’s really cool to see as he’s painting. He’s got the active trader mode managing his uh Tesla uh options that he was in uh today. So, really, really, really awesome to see. Okay. And that’s really what makes True Trading Group, I think, different from some of the other groups that you guys might be familiar with is because it’s not just a chat room with trade alerts and courses. It’s an actual fintech platform that gives you real tools and resources that distinctly gives you an advantage and an edge over other traders. Um, and I stand by that statement so much that I’m willing to I’m willing to challenge anyone that’s not a member of True Trading Group. I’ll let you try all of our stuff for 90 days and if you guys don’t make any money with it, you can come back and tell me that I’m lying and that I’m full of crap. I believe so strongly that the tools that we have will help you become more successful than you currently are. it will help improve your trading and improve your results. Then I’m literally willing to lose money on the usage of the AI for all of our tools like like the token usage that it’s going to cost us because I believe that if you use them for a couple of weeks, you’ll make money with them and say, you know what, I want to join True Trading Group for the whole year. I I can’t trade without these tools because that’s how a lot of our members feel. A lot of our members feel like, I don’t know how I was doing this prior without these tools. I can never do it ever again without them. Like because it gives them advantage and it gives them an actual edge. If you’re not a member, come try the tools out for 90 days. I’m only going to charge you $1 a day, okay? Because like I said, it is going to cost us money for you to use all these tools. It is usage based, right? So, as our token usage goes up with all of our AI tools, we have to pay more money for all of our providers. So, I’m only we’re going to lose money. It’s going to cost us more than a dollar a day for you to use these tools. But that’s okay. I don’t mind doing it. You can go ahead right now and use it for 90 days and then make money with it and then you’ll we’ll talk about you becoming a member of True Trading Group. You can go to trueradinggroup.com990. Again, it’s trueing.com 90990. Okay? You can go sign up there. You get access to the full platform. All access. This is not a restricted access to our platform. You get all access for 90 days. If you have any questions or concerns or you need help with anything, do not hesitate to send us a text message. The phone number is at the bottom of your screen. It’s 1888-621-2127. Again, it’s 1888621-2127.

    Text that number now. Otherwise, you can go right to truegroup.com990.

    All right. Now, with that being said, let’s talk about a trade idea that I am stalking. Okay, Smooth Brain says, “You’ll be amazed. Holy Grail is a beast.” Yes, Holy Grail. Again, that’s the trade plan generator that I mentioned to you earlier. You type in what you’re what you type in the asset type. So, stock, option, crypto, future. You type in the ticker symbol. You type in your account size, how much money you want to risk, and you type in what style of trade you’re looking for. Scalp, day trade, swing trade, long-term hold. So, you select that information. You click run analysis. You wait 90 seconds. You get a full detailed report with an entry, a stop-loss, profit targets, confirmation signals, triggers of when to pull, when to actually enter the trade, what would what would h need to happen to invalidate the trade so you don’t make you don’t take the trade. and then also a confidence score on that analysis. And that is what is currently running at a 72% accuracy with over 400,000 trading plans generated so far by members of True Trading Group over the course of the last couple of months. Truly remarkable tool. Check it out. Use it for yourself. 90 days for 90 bucks. Smooth brain says just follow the plan. 70% winners. Absolutely incredible performance. You guys can try it out yourselves. All right. Now, let’s take things back on over to the to the charts and we’re going to talk about Micron. So, Micron, we had talked about this pre-market today. Now, I didn’t take this trade because I was very busy this morning. My business partner and I, we actually had, excuse me, we actually had a meeting with one of our providers. We were looking at some new AI models. Um, so I wasn’t, excuse me, I wasn’t trading in the first like hour of the day today, unfortunately. Uh, because the trade idea that we set out pre-market that was on the watch list worked out very, very well. What was that trade idea? It was short Micron at 810, stop-loss above 8:15. Um, well, right off the open, Micron shot up to 812 and then just completely pulled back for the rest of the day. It currently sits at 778. So that play would have worked out absolutely beautifully into yesterday’s resistance and then using yesterday’s high as our stop. And you guys can also see this is a real nice resistance level that is in place now for Micron.

    Right there’s your all-time high. There’s double top intraday. There’s resistance yesterday and there’s resistance there today. So here’s your very nice resistance level here on Micron. And then here is your support right here around 780. You’ll have another support level at the gap fill that sits around 765. You have a minor support level down here around 740 745. And then you have another support level that’s down here around 708 or so 705. Okay. And these are going to be uh you have another minor level right here too. I’ll draw this one out for you too. So we’re not So here’s your levels. Okay. So your resistance is going to be up here at the top. This is going to be your all-time highs. You’re going to have the low of the day today, which lines up with the low of the day from yesterday. That’s going to be the breakdown point.

    So, if we open up underneath this level tomorrow and we try to get back above it, fail to do so, and then turn back around, that’s going to be your short opportunity. You then take profits at 765. You take profits again here and again here. And just continue to take profits as the as the stock just continues to pull back. So, this will be a trade idea that we’re going to put on our watch list for tomorrow. If Micron opens up underneath 780, we will look for a bounce into the high 770s. And if we cannot reclaim like 785, okay, if you cannot get back above 785, we will go ahead take that trade short. Our stop loss will be north of 785, maybe closer to 790 to give it a little bit of wiggle room on the, you know, very high volatile nature of the stock. And then we’ll look for this thing to just kind of, you know, pull back and fade off from there as we have what potentially could be a little a triple top here um on Micron on the on the daily. As you guys can see here, here’s your daily chart. And I just think we’re going to pull back into this 90 EMA. Like I this is what I’m looking for Micron to pull back into. That’s really what I’m looking for. I’m not looking to try to like I’m not trying to call a top. I’m not trying to catch this like I’m just looking to catch a nice pullback into the 9 EMA, which is this light blue line you see on my screen. That’s the 9 EMA. that has been support the entire month of April and May. So, I have no reason to not expect it to be support the next time it engages with it. And that’s what I’ll be covering out of the short position if this trade triggers for us tomorrow. So, that’s going to be a game plan that we’re going to look at tomorrow. Okay. Now, with that, I want to open things up here a little bit, guys, and I want to do a little session that we call grade my stock. This is a segment where you guys get to ask me, you know, you type ticker symbols in chat. I will give you a grade for the stock. I’ll give it an A, B, C, D, F, and the grade is going to be based on a combination of, you know, my long-term thoughts on the company as well as the current trade setup on the chart. Um, it’s a segment I haven’t done in a while. I I really enjoy doing it. I know you guys really enjoy doing it also.

    and we’ll uh let’s get to it. All right, United Health UNH, that’s been a really great runner lately. Um has been a really great runner lately. I’m giving uh United Health I’m giving it a B. Um I do think this stock has more room to run. I expect it to get into the 420s. Okay, I expect it to get into the 420s. You had a nice breakout through resistance at in like the high 370s. I would like for us to find support now in the 370s if there’s a pullback into the 370s. Now, if you look at my chart, you can see previous resistance, previous resistance, and then gap fill. Right? So, this is a real this is a real big area for United Health. We just broke through it here over the course of the last couple of days. So, any pullbacks back into this area, I think, are longs on United Health. And as you pull back into this level, I would then look for us to continue higher and push up into this resistance, which is an absolute brick wall. And I would be exiting long positions in front of this support level, well, this previous support level, which is now going to be a resistance level when the stock gets back up into that area. Okay? Okay. So, I would be looking for longs on this on pullbacks into the 380s and I would look for extensions into the 420s to take profit and call it uh and call it a day. So, I’m going to give this one I’m going to give you out of health a BB+. Thank you, Dennis. Yeah, CBRS um was I I I traded CBRS today off of the um off the IPO. We caught a really nice trade on it. Um, this is was an incredibly advanced trade. I don’t expect inexperienced traders to to catch a move like this. Um, you have to be very fast. You have to be very quick. You can’t hesitate. You know, I have I use light speed, you know, I have hot keys. My execution is incredibly fast. Um, and you know, this thing was absolutely crazy off the opening bell. I mean, or off the the uh the IPO open. We opened up at 350. It halted at 385. Then it opened and dropped to 325. And then you put in this little bit of a double bottom down here. And the buying that was down there in the 320s was absolutely massive. I mean, you saw people just coming in on the bid and just soaking up thousands and thousands and thousands and thousands of shares, just not letting this thing drop back through 325. That’s what I like to look for when I’m trading an IPO. When you’re trading an IPO, IPOs are actually really, really good to study and look at level two because the level two is very clean. When you’re looking at level two on a stock like Tesla, level two really doesn’t give you an edge or give you an advantage. It doesn’t really um you know, level two doesn’t really tell you much. It gives you a lot of false rate false reads, gives you a lot of false signals. It’s a lot more um helpful and useful when you’re trading small caps because there’s a lot more retail activity and it’s less computerized. It’s it’s less um institutional and it’s easier to actually see what’s going on on level two when you’re trading small caps. But IPOs are also similar, right? IPOs are a lot cleaner also because there’s not a lot of shares that have exchanged hands. So you it’s a much cleaner looking level two. So it’s easier to identify really big buyers and really big sellers. Not to mention, we have level three data with our relationship with the NASDAQ that we can actually identify institutional buyers versus retail buyers with level three. So, we really have a distinct advantage and edge over other retail traders that don’t have access to this data. So, when this thing dropped down into the 325s, I just saw a ton of buyers in the 320s. So, I stepped in and I went long at 336 is actually where I got my fill and this thing just immediately ripped back up to the 380s and I just started dishing profits off. Like, wow. All right. I just got a $40 move to the upside. We went from 336 to 376, you know, in a matter of like five minutes and I just started dishing profits off, dishing profits off. We tried to put in a higher low here. I did add some back to the position. I actually added more back right here after taking profits and then I took one piece of profit off into 370 and I stopped out the rest once we broke 350. So all in all was a really was a great trade. Um you know I was only risking about 10 bucks to the downside on the initial entry and I was able to catch $40 to the upside. So I’ll take four to one any day of the week. Uh worked out really well for us. was a nice trade, but this is not a trade that I would expect like a ton of members to follow me on because it is an incredibly fast and volatile stock. So, yeah, it was a good trade, but this is not something that I would suggest everybody follows me on, right? This is something that would be for experienced traders really only. Okay. Now, as far as this stock, I would not be a buyer of this in my long-term portfolio at these prices. The IPO price was 185 yesterday. the stock is sitting at 321. I don’t like that. Um way too, you know, I don’t buy stocks in my long-term portfolio when they IPO. I like to let them be a public company for several quarters, come out with with with a few earnings reports before I really decide that I’m going to, you know, buy a stock in my long-term portfolio. Let it go through real true price discovery. Let all the hype and the excitement of the IPO. Let it settle. Let the lockups expire so that all the shares that people are holding, everyone has a chance to sell if they want. Last thing you want to do is buy something and then two months later there’s a massive share unlock and everybody dumps those shares. Like I like to wait for the the share locks to expire. Like to wait for the earnings reports to come out, let the price discovery really, you know, materialize. Let the initial hype and speculation on the IPO settle. and then I’ll decide if I want to put a stock in my long-term portfolio or not. So, this is not a stock that’s going to be that’s even on my list to consider for a long-term portfolio right now, nor will it be until next year. So, next year I might decide that I really like this and I want to put it in my long-term portfolio. And if I do, it’ll be a purchase for me next year. Certainly not this year.

    Let’s see. service now.

    Um,

    hold on a second, guys.

    Sorry. Um, Service Now, I’m going to give this like a C minus.

    I I know that software stocks have gotten crushed. I just still don’t know if I would consider them cheap. They’re they’re I I wrote actually in my market allec report for this year that is published all members of true trading group. I wrote in that report that I think software stocks are going to be are going to have a tough year. Um and and I said I think it’s a tough space to try to analyze. And I told people in my market report specifically that I will not be averaging down. I’m not going to be buying these stocks as they sell off because I am just not sure what the disruption from AI is going to be on some of these businesses. Now, this is very different from the cyber security names. I was very adamant in the cyber security names that the sell-off in cyber security because of AI concerns was was I was I felt was overdone, unwarranted, unrealistic. And I felt that AI is not going to make cyber security obsolete. It’s going to make cyber security that much more needed and necessary. And long and behold,

    And Crowd Strike new alltime high today. Palo Alto, new all-time high today. Fortunat alltime high today, right? So, those are the type of software names that I really, really like. Service Now, Salesforce, and I own those stocks. Don’t don’t get it don’t get me wrong. I own Service Now. Now, granted, I bought Service Now in like 2022. Um, so, you know, I’m not losing money. I was once up a ton. I’m no longer up a ton. It’s back to where it was in 2022, but I am not adding to it. I’m not adding to it because I just don’t know what I I just don’t know what the future holds and I think it’s too soon to tell. So, I’m not I’m not averaging down. So, I’m going to give this a C minus. I know the stock it’s down a lot. I actually think software could have a little bit of a bounce in the next couple of weeks. Um, but I just don’t know yet if these things have truly bottomed and I don’t mind being late to add. I’ I’d rather This is one of those situations where I’d rather be late to the party than early. And you have a huge support level at 70. So I think if Service Now does drop into the 70s, I do think at that point you can step in and you can buy some. I expect the stock to bounce from there.

    Oracle, it’s another good one. Um I’m going to give Oracle

    Oracle’s a tough one. I’m going to give Oracle B minus C++. I’m going to give Oracle B minus C++. Um chartwise, you got a lot of resistance here between 200 and 210. A lot of resistance, but long-term I think Oracle is going to be fine. Oracle stock got pulverized because people were concerned about their debt, but I don’t think that their debt is going to be an issue. Um, I think Oracle is going to be fine. I think Oracle in the near future is is going to be back in the mid200s. Um, I think that the support level that is in the 130 area is massive and I’ll draw it out for you on the screen so you guys can see it yourselves.

    Okay. Okay. And I’ll go to a weekly chart just to clean this up a little bit

    resistance resistance support support.

    That’s your that’s your support level. And I think it is far more likely that Oracle does something like this. Okay, that’s what I think Oracle is going to do. I don’t think Oracle is going to do this.

    And if you’re going to buy Oracle in your long term, your stop loss is 120. That’s it. You buy it in the 170s,

    180s,

    170s. Your stop loss is 120.

    Bull, wee bull. I’m giving this a D. Um, I mean, I absolutely hate the chart. You have brick wall resistance at $10. It’s not a long until it gets above $10. As long as the stock is below $10, I I don’t like it. If it gets above 10, then I’d say we can look for a long. Uh we can look for a long there on on bull. But I I don’t feel comfortable long until it gets above $10. Light li awesome company, awesome stock. The only reason why this is not an A is because the stock has already made such a massive move, but I would be a buyer on pullbacks to 800. Okay, so 800 I think is a nice is a nice spot. And then you have uh 550 is another these are these are just two big support levels. Um I’m just drawing out big support levels for you guys um that could be buy points for you. So, the only reason why I’m not going to give this an A, I love the company and they’re connected to Alphabet. They’re part of Alphabet stack. So, they’re like team Alphabet in the open in the uh in the AI race. They’re not team OpenAI. They’re team Alphabet. But, um the only reason why it’s not an A is because I don’t know if I would buy the stock right here at 1,000. I’d probably want want to get a little bit of a pullback back into 800 or so before I would think about buying it. So, I’m going to give it a B.

    Symbotic. Symbotic. We’re going to give Symbotic a B. Um, small robotics company that I think has a lot of potential. Um, I think this company really does have a lot of potential, but they’re very young. They’re very small. They have a lot of growth and maturing to do. Um, but I think there’s a lot of potential here. Your support level here in the 40s is fantastic. I think you’re safe to buy it in the 40s and your stop loss would just be $40 if it gets back underneath $40. I would I would cup eight. I would exit the position, but um I think you’re safe to buy here in the 40s. The only reason why I’m not going to give it an A is because it is a smaller, younger company. It is more speculative. It does carry a little bit more higher risk. Um but I really do like the play and I think there’s more uh I think that the future is bright for this company. I’m talking like years down the road. If they can execute properly, you could have a really nice position on your hands several years from now.

    AET. Um, that’s a good one.

    Um, well, Networks, good company. Just recently had that huge move to the downside. Um, I’m going to also give this one a B. Um, support there in the 120s. You can see the massive, massive double bottom at 115,

    right? So, essentially, this is your risk. You get underneath that, you can exit your position, right? Um, I like it. I’m going to give it a B. It’s a good company. You just got a recent pullback right back into support. I think that support’s going to hold and I think the stock’s going to climb back to the upside.

    A I IO. My thoughts on this is that is an F. This is an F. This is this is an F. Um A IOI is just one of these small penny stocks, small caps. You’re like, “Well, Mike, it’s not a penny stock. It’s $5.” Well, they just did a 1 for20 reverse split back in April um to get them back over a dollar. As of a couple days ago, the stock was at 60. Not a good company. This is something to trade. This is not something to actually own in your long-term portfolio. Uh the risk on the position would be you losing 95% of the value of your position and them doing more splits and you never recouping the the shareholder equity and you never recouping the value of your money. Um

    is the company is just they’re just too small for me to put something like this in my long-term portfolio. I I wouldn’t even wouldn’t even think about it. poet. I actually really like this company. Um, a friend of mine has actually done a tremendous amount of research on this company. I actually like this company a lot. Um, I I I have to I have to temper the expectation here on the grade because there’s no way that you know I would I can suggest yeah, buy the stock now at 23 and a half. But I do really like this company long term. Um, your support level now going forward will be somewhere around $16. And that I think is going to be, you know, where you can try to buy some if you get a pullback. I’m not going to buy a stock the day that it gaps up 64, excuse me, 64%. Three weeks ago, this stock was $7. Now it’s at 24. Um, but I do really like this company. I just giving an A rating means I really like it for the long term and I really like it like for the I like the chart setup right now. Like you’re like you I think you should buy it right now. That’s an A, right? So I’m not going to give this an A because I really don’t think buying it at $24 is that great. But I do like this company long term.

    MP. Um, I like MP. I’m going to give it a B+. And I’m not going to bet against companies that the US government gets involved with. I mean, look at what happened with Intel. Um, you know, I um I like MP. Um, the support level that’s in the 50s is a very big one. You guys can see here on my screen all that resistance and now it’s becoming support. So, I like MP. Your stop loss is 45 44. If it gets underneath 45, you can cut the trade loose. From a long-term portfolio perspective, I like the I like it long in the 50s. You’re at 60. Um, so I still like it. Big Bear AI, I’m going to give Big Bear AI a D. Um, guys, listen. Any stock that is in the AI space that is 60% off its 52- week high is is not a stock that I would want to own in my long-term portfolio. We’re in the middle of one of the greatest tech rallies in history that is being led by the AI trade and Big Bear AI is at $4 and it got to $10 in 2025. This is not a good these are not strong companies. These are very small companies that carry an incredibly high amount of risk. The speculation on you putting these in your long-term portfolio is very very high. I don’t like putting stocks like this in my long-term portfolio. I will trade stocks like this. A IIO BB AI. Sure, I’ll trade them. I’ll day trade them. Hell, I might even swing trade them for a couple of days. But I’m not putting a large amount of capital in these stocks in my long-term portfolio. They’re just way too high risk. I’d much rather put that money into AMD. Guys, my Nvidia position, my original purchase on Nvidia is up over 4,000%.

    4,000%. You don’t need to buy a $3 stock to get really big wins, right? I’m up a thousand% on my my AMD position. You don’t need to buy $2 stocks to get a thousand% gain. You know, you just you don’t need to. You I’d much rather buy much larger, much more mature companies that have really great earnings, really solid financials than a really small company that everyone’s talking about on social media that might maybe short squeeze one day. I’d rather put my because my long-term portfolio, if I’m going to buy a stock for the long term, I’m putting a sizable amount of money in it. And I’m not going to put a sizable amount of money into a really small like very high-risisk speculative company that could go down 95%. Nvidia is not going to go down 95%. AMD is not going down 95%. Right? Alphabet’s not going down 95%. Big Bear AI can. A IIIO can. So I’m not putting money. They don’t deserve to be in my long-term portfolio. NBIS, great company. Love the stock. Love the company. I can’t give it an A because again I really I can’t suggest buying at 225. But if this thing pulls back into the mid 100s, love it for the long big support level 140. We’re going to give this one a BB+. Any pullback opportunity that you get on NBIS back to like 140 50 160s. I think that as an absolute buy. I like the company. I like the chart. I like the stock. And I would continue to be a buyer when this thing engages with its 200 day moving average. You had a massive support level here in earlier this year at the 200 day moving average. Obviously, you are very far away from that now, but eventually you’ll get a pullback in the stock. Eventually, this 200 day moving average is going to continue to rise and eventually these two things will meet and that is where you can step in and then you can buy some in the long-term portfolio. And I fully expect NBIS to continue higher well into the 200s over the course of the next couple of years.

    All right. So, folks, I think that that that just about does it. That wraps things up there for us. Um, you know, that was a lot of fun to go through in this little grade my stock segment. Again, if you guys are not members of True Trading Group, I highly suggest you go ahead and try out our entire platform for 90 days. Go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    It is a full access to our platform. 90 days for 90 bucks. It’s a dollar a day to give you guys a chance to try all of our systems and try all of our AI tools. Be a part of the community. Be part of the group. Make money with us for 90 days and then decide you want to become a full-time member. Text us with any questions. 1888-621-2127.

    Have a wonderful rest of your night. Subscribe to the channel and smash that like button. Show some love. I’ll see you guys later. Take care.

  • 05/15/2026 – Stock Market – Trump Xi Summit, AI Rally + Day Trading Recap

    Hey yo, what’s up? Oh, I’m seeing a different screen share. I might need to stop sharing and reshare my screen. For some reason on my end, the screen share is stuck.

    Yeah. Do you see four charts or one?

    Yeah, there’s something wrong with the screen share because I’m not that’s not what I’m sharing right now. Um, let me try something here. Hold on, guys.

    All right, there we go. All right, we’re good. We’re good, guys. What’s up? Welcome to True Trading Group live stream. Sorry about that. Um, Adam doesn’t know what he’s talking about.

    So, what’s up, folks? Welcome to True Trading Group live stream. Hope you guys all had a wonderful day. Um, and we’ve got a lot to talk about here. Today was a monstrous day for us inside of True Trading Group. Um, the entire suite of our AI tools just had unbelievable performance. Um, our holy grail trade planner trade plan generator was just out of this world today. Incredibly accurate. Um, we were able to identify some TT triangle setups through our TT our proprietary TT triangle scanner through Mari that uh identified TDIC which was the biggest trade of the day today. Um, TDIC is a small cap that is currently up 1,285%

    on the day. This is a stock that was $3 earlier this morning. It is now at $32 um as we are sitting here in the after hours session. So we would have caught this trade. We got long this stock at $4 today on the button. 4.0 was the actual fill. Um I am now completely out of the position. Um we took profits into this big short squeeze that is continuing higher here in the after hours. And really, we owe it to uh we owe it to the tools and to the resources that we have here at your trading group for identifying these setups, for notifying us, for alerting us to the setups that we like to focus on. Um and then just trading the plans, you know, just trading the plans. Seven with a J, one of our members here inside your trading group. I see that you just blocked out and closed out profits on the on a futures trade using active trader mode. You have four green trades today. Seven with the J. Um really nice job. 7J is someone that has gotten their win rate from 45% to 70% because of the AI tools that we have available here at True Trading Group. So, it really is a um you know, when we look around and we look at all the members of True Training Group that are are having success. When you talk about TTJ, it’s really we have 11,000 members, guys, from 114 different countries. This is not a small a small little fly by night group. We’ve been around here for for many years from way before COVID. We have a a partnership with the NASDAQ. We worked very closely with OpenAI, Trading View, DataBento, also unusual Wales. Um, and we did also receive the Benzinga Fintech award for best AI analysis tool. So, when you guys join True Trading Group, you’re not just getting access to a chat room with trade alerts. Yes, I’m the face you see on this YouTube channel, but when you join True Trading Group, you’re also going to be getting access to a suite of AI tools that really give you a distinct advantage over other retail traders that don’t have them. These are not little gimmicks. These are not special super top secret indicators. These are real algorithms, real trading tools, real AI tools that can actually help you make better decisions and improve your profitability. And if you don’t believe me, I don’t expect you to. You shouldn’t just believe me because I’m saying a bunch of uh a bunch of buzzwords on a live stream. You should listen to members of True Training Group themselves because they’re the ones that are sitting here on this live stream right now that would tell you gladly that they’re making money. They’re becoming better traders because of the platform that they have access to. So, let’s actually ask them while they’re here. Members of TTG, real quick, type the number one in chat, if you guys are making money and you’re becoming better traders because of this platform, just go ahead and type the number one right now. And for the people that are tuning in right now that want to know what should we be looking at while Trump and she meet in China, what are the stocks we should focus on? What’s the market going to do? We got an all-time high in the markets today. TDIC is up 1300%. If you want all the answers to those questions, that’s fantastic. But the first thing that I want you to pay attention to is whether or not members of Train Group are making money because at the end of the day, that is why you’re here. You’re here to figure out how you can make money from the markets. You’re not here necessarily make friends. You’re not here because you’re a Yankee fan like I am. And you’re sure as hell not here to just admire the pain that hangs behind my head. You’re here to figure out how you can make money in the markets. And the answer and the solution that you seek is not let me find a trader that could predict the future. The reason why all these people are successful that you see type number one. I wish it was just because oh I’m the world’s greatest trader. It’s that’s not the reason why these people are successful. Yes, I’m a damn good trader. I’ve been doing this almost 20 years. I received a trader of the year award when I was working at the hedge fund in New York City. You know, I I Yes, I’m a I’m I’m a damn good trader, but I’m not the world’s greatest. and I’m not the reason why all these people are having success. You have to realize that when you get into the markets and you place a trade, there’s somebody else on the other side of that trade. And if you are better prepared and better equipped than that person, then the chances of you beating them because that’s what you’re doing. They think something’s going down, you think it’s going up, they’re selling, you’re buying. Who’s right? One, you both can’t be right. One’s right, one’s wrong. One’s going to make money, one’s going to lose money. And the better prepared you are and the better tools you have and the better weapons that you carry, the better chance you have of being successful. That is what True Trading Group brings to retail traders. That is why so many members are having success because they have access to these types of tools. That holy grail tool that that they’re that some of our members are talking about, some of those our members are talking about right now. This holy grail to that we have, it’s a trade plan generator. So if you’re someone that really struggles with I don’t know where where to get in, I don’t know when to get out. This is perfect for you. All you do is you type in, and Adam, if we can, real quick, if you want to even show everybody real quick how to use it. Perfect. Let’s just do the spy and let’s just do equity and let’s just do a day trade just to show people just an example. Um, just an example of this, right? This is the holy grail tool. You can do a standard run or a prorun. Now, this is an actual algorithm. This is 80% deterministic actual rules-based algorithm with about 20% AI interpretation of the data. So a standard run will do one analysis. A pro run will do multiple analysis. The pro run takes longer. So it’s not advised for scalping. Um but if you’re doing like a longer term day trade or if you’re doing a swing trade or you want like a long-term hold, the pro run is fantastic. So you would go through, you would select what do you want to trade? What asset class do you want to trade? trade an equity. Do you want to trade an option, a futures or a crypto? Then you would select or you would type in the ticker symbol. So in this case, let’s just do SPY and let’s do equity. So let’s just pretend you want to trade an equity on the spy. And then you would type in your account size. And then you would type in how much money you want to risk on the trade. And then you select your style. You can do a scalp, you can do a day trade, you can do a swing trade, or a long-term hold. So for this example, let’s just do day trade, Brett. And then you just click run analysis. That’s it. That’s all you have to do. Nothing else. It requires you to do or know or understand nothing else. You sit back. You then wait, right? You sit back. You wait 90 seconds and a multi- aent system goes to work. Again, this is not AI making decisions for you. This is an actual deterministic. This is an algorithm rules-based that has AI interpretation mixed within. That’s how you want to use these tools. You don’t want AI to make decisions for you. It’s not very good at it. But AI is very good at analyzing data. It’s very good at following directions and instructions. And a multi- aent system goes to work. A technical agent that does technical analysis, a macro agent that analyzes moves and data, and then a wildcard agent that analyzes just a risk assessment. They give those reports then to a supervisor agent that makes a decision. Do I want to go long or short? Where do I want to get in? Where’s my stop loss? Where’s my profit targets? as well as a confidence score. So the report will come back and it’ll say 75% long, right? That means that the algorithm is 75% confident in the trading plan that is generated. Sometimes it might only be 55% confident. Other times it might be 85% confident. and it will give you detailed instructions on your entry, your stop- loss, your profit targets, your position size, what price action validates the trade, what would you look for to confirm the entry on the trade. So, here’s an example. Looks like we got uh I got to make this a little bit bigger on my screen so I can try to see here. 80% long we’ve got and it says just wait for tomorrow uh wait for tomorrow’s market open. So this is a plan for tomorrow since it was a day trade and obviously the markets are closed and let price pull back down to your support level 740 86 73884 support and then you’re going to buy the bounce. It’ll be a full position size. It gives you the stop loss there and as you scroll down there’s a full report right the the tactile agent is on the left. The macro agents in the middle. The wild card risk agent is on the right. And as you and it gives you a summary of their findings and as you scroll down it gives you the entry, the stop loss, the profit targets, the position size and and everything else. Okay, this tool is something we released this a few months ago and our members have generated close to 450,000 trading plans so far. The accuracy of this tool on those 450,000 trading plans is 72%. It’s performing out of this world. Lights out in this market environment, folks. Members are out having an absolute field day. Dawn Futures just goes making money right now thanks to True Trading Group and the Holy Grail. Literally making money right now on a trade with Holy Grail. That’s unbelievable. So, this is just one of the tools that you guys get when you guys join True Trading Group and you get access to our suite of of AI trading tools. But we have so much other stuff. We have an AI charting software. We’ve got Mari, which is the AI persona that you can talk to. It has a ton of different capabilities. Um, we have an active trader mode that actually will be an AI trading assistant with you while you’re in a position that can guide you through a trade. Can identify order flow and tell you, hey, you’ll, you know, hold on to this position longer. Everything looks really good. Or, hey, things are starting to shift. You might want to start thinking about getting out of the position now. And we even are are are turning live the connection to your brokerage account where you guys can actually have execute trades for you actually in your account. So, just really what it comes down to is when you join true training, you’re getting access to the entire THD terminal and suite of AI tools. You’re not just getting trade alerts from me, okay? So much more than that. It’s so much more than that. And that’s why our members are having the success that they’re having, not because I’m the world’s greatest trader. So, listen, those of you that are not members of True Trading Group, and then we’re going to talk about TDIC today. We’ll go over the TT triangle setup. I’ll walk you through the whole thing and then we’ll talk about what are the trade ideas that I have my eyes on for this this USChina summit that’s taking place because there’s two stocks in particular that I’m watching very closely um to potentially have news over the course of the next two days. All right, so we’re going to talk about that. Those of you that are not members, two things they’re about to take place. First, you’re going to want to get out a notebook and and pen because I’m going to go over a very important lesson for you in identifying what is our favorite chart pattern that I’ve dubbed the TT triangle. It’s essentially a very specific variation of the ABCD pattern. If you’re an experienced trader, you know what that is. If you’re an inexperienced trader, don’t worry about it. It’s a very simple pattern to understand, but it has incredibly high probability and fantastic riskreward. And today is a perfect example of that with our final take-profit on this trade coming off at a 23 to one, which is absolutely unheard of riskreward. But that’s the type of potential that you have when you catch one of these short squeezes off of that pattern. So, I’m going to walk you through that. Okay, that’s number one. Number two, what you’re going to want to do if you are not a member of True Trading Group is you’re going to want to go directly to truegroup.com990

    because I’m going to put my money where my mouth is. I’m going to actually let you use our suite of AI tools for yourselves. At True Trading Group, we have an annual membership. I’m not even going to talk to you about an annual membership right now because maybe I haven’t necessarily even earned your trust yet, and that’s totally understandable, and that’s okay. I know I talk a big game on these live streams, but this is how we prove it to you. I’m going to let you actually use our AI tools for 90 days. Now, when you use our AI tools, you have to understand AI works off of usage. So, the more people that use our tools, the more money that’s going to cost us. So, by you using our tools, it’s going to actually cost us money. We are going to lose money on you using our tools. And that’s okay because I feel confident enough that if you actually use them for 90 days that you’re going to make money with us. And if you make money, then you’re going to want to sign up for an annual membership. That’s how confident we are in the in in what these tools can do for your trading. So, I’m going to charge you $1 a day. That’s it. $90 for 90 days. Use the tools, implement them into your trading, trade the trading plans, use the active trader, use Mari, use the AI charts, and make money. Then, let’s talk about an annual membership. And I think that’s more than fair, right? I think that’s more than fair. Forget about the the annual membership. Forget about the larger payment and the bigger commitment. Give me 90 days for 90 bucks. Make money with the tools. Go to truerading.com990. Now listen, the phone number that you guys can text us. If you have any questions, you have any concerns, you have any issues, send a text message to the phone number that you see at the bottom of your screen. The phone number is 1888621-2127.

    Again, that’s 1888-621-2127. and you text that number with any questions. One of our members makes a really good point. Seven with a J says, “Mari learns about you specifically and tailor holy grail trading plans for your style and your trading profile. 100% accurate. Our AI is not just generalized. It is completely customized to the individual user. It knows your tendencies. It knows your strengths. It knows your weaknesses. It knows your risk tolerance. It knows your preferences. It knows um your style of trading. It has context of all of it and all of its responses and all of its guidance and all of its answers and all of its trading ideas will be tailored specifically for that. If you’re someone that only has a $500 account, it can’t suggest that you go ahead and you buy a share of SanDisk for a trade because you can’t afford to buy a share of SanDisk if you have a $500 account. It has complete context of you, the individual user, which is also part of the reason why so many of our members have success with it because they’re getting guidance specifically tailored towards them. So again, use these tools, implement them in your trading, make money. Then we’ll talk about a membership. See why we received the Benzinga Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool. See why we have partnerships with the NASDAQ, Benzinga, OpenAI, Trading View, Databento, and Unusual Wales. See why there’s 11,000 members part of this community using this platform from 114 different countries. truegroup.com990

    or text us 1888-621-2127.

    Okay, with that now being said, I’m going to take a quick little sip of water. We’ll take things on over to the charts.

    TDIC hands down obviously easily trade of the day and it all stems from Mari alerting us to the TT triangle setup with our proprietary TT triangle scan that we have set up through Mari. Now you might be asking well what is a TT triangle? A TC triangle is just a a name that I’ve given my favorite pattern, but for those of you that are experienced traders, it’s a specific combination or it’s a specific variation, I should say, of the common ABCD pattern. Okay? And in order for this to form, there’s a couple of criteria that have to be met. First, you need to break the high of the day. Second, you need a very strong increase in volume when that high of the day breaks, preferably the heaviest volume of the entire day. Third, you want a confluence of other indicators to converge and line up at that prior high of the day. Fourth, you want a you want decreasing volume as the stock pulls back into that previous high. Next, you want lower highs getting put in place against that prior high support to create a descending triangle pattern. Once the stock breaks out of that triangle pattern, you look for an increase in volume to confirm the follow-through and then you hold on for the short squeeze. Okay, that’s the criteria. Let me actually show you on the chart. There was actually not one but two TC triangle setups on TDIC this morning. I didn’t trade the first one. I traded the second one. So, let’s take a look here. Okay. Now, we have a TT triangle scan with our AI. You can literally just say run a TT triangle scan and it will do it. And it will come back and we’ll give you ticker symbols. Now, you can specify you only want small caps or do you only want large caps and it will give you the stocks that meet this criteria. For example, when I did a teacher triangle scan for large caps today, it gave us data dog. Okay, DDOG was one of the stocks that met that criteria. Okay, Meta was another stock that met the TG triangle criteria. Okay, now what did these stocks do after the TG triangle had formed? Well, you can see Meta had a very nice afternoon that provided a fantastic win for some of our traders. We had Birdie Bull, one of our members that had a monster day thanks to Meta and the T2 triangle scan. And then you go ahead and you take a look at Data Dog, also another stock that had wonderful followthrough into the afternoon off of the TC triangle pattern and setup. So, I’m going to show you TDIC. I’ll show you Meta. I’ll show you uh Data Dog. You can start to learn the pattern, but make it easy on yourself. You guys don’t have to go and scour, you know, the market to try to find these patterns. You don’t have to memorize this pattern and memorize the criteria necessary. You can literally just go to our AI and say, “Run a Ti triangle scan for me for large gaps. run a teacher triangle scan for me for small caps and it will just tell you what stocks to pull up and look at which ones meet the criteria that have this particular setup and you can just go and trade those setups and those setups only. If you did that today, you had a monster fantastic day. Cough cough birdie bull is one of our members that literally that’s what they did today. So, let’s go back to TDIC and we’ll do this one first because it was the biggest trade of the day and it deserves the deserves the attention and the awareness. And let’s talk about the very first TT triangle setup. The first thing that you need to have happen is you have to establish the high of the day. Well, here you guys can see very clearly we have a nice resistance level here, $3.30 to establish the high of the day. Then the stock breaks through the high of the day with the heaviest volume that the stock has traded at any point so far during the day. As you guys can see, this volume bar right down here is the heaviest volume bar of the day. And that then starts the potential TC triangle setup. What you will then notice is you have your VWOP and your 9 EMA indicators. VWOP is orange, 9 EMA is the light blue. They converge on that same $3.30 30 cent area which was that previous high. You will then also notice that the stock starts to pull back down into that previous level and you will notice that the volume is decreasing during that pullback and that creates okay this creates your little TTG triangle setup. Okay, that’s your first TT triangle setup that leads to another breakout and a follow-through and an extension from there. This is when I started paying attention to the TT triangle scan that I was being alerted to thanks to our AI system. Okay? I would never be able to do this on my own. As long as I’ve been doing this, as good as I am at this, I’m not able to look at thousands of stocks all at the same time. I never would have looked at TDIC. But thanks to the system, run a TT triangle scan. It goes through thousands of ticker symbols and will tell you which stocks meet the criteria. Okay. saves me a ton of time and presents me with opportunities that I otherwise would not have been able to have gotten. So now we have a new previous high of the day, right? Well, let’s go to here. This was right, we broke there’s your new high of the day. Okay? And then you broke through it again, right? Here’s the break of the high of the day. And here now you can see again heaviest volume of the entire day. That is when we were notified of the TT triangle. There’s the pullback lower volume and pulling right back down into the previous high.

    and your complence of indicators.

    Okay, your compliments of indicators are prior high 382 Fibonacci retracement level and here’s your VWOP indicator right here is okay your downtrend resistance line okay as a descending triangle pattern is formed keeping support at 382 fib and VWOP and prior high that’s your TTG triangle I went ahead off the TT triangle alert And I got long right here at exactly $40.

    Okay, so right there is the entry at $4. And then we just have to sit back and wait and then wait and then bang, you break up and out of that downtrend triangle pattern. And then you get this beautiful extension and you just get and just a massive short squeeze from that point on, right? Massive short squeeze from that point on. Okay. Right. And we took profits all the way up to $16. Just an unbelievable trade in it for out at $162.

    Unbelievable. And it all goes back to that DT triangle scan was an absolute thing of beauty today. If it was a person, I would buy it a steak dinner,

    maybe a nice cigar. expensive bottle of wine. Welld deserved. Welld deserved. Let’s go ahead now. Let’s take a look at some of these other large caps. Again, TT triangle setup, right? Meta. Let’s take a look at it. Again, alerted alerted to us. Okay, here is previous high. Okay, there’s your high of the day. You break through the high with a nice increase in volume, right? Then you start to pull back into that previous high and then you start to see support levels stick kicks in. You see downtrend resistance line and then bang break out of that downtrend line and then just the run is on again. Another beautiful move there on the TT triangle. Another one that was alerted through the scan and then also data dog. Data dog. Here’s your previous high. Right there’s your high of the day. There’s your break through the high. And then you will notice then that area starts to become support

    and then a nice breakout in the afternoon that takes you up to new highs. So you guys are starting to see how this pattern sets itself up and how this pattern works itself through. Um, as you can see, this is an incredibly high probability pattern and the riskreward is fantastic because usually what you’ll do, like for example on the data dog example, you would go long anywhere in here on the pullback into that prior high and you put your stop loss, okay? Put your stop loss just beneath just beneath that prior high. So the riskreward then when you get the follow-through, you can see how large of a move that you actually get on the follow through, right? So the riskreward is fantastic and the probability is is incredibly high. So that’s why this is our favorite pattern. Uh paid wonderfully today on TDIC which was traded the day inside of chat but also paid very well today on Meta. Paid very well today on Data Dog. Um was really just a um a wonderful day thanks to the suite of AI tools that we have. And again, it just wouldn’t be possible without it. I’ve been incredibly humbled honestly throughout the last like two years with the the tools that we have been able to put out on this platform because I’ve been doing this for a long time guys. I’ve been doing this for two decades. I was very set in my ways. I was very um nah I’m not going to implement AI into my trading. I don’t need it. Right? I was very like standoffish at first. But I just can’t deny anymore the improvements that it’s making in my trading. I I just can’t anymore. And there’s been there’s been a couple of times the last couple of weeks where I was like, “Hey, you know what? I’m thinking I think this looks good for a short.” And like the AI the holy grail be like, “Ah, actually I think it’s a 75% long.” And I’m like, “Ah, really? You sure?” And then all of a sudden thing moves up like four or five bucks. I was like, “Damn.” I was like, “All right, I was wrong. It was right.” And it’s just it’s really improved my trading. It’s proven it’s improved my statistics and it’s improved members trading and their statistics. And by that I literally mean it’s helping them to make money, right? Yes. Small cap says, “Hey, Mike, I made 60% gain on Palunteer puts.” Yes, great job. Great job. Great job. Great job. Angela also says, “Invidia did great, too. Holy Grow called out two 22250 calls right at that dip off the open.” Beautiful trade there for Angela. Angela, fantastic job. Well done. Very proud of you. Love to hear about the successes. Absolutely amazing. Absolutely amazing. But this is what I’m talking about. Members are actually making money. If you guys missed it before, one more time, those of you that are members, if you’re making money, you guys are becoming better traders because of TTG in this platform. Type the number one in chat right now. Just go ahead and type the number one in chat right now. And for those of you that are not members, you pay attention how many people you see type number one. These are your peers, guys. These are friends, family, co-workers, complete strangers. If they can do this, then so can you. They’re not having success because they’re luckier than you. and they’re sure is not having success because they have more time. 82% of our members have a full-time job. So, if they can do this, then so can you. Flat out. Period. I don’t want to hear the excuses. Susie says, “My small option account is now up 50% in just 3 days. How would you feel about increasing the balance of your trading account by 50% in just three days?”

    I’m sure you’d be pretty happy. I’m sure you’d feel really good about that. At least I would hope you would. Well, the good news, you can feel that way. I’m literally giving you a chance right now to try out this suite of AI tools and become part of this platform. Become part of this community. Join us, trade with us live inside of our chat room for 90 days. Let our system and our process prove to you that it can make you money. Go to trueraininggroup.com9090.

    Everything on that page you’re going to get for 90 days for just 90 bucks. It’s a dollar a day. Use the tools, implement them into your trading, make money. Then we’ll talk about manual membership. Trade with us live. If you have any questions, send a text message to 18886212127.

    Again, that is 1888 6212127.

    If you guys have any questions, any concerns, or you need help with anything. Now, let’s talk about what are some of the things we can look for from this Trump meeting summit that’s going on in China. Wow. Maurice says, “The Holy Grail also gave me the $222.50 50cent call option on Nvidia. Same exact thing that was suggested for Suzie with a 100% gain. Profits locked in for my boy Maurice.

    Amazing.

    Absolutely amazing. Real members. Real real results. Real numbers, real results. Results.

    Wow. Seven with the J. Congrats, brother, and good luck. That long-term account that I 5xed based on your annual report, I cashed it in to help start my new business.

    That is music to my ears, brother. Best of luck. That is absolutely amazing.

    Absolutely fantastic. We do cover long-term portfolio investing as well at True Trading Group. It’s not just day trading and swing trading. We do cover long-term portfolio stuff as well.

    So, let’s talk about two stocks I have my eyes on during this this meeting that’s going on this week. And they are Tesla and Boeing.

    Okay, they are Tesla and Boeing.

    Now for Tesla. Now these are two stocks. Listen guys, these are two stocks. And also um seven with a J. Adam said he’s really really happy to hear that as well. And if he didn’t live if he didn’t live at his keyboard, he would he would hop on.

    So these are not necessarily trades. I’m not in these trades that I’m about to go over with you. I’m not telling you to get into them right now. I’m just telling you these are few stocks that I’m focused on for possible news out of this this meeting. Um, as we know, as you guys know, Elon Musk is is in China as as well as a ton of other CEOs are there also. Uh, Boeing is another company that is there. Um, but Boeing is one that I really want to pay attention to because as part of the first round of trade negotiations, um, there was an agreement that China was going to buy some Boeing planes, but it never got through the approval process in China. It ended up never happening. Um, and a lot of other countries as they were going through the trade negotiations with the United States in 2025, a lot of countries as part of their deal committed to buying uh, you know, a chunk of planes from Boeing as Boeing is considered like an American staple. Um, and they would come in, they were then buying planes from Boeing. If Boeing walks away with a sizable order from China, um you could see Boeing stock, you know, gap up and have a really nice push uh back up to a huge resistance level. Let me just put Boeing. I just realized I still have Tesla on my chart. But so here’s Boeing and you have just a huge resistance level on Boeing um that’s up here in like the 260s that’s been in place for the last several years really ever since the COVID crash. So you guys can see resistance in 2021, resistance there in 2023. And I’m telling you that if we get a piece of news here out of China that has to do with Boeing, I wouldn’t be surprised to see Boeing make a move back up into those 260s and start to test that previous resistance level. So I I want to watch this very very closely. Um,

    if we do get that type of news headline, I think that we can see this stock make a push and get back at least at least get into the mid 250s. I mean, the stock’s currently 242, at least get to maybe 255, maybe 265. So, this is one that’s going to be, you know, very closely on my watch list. And I actually have our AI. This is going to be big. Now, you got to remember these meetings are taking place 12 hours ahead of us because they’re in China, right? So, while we are sleeping, okay, and we got to welcome Lucia and we got to welcome William or Luchia. Not sure if you pronounce it Lucia. If you pronounce it Luchia, I have a friend from childhood whose name is Lucia that spells it that way, too. You can also say Luchia. But, welcome, William and and and Lucia. I’ll say Lucia. William and Lucia, welcome. Hope you guys enjoy enjoy your time with us. Oh, nice. W9 I assume you are William guys. So they’re W9. Welcome to the group. I look forward to trading with you for the next 90 days. David as well. David also just signed up. So David, William, Lucia. Yeah. Yeah. W9, welcome, man. Don’t listen. Seriously. So Luca, William, David, guys, I’ll tell you this. When you come into chat, don’t be shy, okay? Ask questions, participate. Don’t just think because you’re a trial you kind of like you don’t want to speak up. Take advantage like see what it’s like to be part of the group. We have really good traders that are part I’m not even talking about just the mods. There’s myself and seven other professional traders that are mods but the members we have very good traders that are members as well that are more than willing to help answer any questions or anything like that. Okay. So you guys you have so Dave uh David William Lucia you have full access. Okay. You have full full access to everything for 90 days.

    So enjoy it, use the tools. And you’ll also have um we’ll also have maybe Ryan will will contact you guys also within the next, you know, day or two. Ryan will be your onboarding concier just to make sure that you guys get acclimated with the platform. He’ll show you where the, you know, how to access the tools, the chat room, make sure you guys know how to use the tools properly. So, be on the lookout for a communication from Ryan to make sure you guys get acclimated to the platform and you guys just fit right in. All right. So, welcome welcome to the to the group, guys.

    All right. welcome to the group. Um, so that’s Boeing. All right. So that is Boeing. I want to pay very close attention there. And then also obviously Tesla. Now Tesla has a very difficult time, you know, um, competing with some of these Chinese brands out there. Uh, so I’m not necessarily sure what type of news we could see there. You know, it’s possible that the news could not even be car related. Maybe it could be battery related, but I think Elon Musk being there, you always have to, you know, watch out for a possible news headline that could benefit Tesla in some way. And if Tesla gets above $452 or $453, I think that stock has room. There’s a resistance level that you can see right here on my screen. You have this nice little double top here from January and then you have resistance right here from today’s high. And this is right around the this is the low 450s like 452 453. If we get above this level, I would look for this level to be support. And your next resistance is not until gap entry at 470 and then gap fill at 475 and then structure resistance up in the 490s. So this would be your your res this this would be your next resistance levels if we get through this like 452 453, right? So if you get above that and there’s some kind of news with China, that’s all the catalyst that you need to really pick up some steam, pick up momentum and push this thing higher. Now again, these are two trad I’m not in these position right now. I’m not telling you to get in them tomorrow, but I’m telling you these are two stocks I’m going to be watching very closely. And what I’m actually having are this is the point I was trying to get at before. Some of the members were commenting and I got sidetracked a little bit, but because these meetings are going to be taking place while we are sleeping, right? 3:00 in the morning for us, it’ll be 3 in the afternoon for them. There’s going to be a slew of news headlines coming out while we are sleeping. I need to sleep. Okay, you need to sleep. So, our AI is actually monitoring all of the news that comes out of this summit in China, and it’s going to provide me with a summary that’s going to send me in the morning with all of the headlines that come out all of the stocks that are associated and affected and impacted by these headlines, whether it’s bullish or bearish, with detailed trading plans off of the current chart situation with that news. and it’s going to be in my inbox by the time I wake up in the morning. That’s going to drastically speed up my prep and my my my preparation for the day on building my watch list and coming up with my trade ideas and what I want to do on the day. That’s going to save me probably an hour. That’s an extra hour I get to spend with my daughter having breakfast and playing, reading her book and everything else I get to do in the morning. Right? So, that’s what’s going to be going on here overnight. head on a swivel, ears open, and pay attention to those news headlines because at any moment you can get news on some of these companies. You know, Nvidia, Jensen Wong is there, Cityroup is there. There’s a laundry list of CEOs that are actually going to China for this summit. Um, so anything could happen, but there are two stocks that I want to pay very close attention to that I think have good chart setups and I think have a good potential uh of there being some type of a deal that could get these stocks moving.

    All right, so there you guys have it. All right, you guys learned a lot today. What did you learn today? You learned about a incredibly high probability pattern that I call the TC triangle. You know how to identify it. You know how to trade it. But for those of you that are joining uh but for those of you that are joining the trial, you guys don’t have to memorize that setup. You can just ask Mari, which is the AI, you can just ask and say, “Hey, run a TT triangle scan for me on micro caps and small caps or run a TT triangle for me on large caps,” depending on whatever it is that you trade. And it can help you identify those chart patterns for you. Okay? You can do that. You can use the holy grail trading plan if you’re not sure where to get in and where to get out. That’ll tell you where to get in and where to get out, right? Use these tools and you guys will be will be well on your way. All right, great day for us inside chat. TDIC trade of the day. Meta was fantastic. Data dog was fantastic. Nvidia was f was fantastic. Wonderful statistic day for the group. Wonderful statistic day for the AI tools and looking forward to a lot more activity and a lot more wins tomorrow. Um, full announcement, guys. Colin, who is one of our futures traders, Colin is going to be doing a futures workshop inside of main chat, free for everybody. All right. So, the main chat is open right now. So, you guys can all head on over to the main chat. Colin, who’s one of our other pro traders, that’s a modern trading group that specializes in futures. It’s open for everybody. He’s doing a free workshop on futures. Whether you’re a trial member or you’re an actual annual member, you’re a lifetime member, it’s for everybody. You guys can all log into the main chat right now. Colin is gonna just go through. He’s a fantastic trader. And you know the other thing is really nice about Colin, not only is Colin an amazing trader, but he has also seamlessly implemented our AI tools into his own trading strategies and he uses them every single day. He used them today to catch an amazing long on ES or MEES and MNQ. He trades NASDAQ futures and he trades S&P futures. And he was able to use the holy grail tool today to actually capitalize on a monster move in the S&P. So, he’ll probably walk you guys through that entire setup. He’ll go through exactly what he did with the AI tools, how he was able to identify the setup, how he went about trading it, and managing that position to get the most out of it. So, if you guys are really interested in learning how to implement AI into your strategy and into your trading, he’s a wonderful person to learn from. So, again, this is free and open for everybody, whether you’re a trial or a member, get your butts on into Main Chat. Enjoy the free workshop and I’ll see you guys all later. Subscribe to the channel if you haven’t done so yet. Uh, make sure you smash the like button and show some love. If you’re not a member, I’m telling you now, 90 days. 90 days. Use everything. Make money. I’m confident you’re going to want to join the 11,000 members that we already have. ttg, excuse me, I’m sorry. Trueinggroup.com

    1. If you have any questions or you need help, text us. Don’t hesitate. 1888-621-2127.

    Have a wonderful rest of your night, folks. Great job today, guys. See you guys all later. Take care. Have a good night.